Home

Print•Limit Pro

1. zj wu Where VIRTUAL SERVER NAME is the network name associated with your virtual serv er Note that the PrintServerName must be prefixed with two back slashes The first setting is used to override the name reported to the Print Limit Pro Application Server The PrintServerName setting instructs the print provider to search for printers on the vir tual server rather than on the physical server 16 3 1 1 5 Step 5 Decouple service management from nodes By default the Print Provider component is installed under the management of the node To hand over management to the cluster the service start up type needs to be set to manual On each node navigate to Control Panel Administrative Tools Services and locate the Print Limit Pro Print Provider service Stop the service and set the start up type to Manual Repeat for each node in the cluster Print Limit Print Provider Properties Local Computer DR General LogOn Recovery Dependencies Service name PCPrintProvider Display name Prnt Lent Print Provider Description Print Lent service that monsors print jobs and sends mot the print jobs information to the server Path to executable C Program Files Print Lima Pro providers print win pe pert exe PCPrint sais Wee v Service status Started You can specify the start parameters that apply when you start the service from here Figure 16 4 Stopping the service and setting to Manual
2. cceceeeeeeees 290 F 1 5 Step 5 Upgrade client software cccccceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 291 F 1 6 Step 6 Optionally uninstall Print Limit Standard 00 291 List of Figures AAs THE user cient tool poe tecet sc cetceoerttectedtredegee AEE EEEa REIESE eE REON EENES RAT 4 1 2 The User Client account selection POPUP sssssssssssirsrssesssrsrrrrrnssssrsrrrrrresesnes 5 1 3 The Windows print QUCUC easier aiae EAA AAEE AEREE 6 1 4 Print Limit Pro Architecture an advanced configuration 7 1 5 Network printer configuration ssssssssssserrseeerrsnnerrrnnennrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 11 1 6 Configuring Windows print queue permissions sesesssseesererrsieessererrrrrre 12 1 7 Set p Wizard ioira eriei ieee nt ae nae a 13 1 8 The Linux install process o ccisevscciebtectectcoetectaetivtestdevereiiecdepectegeneatietdegetldevencs 16 1 9 Print Limit Pro Configuration wizard 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 17 1 10 Print Limit Pro Configuration wizard ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 18 1 11 User sync configuration wizard page ceeeceteeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeees 19 3 1 Application navigation tabs oo eee eene ae eeaeee REEERE REKE REEERE 31 3 2 The Actions area Click to perform the action esssesssssesssrerrirrrerssrerrrrrens 31 3 3 Buttons to validate and save settings ccceeeeee
3. cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeees 96 7 2 2 Project Phase Naming Model cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 100 7 2 3 Customer Job Naming Model ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeees 103 fede Chent SEGUY aiii ingens el ae A eee 104 7 4 The Account Selection POPUP ceceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 107 7 4 1 Standard Account Selection POpup eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 107 7 4 2 Advanced Account Selection POpUp eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 109 7 4 3 Automatically charge to a shared account ceeeeeeeee es 111 7 5 Account Selection Non Domain Environments Workgroups 111 7 6 Batch Shared Account Import and Update cceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 112 7 6 1 Batch Account Import File Format n 113 7 7 Shared Account Synchronization ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 116 7 7 1 Synchronization Options cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeees 117 7 8 Bulk Shared Account Operations cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 118 7 9 Advanced Shared Account Options cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 118 BROPOMS Macatee danish ete is red ond eet a a 120 BASROPOM TYPOS essien E oooh ae he eouea deen 120 81A User REDOMS n ee ah deees VEA ENEE ARN 120 Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 8 1 2 Printer REPOrts sieaa eN e eeee ee ee E REAA NEEE eie Raai 121
4. The file option is used to specify the full path and filename where the backup is saved If the directory or filename parameters contains space then the argument needs to be quoted 260 Tools Advanced A 2 2 import db Command The import db command imports the data from a previous export into the database The application server must be stopped to perform the import The syntax and options for the import db command are usage db tools import db options import file f fore Deletes any existing data before loading the data h help Displays this help The force option is required when the data is loaded into a database that already con tains data In this situation the force option indicates that existing data will be deleted first If the import file contains spaces this argument will need to be quoted A 2 3 init db Command The init db command initializes a database creating the required tables and initial data The application server must be stopped before you initialize the database The syntax and options for the init db command are usage db tools init db options Efore Re initializes the database even if it already exists h help Displays this help The force option is required to initialize a database that already contains the tables and data In this case the force option will drop the existing tables before recreating the tables A 2 4 delete old logs Command
5. Appendix B Troubleshooting amp Technical FAQ s There are a number of problems you may run into in the course of installing and using Print Limit Pro Many will be resolved once you get a better idea of how Print Limit Pro works while others may require you to dig deeper into the application s workings In addition to this section some platform specific FAQ s are available at Section 17 7 Linux FAQ B 1 Troubleshooting amp Installation Questions Q am running Print Limit Pro in a workgroup environment i e not as part of a do main What considerations should be taken into account A See Chapter 20 Running in a Workgroup Environment Q Print Limit Pro is not detecting jobs printed from a network clients How can fix this A There are two main causes of this problem Users are not correctly logging on to your network domain or computer If the do main server does NOT authorize users Print Limit Pro has no way of knowing who submitted the print job With system policies login onto the domain can be made mandatory eliminating this problem Alternatively printer permissions can be set on the print server to ensure only valid users may print to the printers e Alternatively the client computer may be configured to print directly to the network interface printer Ensure all network clients are configured as outlined in the Print Limit Pro installation guide All print jobs must pass through the print server ru
6. As in the standard account selection popup there are two charging options for shared ac counts e Charge shared account e Charge personal account and allocate to shared account for reporting 7 4 3 Automatically charge to a shared account This special account selection mode allows all printing to be automatically charged to a single shared account without user interaction or the need to run the User Client software on the workstation This mode is useful when a user will only ever charge printing to a single shared account and does not want the inconvenience of responding the the account selection popup then they print An example of where this would be useful is in a school or business environment where shared accounts represent a department within the organisation In this situation user print ing should be automatically allocated to a single shared account without any user interac tion Although this can mostly be achieved with the standard account selection popup it re quires the user to respond to each popup when they print This option can be selected for an individual user set on multiple users using the Bulk User Actions or set in the initial user settings in the Group section Once the Automatic ally charge to a shared account option is selected then enter the account name to charge To select a sub account the account name must be entered in the par ent sub account format Account Selection Print account selecti
7. Parent Name Mandatory 113 Shared Accounts No Field Sub account Name Enabled Account PIN Code Credit Balance Restricted Status Users Groups Description When creating a sub account 1 level deep only enter its name here Whether or not this account is enabled Y N where Y YES and N No The account PIN Code For parent ac counts the code must be unique for all parent accounts For sub accounts the code must unique amongst ac counts with the same parent ac count The account bal ance The account s re stricted status Y N where Y YES and N No The usernames of users that are al lowed to use the ac count The list of users is pipe de limited To specify that all access users should be removed enter a hyphen The groups that are allowed to use the account The list of groups is pipe delimited To refer ence the special All Users group use the syntax All Users To specify that all access groups should be re Optional Optional account will be top level if blank Optional account will be enabled if blank Optional PIN not set if blank Optional Balance set to 0 if blank Optional if blank set to a configurable default Optional users are not updated if blank Optional groups are not updated if blank 114 Shared Accounts No Field Invoi
8. 00 8 1 3 6 Six Hold Release Queues and Release Stations eee 9 1 3 7 Seven Text Print LOGS 0 0 cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaes 9 1 3 8 Eight 3rd Party Database Support cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 9 1 3 9 Nine Zero install Client Deployment ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 9 1 3 10 Ten The Development Team sessseissssrrressrriesrrrressrrrresnns 10 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installation ieeeeeeeeeeee eener 10 1 4 1 Installation on WiINGOWS 2 00 0 cece eect cece cette ee ee nate sees aa eeeeeeaaeeeeeed 10 1 4 2 Installation on Apple Mac cee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee ae eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeed 13 1 4 3 Installation ON LINUX riesenia rne rin EE eee EERE 14 1 5 Quick Start Guide Phase II Configuration and Testing 0 08 16 1 5 1 The Configuration Wizard cccccececeeeeeeeee ee aeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 17 1 5 2 Sharing Client Software ceceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 20 W232 TV OSTUING sa cate cea et secs Se aia AEE AE VAL leat eee tht etteee 21 15 4 What hne xt ceaiin aii a ei a I eine Sie 21 2 Implementation by Example ssssssssssesrrsrserrrnesrnrnnsannnnsnnnnnnnntnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 22 2 1 Scenario The Small School ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeees 22 211 REQUIFOMONS srao a a aAA E NE AEEA EAA T e eee 22 24 2 Implementation sssri enr tae een EIS
9. Advanced User Management cumulation up to option can be used to implement a use it or lose it policy 5 2 1 Custom Quota Scheduling Periods In some cases quotas may need to be scheduled for unusual times A good example of this is unusual term or semester start dates The Custom quota scheduling period allows specifying any date for which to run quotas To set a custom quota scheduling period e Select the group for which to allocate quotas Under the Quota Scheduling section select a Period of Custom e Enter a date in the ISO international date format yyYYY MM DD e g 2007 03 15 Multiple dates may be entered separated by a comma eg 2007 03 15 2007 08 20 e Click the Apply button to save the change E Tip The year may be omitted to specify that quota allocations should take place on the same date every year E g entering 03 15 will result in quotas being alloc ated on March 15th every year 5 2 2 Advanced User Quota Management Some organizations may require scheduling quota allocations for periods other than those available above For example an education organization may like to schedule quota alloc ation per term semester period or academic year which may not have set dates This can be achieved by a manual update when necessary though Bulk user actions in the Users or Groups tab More information is available in Section 5 4 Bulk User Operations It is also possible to automate the allo
10. Backup the existing data 187 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS e Create and initialize the new database e Load the backed up data into the new database e Restart the application These steps are discussed in detail below This chapter also includes some sections that describe database specific configuration See Section 15 3 Database specific configuration for more details 15 2 1 Step 1 Stop the Print Limit Pro application To upsize to an external database the application server should be stopped This allows the data to be backed up guaranteeing that all data is saved and ready to load into the new database The instructions to stop the application server can be found in Section A 6 Stopping and Starting the Application Server 15 2 2 Step 2 Perform a backup of the existing data Perform a backup of the database This data will be loaded into the application in a future step A detailed discussion about backups can be found in Section 10 4 System Backups To backup the database 1 On the server open a command prompt 2 If running on Linux or Mac use su or equivilent to become the identitiy of printlimit e g Mac sudo su printlimit Linux su printlimit 3 Change ca to the server binaries directory e g Windows cd C Program Files Print Limit Pro server bin win Mac cd Applications Print Limit Pro server bin mac Linux cd printlimit server bin linux i68
11. Note backslash indicates text should appear on the same line Running this script will allocate 5 to all members of the group junior students and 10 to all members of the group senior students The script can then be scheduled to run at the specified dates by the use of a tool such as Windows Task Scheduler Control Panel Scheduled Tasks Add Scheduled Task This example can be found with your Print Limit Pro installation under app dir server examples scripting batch assign term quotas bat 5 3 New User Creation Rules It is inevitable that new users will be added to your network in the future To streamline ac count setup Print Limit Pro offers the option of having new users automatically assigned initial settings such as starting credit privilege level and other settings based on their group membership Users are automatically added to Print Limit Pro when either e The user sends his or her first print job e Overnight during user group synchronization e When a manual user group synchronization is performed Taking the time to configure initial settings rules means one less job for administrators to perform The group based control offers maximum flexibility and ensures that it s possible to have a different set of initial settings rules for different types of users This flexibility is particularly important in an academic environment where students of different year levels need different settings For example an
12. Set the balance on a shared account to a set value This is conducted as a transac tion Create a new shared account with the giv en name Delete a shared account from the system Use this method with care Deleting a shared account will permanently delete it from the shared account list print history records will remain Allow the given user access to the given shared account without using a pin Allow the given group access to the given shared account without using a pin 264 eturns users returns us returns us Tools Advanced Method Description api removeSharedAccountAccessUse E api removeSharedAccountAccessGro up api getPrinterProperty api setPrinterProperty api resetPrinterCounts api disablePrinter api performOnlineBackup api performGroupSync api performUserAndGroupsync api performUserAndGroupSyncAdvan ced api addNewUsers Revoke the given user s access to the giv en shared account Revoke the given group s access to the giv en shared account Gets a printer property Available properties include disabled print stats job count print stats page count Sets a printer property Reset the counts pages and job counts associated with a printer Disable a printer for select period of time Instigate an online backup This process is equivalent to pressing the manual backup button in the web based admin interface The data is exported into th
13. Table 8 2 Scheduled reports delivery times D If a user has their email address set in Print Limit Pro their username can be entered in the Recipients instead For example instead of entering joe123 domain org entering just joe will work 8 5 Advanced Reporting Options The following configuration keys can be used to configure report behavior Configuration keys can be edited at Options Actions gt Config editor advanced Config name Description reports max rows The maximum number of rows that a report will produce Once the number of rows in a report reaches this value the data in the re port will be cut short and the report will contain a message to indicate this has happened This is a sanity limit intended to avoid producing overly large reports by accident The default value is 10000 reports top x rows The number of rows to display in top X re ports such as the Largest print users re port The default value is 100 Table 8 3 Advanced Reporting Config Keys 126 Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations In a standard network printing environment when a user prints from an application the job is sent directly to the printer and starts printing immediately In some environments it may be advantageous to place the job in a holding state prior to printing Some common ex amples include e Secure Printing In a secure printing environment jobs are o
14. The client software is optional and not required for basic logging however it does provide users with access to advanced features These features include e Real time feedback to the user including their account balances and event messages such as print job denied reasons e Access to the account selection popup so users can allocate print jobs to shared ac counts for example accounts representing departments projects clients etc This is particularly important in a business environment Print Job Notification amp Q Print Job notification A Confirm the print and select the print action Print job detais Document name P D Floorplan odg Printer maestro OK C9800 GA Color PS Pages 2 Cost 0 80 Comment Floorplan building C C Remember Charge rate Default 100 0 Show on invoice n All Accounts Preferred List Recent Selections Search F Remember Account Code Preferred My Personal Account o a Accounting ACC oO Information Technology IT M Help Desk IT H o Irfrastructure IT 1 Mw Projects P a Alpha P A oO Bravo Ps oO Deka PD oy Foxtrot PF o Sales SAL m General SAL G op Project SAL P oO Support Sup oO famanal Cat aa E bd C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 3 12 The user client displaying the Advanced Account Selection Popup 39 Quick Tour 3 5 1 Demonstrating the client software and account selection process Create a Shared Account 07
15. The delete old logs is used to delete old log data from the system This command will permanently delete the following data e Printer usage logs Record all print history and statistics e Account transactions Record all adjustments to user and shared accounts e Application logs Record application status and error messages usage db tools delete old logs options delete older than days n non interactive Perform deletion without confirmation h help Displays this help The non interactive option will perform the deletion without confirmation from the user This can be useful when automating this deletion through a scheduled task or cron 261 Tools Advanced job The delete older than days option determines what data will be deleted If delete older than days is 90 then all log data more than 90 days old will be deleted A value of zero 0 will remove all historical log data from the system A 3 The XML Web Services API Over the past few years Web Services has been one of the IT industry s buzz words and rightly so Web Services provide a standardized way to transfer data and call functions across different operating system programming languages and networks Web Services data is transmitted over standard HTTP and uses standardized XML mark up There are two main Web Services implementations used for Remote Procedure Call RPC SOAP WSDL XML RPC Print Limit Pro uses XML RPC
16. gt Re source a Cluster Administrator PC CLUSTER PC CLUSTER Physical Disk IP Address Network Name E Resources HUJ SL Gi Cluster Conf Take Offline E Resource Maye G 5 Network a Loca aia Soko a NOOE1 Net C Active G Configure Application E Active R MA Network Properties Figure 16 2 Creating a new cluster resource 3 In the new resource wizard enter a name of Print Limit Print Provider and select a resource type of Generic Service Click Next Click Next at Possible Owners 5 Ensure that the Print Spooler Service resource is set as a required depend ency then click Next 6 On the Generic Service Parameters page enter a service name of PCPrintPro vider and ensure the Use Network Name for computer name option is checked Click Next Wy PapeiCut Piint Provider 2 Service name PCP rntProvider Figure 16 3 Cluster service parameters configuration 7 Click Finish at the Registry Replication page 16 2 1 5 Step 5 Bring up all cluster resources and test 197 Microsoft Cluster Environments Perform operations to verify that 1 Print jobs log as expected 2 No error message appear in the Print Providers text log located at C Program Files Print Limit Pro providers print win print provider log on each node 16 2 1 6 Active Active Clustering Special notes regarding multiple virtual servers On large networks it is common to distribute load
17. A No At the moment the installation and other scripts assume the existence of a user 214 Print Limit Pro on Linux called printlimit This may however change in the future E mail your thoughts to the development team Is an RPM or deb package available No At the moment we re supplying it as a self extracting and self installing archive This gives us the flexibility to support install over the top for upgrades and maintain full control over the installation process The process will also allow Print Limit Pro to run and install on systems not using RPM or apt We also plan on supporting other Unix based operating systems in the future such as FreeBSD and Solaris The cur rent installation method should work with all standard Linux distributions 17 7 2 General Questions Q A Is Print Limit Pro open source Print Limit Pro in not open source in reference to it being available under the GPL or another popular open source license Source code is however provided to custom ers AS a company we are transparent in our development approach work closely with our users and support a number of open source projects both financially and with code submission Print Limit Pro however remains a commercial application with commercial support at the current time 215 Chapter 18 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks Modern large multiuser networks like those typically seen in Higher Education are
18. A printer error was detected at ttimet Printer tservert tprintert Error terrort Jobs in queue tnum_jobs This message is displayed along with the error details Figure 10 7 Printer error notification settings The setting Time a printer has been in error before sending notifica tion can be used to decide how soon a notification should be sent after a printer goes into error For example if there is a paper jam the user might be able to fix it themselves and raising an immediate is unnecessary The suggested default is 10 minutes as problems lasting longer than this are probably more serious and will need technical intervention The following special fields can be used in printer error event notifications Field Description A time The time the printer error was first reported printer The name of the errored printer location The location of the errored printer error The error message detail E g Paper jam num_jobs The number of print jobs currently in the queue This information can be used as a guide to judge the severity of the error For example if a printer goes into error while there are 30 jobs in the queue there are probably quite a few people waiting Table 10 3 Fields available in printer error notifications 10 5 2 2 Error level event notifications Error level event notifications help to draw the attention of the administrator to any errors that might occur This could involve events
19. Cancel Figure 6 4 Advanced differential charging example 6 5 1 3 Charging by Paper Sizes The charging by paper size mode is designed for printers with multiple trays and a variety of available paper sizes Administrators have full flexibility to define cost for each of the pa per sizes support by the printer For example printing a letter size page would cost less than printing a legal size page This mode includes options to enable discounts for gray scale and or duplex jobs Discounts can be applied either as fixed amounts or as a per centage of document cost 6 5 1 4 Charging by Paper Area This mode is designed for plan printers plotters or printers that support a variety of paper sizes For example many engineering firms use these types of printers for plotting CAD design diagrams Charging by area allows the cost of the print job to be a function of the paper area 6 5 2 How duplex discounts are calculated Many of the supported cost modes allow a discount to be applied to printing duplex docu ments The discount is entered as either a percentage or a constant amount per page It is important to understand that Print Limit Pro counts a single side of printing as a one page For example if you have a 50 page Word document Print Limit Pro will count this as a 50 page document whether it is printed single sided or duplex When calculating the cost of a job the duplex discount is only applied to pages when there is printi
20. Performing an online backup as discussed above is a simple and convenient process but it is sometimes necessary to perform an offline backup For example e To integrate into your existing backup procedures it might be necessary to write a script or batch file to perform a backup at a known point in time When it is necessary to guarantee that the backup captures all the data When perform ing an online backup the system is still in use so data could be modified after the backup completes To perform an offline backup 1 Stop the application server See Section A 6 Stopping and Starting the Application Server To ensure all data is captured the application server must be stopped to per form an offline backup 2 Open a command prompt On a Windows system change to the following directory appdir server bin win 150 System Management 3 Run the database export process by executing db tools export db This will create a backup file in the system backups directory and the filename named with a timestamp The export command has additional options that allows you to specify a different dir ectory or filename See Section A 2 1 export db Command for more details 10 5 System Notifications This section describes system notifications and how they can be configured to assist your users and administrators Print Limit Pro includes built in notifications to alert users and ad ministrators of a
21. Py 0 00 N Py 0 00 No n nn Ma Figure 7 10 Project Phase Naming Model example When projects have a job or project number it is recommended that it be included as the shared account code For the shared account code to be visible the option Make shared account PIN code visible must be enabled For more information see Section 7 9 Advanced Shared Account Options By including the project name project number and phase name users can search for a particular account using any of these fields The following examples demonstrate this 1 Searching by project name or number will display the project plus all phases for that project 101 Shared Accounts Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action Print job detais Document name Chapter 7 Shared Accounts Printer maestro Panasonic KX CL510 Color PS Pages 4 Cost 0 40 Comment C Remember Charge rate Defaut 100 0 v Analysis Object modelling Design Object design Design System design Design User interface design Implementation Phase 1 implem Implementation Phase 2 imolem Testing Phase 1 UAT Testing Phase 1 stress and volu Testing Phase 2 UAT Testing Phase 2 stress and volu 7ooooo0o0o00000o 7 Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 11 Searching accounts by project name or number in the project phase code naming model 2
22. Synchronization Options Press Test Settings 5 The window shown will tell you how shared accounts were processed and how many shared accounts will be imported updated or deleted when Synchronize Now is pressed 6 If you are happy with the results of the test press the Synchronize Now button This will trigger a shared account synchronization and synchronization will continue to oc cur at the chosen interval 7 7 1 Synchronization Options Shared Accounts can be synchronized against two possible sources a text file or a direct ory structure This is configured in the first option on the Account Sync tab Sync source e Text file Synchronize shared accounts against a text file The format of this text file is discussed in Section 7 6 1 Batch Account Import File Format e Directory Synchronize shared accounts against a directory structure Many organiza tions will have a Customers folder or similar in their file system which will contain one folder per customer For example given Customers Client 1 and Customers Cli ent 2 synchronizing against the Customers directory will import Client 1 and Client 2 as shared accounts E Tip The location of the text file or directory the sync source is relative to the sys tem where Print Limit Pro is installed not the system being used to access the admin interface The sync source should either be physically on that system or accessible via a mapped mounted drive A
23. Synchronizing the members of group A11 Users Retrieving group members from the operating system Synchronizing group members Associated 6 users with group All Users Group All Users now has 1846 members Synchronizing the members of group staff Retrieving group members from the operating system Synchronizing group members Associated 2 users with group staff Di sassociated 248 naera from ocronn state lt Figure 10 2 Progress of a user group synchronization process d By default the Active Directory user source will import all users including those that are disabled It is possible to change this behaviour using an ad vanced config entry To do this Navigate to the Options tab Press the Config Editor Advanced action on the left Find the user source config arg property Change the value to enabled users only Press the Update button next to the config property g o Noa Take care when changing this option if you temporarily disable user accounts for disciplinary or other reasons If you do this performing a user sync will cause disabled users to be deleted if you also have the Delete old users when syncing option enabled e Important The group membership is automatically synchronized nightly to ensure that group based operations like quota allocation operate as expected However the users are not automatically synchronized so if many users have
24. Usage logging records information about usage events such as printing Information in cludes e The date of the use e Who performed the use e Details of the type of user including cost and other attributes usage user handed pages Cost Document tame ENE Attrib Allowed a4 13 03 2005 Microsoft Word Romeo 2 2 10 33 24 f2z0002 persona 1 0 08 and lece 2 doc tite Yes Aa 13 03 2005 i Microsoft Word 10 29 16 le 0001 personal 2 0 16 Document 10 80 34 159 m a Yes 13 03 2005 Microsoft Word n gt d i y d a Iaat ace0001 personal 7 0 56 persim print doc 10 80 34 41 anih Yes A4 13 03 2005 Microsoft Word 10 15 18 ace0001 personal 7 0 56 Goverment print doc 10 80 34 41 ste be Yes n A4 13 03 2005 4 Microsoft Word fashion 10 15 14 fig0001 personal 3 0 24 or sighns doc e08 a Yes Figure 3 18 Printer usage log 3 8 3 2 Transaction Logging All modifications or deductions to an account user or shared are recorded in the transac tion log Information recorded includes e The date of the transaction e Who performed the transaction e Any comment or note associated with the transaction if performed by a user Transaction Date w Transacted By Amount Balance Usage Log Comment 19 09 2005 17 31 24 admin 10 00 3 02 user paid 10 at the front office 6 09 2005 14 45 11 system 0 50 6 98 Printer Usage 6 09 2005 14 44 47 system 0 50 6 48 Printer Usage 6 09 20
25. d ab ab oOo N DB Size MB co 6 4 2 0 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 Print Jobs Figure D 2 Database growth using a Microsoft SQL Server database These results show that a Microsoft SQL Server database grows by approximately 4 5MB per 10 000 print jobs D 1 3 Sample database growth calculation This section provides a sample of how to estimate the database growth for your environ ment To perform this calculation we need to make a number of assumptions These as sumptions should be adjusted to suit your organization The assumptions are e 1 print job per user per day e 20 working days in a month e Therefore 20 print jobs per user per month Here is a sample database growth calculation based on a 500 user site using the internal database 1 Calculate the total number of print jobs expected for the month i e the total number of users multiplied by the number of print jobs 500 20 10 000 So in this example Print Limit Pro is handling 10 000 print jobs a month 2 Calculate the monthly growth rate by dividing the jobs per month by 10 000 and then multiplying by the database growth rate i e for the internal DB this is 8 5MB for 10 000 jobs So 10 000 10 000 8 5 8 5MB Month Therefore in this situation the internal database will grow by approximately 8 5MB per month 3 To estimate the growth per year multiply the above by 12 Therefore in this situation the database will grow by 10 2 1
26. st the account balance for all users i user balance beyond the given limit ground up gt the grou lt limit gt don t i lt comment gt a comme set user account balanc Set a user s accoun lt username gt the us lt balance gt set the lt comment gt a comme set user Set proc lt gro lt bal lt commen reset us Res account bala the balance for mount available r s username he adjustment amount as a the amount to 1 t to be associa round the group for which all users he adjustment amount as a mment to be associated wit in the account ning me gt lt adjustment gt lt leave remaining gt lt comment gt st a user s account balance if there is e or Vv transaction nough credit available number v eave in ted with the nce by group lt group gt lt adjustment gt nt balance for all users i n a group accounts are OF Vv the account transac tion lt comment gt This process to be adjusted number v nc p for which all users lt adjustment gt the adjustment amount as a number ncrease user balance beyond nt to be associated with the transaction r s username account to this nt to be associated with t ess happens in t up gt the group he background for which all u ance gt the valu t gt a comme er counts lt user to set all us n t the pag lt us
27. view printing history Printing history can be quickly accessed via a number of areas The most appropriate area depends on the information required e To view a user s print history select the Print History under the user s details page e To view recent print jobs printed on a printer select Recent Jobs under the appropriate printer s details page e To view all print jobs printed on the network with advanced search and filtering options use the global Print Log under the Printers section How do add a new printer On Windows systems new printers will be added to the system automatically once the printer is added to a monitored server On a Mac or Linux system after Print Limit Pro is enabled on the printer it will list in the administration interface after first print New printers are assigned initial settings based on the configuration assigned to the Template Printer How do I delete a printer Once the printer has been removed from the operating system s print list the printer may be deleted from Print Limit Pro via the delete printer action under the printer s detail page This action will remove the printer from the monitored list Print history logs are still main tained allowing access to historical data Always confirm your action before proceeding with the delete How do disable a printer Printers can be disabled indefinitely or for a specified time via the Disable option under the printer s details secti
28. 0 00 Extra per page charged at a higher rate a surplus while gayscale and duplex documents offered a dscount Very large paper surplus larger than 11x17 or 150 A2 0 00 Extra per page Grayscale discount 0 00 Less per page Duplex discount 0 00 Less per page Apply Cancel Figure 3 9 A 40 discount applied to double sided printing Filters provide administrators with access to a set of rules to control what type of docu ments are allowed access to the printer Filter rules can be used for a variety of tasks such as e Enforcing good printing practices e Preventing queue jamming and hogging 37 Quick Tour e Ensure printers are used for the purpose they are designed for Filter options include Control by the jobs cost Control by a document s page count e Denying jobs based on their color mode Filtering by document name e Automatically denying and deleting duplicate documents Example To apply a filter preventing jobs over 100 pages Under the Printers section select the printer to which the filter should be applied Click on the Filters tab Scroll to the Page Count section Click and select the deny jobs based on number of pages aFwon Enter in 100 in the maximum filed Surnmnary advance One Fitters Filter Scope only apply filters to restricted users Specify how fiters should be applied to users Maximum Cost O pe int jobs based on document
29. Deployment on Mac OS X may be appropriate to provider to end users or other system administrators The Mac client makes use of Java Users running Mac OS X 10 4 are advised to install Java 5 0 Java 5 0 is installed by default on Mac OS X 10 4 5 and higher Java 5 0 for earli er Mac OS versions is available as a dmg from the Apple website Java 5 0 contains new features that allow the client to display popups in an always on top mode above all other application windows Mac client can accept command line options as explained at Table A 2 User Client com mand line options If the client is started via the login hook the command line options can be defined in the file Applications PCClient app Contents Resources login hook start 247 Mac Printing in Detail Look for the line starting with client_args and the associated comments above 248 Chapter 20 Running in a Workgroup Environment A workgroup environment differs from a network domain model In the domain model users authenticate using a common username password as defined in a central server Users can typically access and use any PC on the network by using their username and password In a workgroup the PC s are loosely coupled and user identity is validated loc ally rather than centrally The PC s are either set up to automatically log in as a general user or user accounts are set up on the PC s as required For systems running Windows XP Hom
30. Environmental Impact If desired this option can be disabled via the Options section rees O 9 0 361 of a tree since Jun 18 2007 carbon 3 148 grams of carbon dioxide since Jun 18 2007 fener o 9 Equivalent to running a 60W bulb for 82 4 hours Figure 4 12 Draw a user s attention to their environmental impact 4 3 3 Rates The rates page lets users know the printing costs associated with each printer Displaying costs to users is a good way for them to see and understand the costs involved without having to spend time distributing the information to them Armed with this information users can seek the most cost effective way to manage their printing With discounts for grayscale and duplex printing clearly visible ink and paper us age will be reduced by the users own accord Printing Rates Quick Find lt lt lt 123 gt gt gt linuxserver Canon BJ 200 1 00 sq metre 0 10 Less per page 0 20 Less per page linuxserverYohn s Printer 1 00 sq foot 0 20 Less per page 10 less linuxserver Xerox Color 1930 0 10 macserver HP LaserJet SMP 0 12 windowsserver Gestetner NRG MP C4500 0 13 80 less 0 20 Less perpage Large paper larger than Legal or ISO A4 windowsserver Gestetner NRG MP C4500 Very large paper larger than 11x17 or ISO A2 Large paper 0 10 Extra per page Very large paper 20 more Figure 4 13 Printing costs as seen by the user 4 3 4 Use Card From here users can
31. Printer Configuration On the Windows and Mac platforms Print Limit Pro will automatically detect import and monitor the system s printers If the printers do not display under the Printers section try printing a document Some printers will register in Print Limit Pro on first print Linux on the other hand is a more complex environment due to the number of different print queue implementations Manual printer configuration is required at this point Please con sult Section 17 1 3 Linux Print Queue Integration 1 5 2 Sharing Client Software The Print Limit Pro client software is located in the directory app path client This software needs to be shared over the network so workstations can access install the client application On Microsoft Windows the directory is automatically shared in read only form as PCClient as part of the install process On Mac and Linux the client directory will need to be shared using your preferred fileshare method Common sharing methods include e AFP used to share to other Mac Systems Mac OS X Server tools such as the Work group Manager or other 3rd party tools such as SharePoint may help with sharing the client directory via AFP e Samba used to share files to Windows based workstations Mac OS X Server tools such as the Workgroup Manager or other 3rd party tools such as SharePoint may help with sharing the client directory via Samba Similar GUI tools exist on Linux Advanced system a
32. Release All and Cancel All buttons enabling this option allows users to release or cancel all held jobs by clicking one button When this option is disabled users must release or cancel jobs individually This option is purely for the convenience of the users It can save a user a few clicks when they want to release all their jobs at once However if the user is able to release jobs other than their own a user might accidentally release and be charged for many other users jobs 139 Chapter 10 System Management 10 1 Overview This section discusses various options and features to assist the administrator manage and configure the application Print Limit Pro is designed to work with minimal initial config uration and is self maintaining once set up This section outlines some of the options avail able to the administrator including Configuring the synchronization of users and groups Managing backups Configuring user notifications Exporting import the data Defining security options Disabling features in the user web interface Display options like whether to display the currency sign 10 2 User and Group Synchronization One of the most important parts of managing the system is to configure the User and Group synchronization options Print Limit Pro synchronizes user and group information from a source such as Windows Active Directory or Windows Domain This simplifies the administration of the system by av
33. See Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS for more information 1 3 9 Nine Zero install Client Deployment Print Limit Pro is implemented using 100 server side logic and no client software is re quired A simple lightweight client tool is however provided so end users have access to advanced features such as shared accounts and the option of viewing their account bal ance in a popup window Deploying client software can be a time consuming and fiddly process To streamline the process Print Limit Pro allows its client to be run directly off a network share no need to 9 Introduction install locally or mess around with deployment tools Just set the executable as a startup program See Section 4 2 User Client for more information 1 3 10 Ten The Development Team Software is only as good as the development process Print Limit Pro is developed in an open and transparent fashion by a small development team The team works closely with key system users to architect new features Suggestions and feedback is encouraged Please contact us if you have any good ideas 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installation This quick start guide covers the initial installation and configuration of Print Limit Pro in your network environment Initial installation takes only a few minutes on a currently con figured server This guide will walk you through installation and configuration step by step over two phases
34. Standard Release Station Configuration The Standard Release Station is configured using a configuration file located in the direct ory where the release station executables are located The default configuration file is appdir release config properties This configuration file allows you to configure the behavior and look of the release station in a number of ways Each of the configuration items are described in the table below Config name Description mode The mode changes the behavior of the re lease station depending on the need The available modes are described in Sec tion 9 3 3 1 Release Station Modes printers Filters the list of jobs to only those printers listed This is a comma separated list of full printer names i e server printer This is useful when there are multiple release sta tions each managing the queues of a dif ferent set of printers display columns Used to customize the columns displayed and the order they appear in the list of print jobs The default value is date user printer document machine pages cost display column widths Used to customize the width of columns displayed The setting can only be used if the display columns is defined The number of values must match the number of values in the display columns set ting The default value is 8 12 25 30 15 8 8 hide printer server names Y N Used to hide the printer server names from the list of print jobs Default N No
35. This information provider is called the Print Provider Other import atant providers included with Print Limit Pro include user directory and authentication pro viders 1 2 1 8 Web Application Interface A web application is a software program that interacts with end users via a web browser Examples range from Google Microsoft SharePoint Hotmail Internet banking and router management consoles Print Limit Pro provides a web based interface for system adminis tration and management Web applications offer administration flexibility by allowing ac cess from any location on the network and avoid the need for installation of separate soft ware 1 2 2 Understanding the print process flow To help explain what Print Limit Pro is and how it works we ll introduce the system by ex ample We ll start with a simple high school example The student s perspective transparent quota control 1 Matt is a student at a local high school He has logged onto the network using his username matt 3 smith and is surfing the Internet He would like to print out a web page for his school assignment 2 The network administrator has allocated Matt a printing credit budget of 10 00 a month He can see his current account balance of 4 50 in the Print Limit Client Tool window Balance for lance A x Figure 1 1 The user client tool 3 Matt prints the web page 5 pages come out of the printer 4 The network administrator has set a c
36. UB OS NE Log into Print Limit Pro as an administrator e g admin account Select the Accounts tab Click the Create a new account action Enter an appropriate name for the account For example test account Click the Apply button to save the account Select the security tab and ensure the All Users group has access to the ac count If not add the group by selecting it from the drop down and pressing Add See Chapter 7 Shared Accounts for more details about creating and managing shared accounts Grant account selection access to your account 1 4 Select the Users tab Locate and click on your personal user account Under the Account Selection section select the option Show the advanced ac count selection popup Print the OK button to save and apply changes Launch the client software Windows Platform 1 Log into a workstation using your user account as modified above note The server it self can also be used for this testing if desired Open Windows Explorer File Explorer In the address bar enter server_name pcclient where server_name is the name of the server hosting the Print Limit Pro software This will bring up files located on the PCClient share Launch the pc client exe program by double clicking on the file An icon should appear in the task tray Print a test page for example a web page The advanced client popup should appear allowing you to select the test account set up i
37. balance and activity x User print summary Previous month ES Additional reports for individual users are located under the user s transaction and activity history sections User print summary Ad hoc RDE All reports are available in POF HTML and Excel CSV formats Largest print users Last 30 days Les roest print users Prey month Lee argest print users Ad hoc Les Figure 8 3 Report icons of available report formats PDF HTML CSV Excel There are three report formats available Description PDF Reports PDF is the most appropriate format for printing To view these reports your com 121 Reports Format Description puter must have a PDF viewer installed Adobe Acrobat Reader is a free PDF view er available from adobe com HTML Reports HTML Reports will work on all systems and don t require an external PDF viewer These reports may not print or format as well as the PDF versions and are designed for either a quick review of data or for sys tems that don t have a PDF viewer CSV Excel Reports The CSV Excel reports can be used to ac cess the data in plain text format The format is suitable for importing data into programs such as Microsoft Excel Table 8 1 Report Formats 8 3 Combining Filters and Reports All data list views in Print Limit Pro have export print option linked at the bottom of the list The export print links run a report over the data currently displayed in the list
38. it s a different story Although initiatives such as CUPS Common Unix Printing System and the Internet 216 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks Printing Protocol IPP offer some hope unification in the area of authenticated printing is still some way off Unfortunately technical reasons often prevent networks from using CUPS authentication or exclusively using the authenticated Microsoft printing protocol 18 1 3 How does Print Limit Pro address authentication If technical reasons prevent authentication at the print queue level Print Limit Pro provides a number of alternate authentication mechanisms 18 1 3 1 Popup Authentication IP session based authentication This method involves associating the workstation s IP address with a user for a specified period of time a session Any print jobs arriving from this IP address are deemed to be as sociated with this user Authentication is provided by the Print Limit Pro client software in the form of a popup dialog requesting a username and password Data is transmitted to the server via an SSL encrypted connection Popup authentication is not appropriate for server based operating systems that may support multiple users at the same time for example Unix SSH Telnet or X terminal servers F Login K Q Login Username Password Remember For next 5 minutes Figure 18 1 Print Limit Pro client requesting authentication More information on
39. ser the property to get Valid properties include nt account balance ard number number card pin user s card pin departmen disabled th disabled D print curre whe mail t he user s full nam notes office print sta print sta t the us the user s ts job cou tS page co mail es furr notes for the user office the the restricted whether or not nt unt user s department t whether or not ntly disabled ther or disabled the user s internet access is not the user s printing is currently name total print job count for the user total printed page count for the user the user is currently restricted user property lt username gt lt property gt lt value gt Sets a user property lt username gt th nam of the u ser lt value gt lt property gt th nam of the property to set Valid properties and values include balance the user s current account balance a decimal number card number the user s card number any text card pin the user s card pin number any text department the user s department any text disabled net whether or not the user s internet access is currently disabled TRUE or FALSE disabled print whether or not the user s printing is currently disabled TRUE or FALSE mail the user s email an email address or any text ful
40. show release all Y N Indicates whether the Release All button should be displayed Default Y Yes show cancel all Y N Indicates whether the Cancel All button should be displayed Default Y Yes max idle secs The number of seconds without user input before the user is logged out of the release station The default is 30 seconds 135 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations Config name Description background color Allows for customizing the background col or of the release station to match the or ganization s colors The color format is the hexadecimal color code used in HTML RRGGBB where RR is the red compon ent GG is the green component and BB is the blue component font color Allows for customizing the font foreground color used in the release station The color format is the hexadecimal color code used in HTML title The title that appears at the top of the re lease station screen instructions The instructions to display at the login page A lt br gt can be included to start a new line logo image Allows a custom logo image to be dis played For best results the image should be between 50 and 80 pixels in height PNG JPG or GIF images are allowed Table 9 1 Standard Release Station config settings When running release stations from the server PCRelease share each workstation can have its own configuration file The config properties is use
41. under the IPAII node clear the TCP Dynamic Ports field Also enter the port to listen on in the TCP Port field For example 1450 Remember this port because it needs to be used in the Print Limit Pro connection string On the OK button to save the changes Restart the Microsoft SQL Server Express service using either the standard service control panel or the SQL Express tools 15 3 1 2 Enable SQL Server authentication Print Limit Pro requires SQL Server authentication to be enabled on the instance of SQL Express To do this 1 On the machine with SQL Express installed open the SQL Server Management Stu dio Express tool Right click the instance of SQL Express to configure and select Properties Select the Security section on the left Change the Server Authentication to SQL Server and Windows Authentication mode Restart the Microsoft SQL Server Express service using either the standard service control panel or the SQL Express tools 15 3 1 3 Create Database User Print Limit Pro requires a user to connect to the database To create this user 1 On the machine with SQL Express installed open the SQL Server Management Stu dio Express tool Right click the Security gt Logins node and select New Login Enter the username e g printlimit Change the Server Authentication to SQL Server and Windows Authentication mode Enter the user s password Disable password expiration 193 Deployment on an
42. 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installation Add printers to each Mac workstation Ensure the local printers point to the shared print queue set up on the server Optional Install client software as discussed in Section 4 2 User Client 18 2 5 2 Other Methods 1 Use release station enabled globally at the print queue level See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations Set up print queues on a Windows system and use popup authentication see next re cipe 18 2 6 Mac OS X systems using domain authentication via Windows Active Directory Mac systems can be configured so users log in using their Windows Active Directory do main username and password The Mac Windows printer support using Samba SMB 220 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks however requires printers to be added using a single username and password and this is shared by all users For this reason an extra layer of authentication is required 18 2 6 1 Preferred Method e Host printers and the Print Limit Pro system on the Windows server e Ensure the print server is running in Mixed mode or Pre Windows 2000 Compatibility Mode Macs currently have problems with Native Mode networks e Add a domain network user account that matches the generic login account i e mac user This ensures that the macuser account will appear in Print Limit Pro s user list In Print Limit Pro turn on the Una
43. 3 2 1 2 Users e View a list of all users e View and change a user s credit balance e View a user s statistics and charts e List a user s printing activity Change user privileges and settings e Related sections e Section 3 3 Basic User Operations e Chapter 5 Advanced User Management 3 2 2 a gt Groups e Add Remove domain or network groups required for user management e Define rules controlling how new users are created e Perform bulk user operations Control user quota allocations 33 Quick Tour e Related sections e Section 5 1 Groups in Print Limit Pro e Chapter 5 Advanced User Management 3 2 3 p Accounts e View edit and create shared accounts e View and change the shared accounts credit balance e List all charges against shared accounts e Set account access security e Related sections e Chapter 7 Shared Accounts e Section 4 2 User Client 3 2 4 gt Printers e View and edit printer costs and settings e Define printer filter rules and restrictions e View all recent print jobs e View printer statistics and charts e Related sections e Section 3 4 Basic Printer Operations e Chapter 6 Advanced Printer Management 3 2 5 amp Reports e Access to standard reports for viewing export and printing Run one click reports for quick overviews e Run reports over Ad hoc date ranges e Related sections Section 3 8 Charting Statistics Reports and Logs e Chap
44. 47 4 1 IMMOGUCTION EE E N A st eceed 47 42 User Clienti rsr oa E a ia A T 47 4 2 1 User Client Deployment 0 ccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaed 50 4 3 User Web Pages ieres naana EEANN TEREA ie ae 56 43 AN SUMMA Sascen cosvsecectantesneavedersadeuncieareerect tenes send aaa 57 4 3 2 Environmental Impact seirer eeina 57 43 3 RATES sortsien EERE ROSEA 58 4 3 4 Use Card wv ececceceseccueiedeeensteas oitilensenastvas enetan anaa EEHen EANNA AESi ERa 58 4 329s TWAMSIOUS aira E T 59 4 3 6 Transaction HIStory o enrsiaiirirra rien E TE 59 4 3 7 Recent Print JOBS seisis isas neiaa SEAE aAA ae asda 59 4 3 8 Jobs Pending Release aassuisencrrseeerrressrrrnnnrrrnnsnnrnnerrennenns 60 5 Advanced User Management a ssssssssssesrreessrrnreerrrrnsrnnneenntrunnnnneenntnnnnnnneennenn 61 5 1 Groups in Print Limit PrO sissescorstantancdssaseorceasnandevades excsa aa ias 61 5 2 Setting up quota allocations cece cece cece ce ceteeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 62 5 2 1 Custom Quota Scheduling Periods ernennen 64 5 2 2 Advanced User Quota Management n 64 5 2 3 Automated Quota Allocation Example ccccccessseeeseeeeeees 64 V Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 5 3 New User Creation Rules cccceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 65 5 4 Bulk User Operations c cece ceceeeeeeeee eres ee ae ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 66 5 5 Usi
45. 81 3 Piint Log Repo S nss a a AA IAO 121 8 1 4 Group Reports iaie a a a e ie piia ali 121 8 1 5 Shared Accounts Reports cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaenteneeeees 121 8 2 Report Formals a eat tects eee al eee 121 8 3 Combining Filters and Reports cccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 122 8 4 Scheduling and Emailing Reports ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaae 123 84 WSAGC setae dt essa ls Ain Naw ea Baa coe aaa eee 123 BEA 2 DOtAUIS a E AA E EEE nde dane Seueraa gab AT 125 8 5 Advanced Reporting Options cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 126 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 00 0 0 rere 127 9 1 Release Station Interfaces cccccececeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 127 9 1 1 Standard Release Station cceceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaanteeeeeees 127 9 1 2 Web based release station Manager mode aseeseen 128 9 1 3 Web based release station within the admin pages 0 129 9 1 4 End user web based interface cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 130 9 2 Hold Release Usage Scenarios ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaneeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 130 9 2 1 Saving paper and toner 00 2 2 eeeeeeeeeeee ects ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaenneeeeees 130 9 2 2 Secure Printing 0 cccceeeee cece neces teia i aeia aeei aO 130 9 2 3 Pay per print e g Library or Internet Cafe 0 eeeeeeeeeeees 131 9 2 4
46. Add button 9 Test print and ensure jobs are logged in Print Limit Pro under the user s network iden tity To install the Print Limit Pro client software 1 Open the Finder and select Go gt Connect to Server w Window Help Back I Enclosing Folder et Computer oC f Home QNH Network OK J iDisk gt A Applications owa fore 3 Utilities oxu Recent Folders gt Go to Folder OG Figure 19 10 Connecting to a Windows server 2 Enter smb servername pcclient where servername is the name of the server hosting Print Limit Pro 236 Mac Printing in Detail ean Connect to Server Server Address smb 192 168 1 50 pcclient O Favorite Servers Figure 19 11 The PCClient share s connection string Drag the PCClient application across to the local Applications directory Open System Preferences from the Apple menu Select Accounts Click the Login items tab NO a P OG Click the button and select the newly installed PcClient application Accounts lt gt Show All Q x Password Picture Login items Parental Controls Z Christ r Dance Admin These items will open automatically when you log in Hide item Kind amp Matt Doran eGrowtHelperApp Application D skype Application Q F iTunesHelper Application To hide an application when you log in click its Hide checkbox PA amp Click the lock to make changes Figure 19 12
47. D n 7 User admin ticio Logout fA aao Pee B e o address http Mocalhost 9191 epp DPE Print Limit Pro Jobs Pending Release Let Jobs Pending Release Notfication Options Print Log Prete Release All _ Cancel Al _ Refresh Now Auto refresh Refresh in 54 Show Fiter Submit y Printer User Document Gient Pages Cost Action Time Apr 12 forint x06 ely my fle POF wee 98 49 00 fount 3 36 14 cancel fox 12 Mcrosoft PowerPoint print 2006 168 5 O mos dats UNDUR 192 168 0 200 102 102 00 ERA m oett bel fie POF 2 168 1 1 75 38 00 font 006 EENE kiy my 192 oo famed A i gt PS Sj Local intranet Figure 9 3 Web based release station within the admin pages 129 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 9 1 4 End user web based interface When end users are logged into the user web interface they can view their print jobs that are currently held pending release The administrator can decide whether this interface is visible to end users and which type of jobs a user may release More information can be found at Section 9 3 4 End User Web Based Release Interface Configuration E Print Limit Pro Jobs Pending Release Microsoft Internet Explorer Jog Ar Fie Edt View Favorites Tools Help JB oO PaGoO P amp Oe e a B D address http ocalhost 9191 ap
48. Expensive Printers Approved Printing ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 132 9 2 5 Unauthenticated printing cee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanees 132 9 3 Release Station Configuration cccccceeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeteeeeeeeeeeeaaa 133 9 3 1 Enabling hold release support on a printer eseese 133 9 3 2 Hold Release Queue Managers cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeteneeeees 134 9 3 3 Standard Release Station Configuration ceecsseeeeeeeeees 135 9 3 4 End User Web Based Release Interface Configuration 138 10 System Management ssssssssssrsrerintnt ttut t ttnt nunun aaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaeaeaeaeas 140 TOA MOVEMIOW sieer ai re a aa aAa aaea aa ae aA alegian 140 10 2 User and Group Synchronization 0 cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeees 140 10 2 1 Synchronization Options cece eeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 140 10 2 2 Importing Card Identity numbers from Active Directory or LDAP 143 10 2 3 On Demand User Creation ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 144 10 2 4 Using Active Directory for user synchronization 08 145 10 2 5 Using LDAP for user synchronization ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 145 10 3 Assigning Administrator Level ACCESS ccc eee e cess eee eeeeteeeeeees 146 10 3 1 Assigning Administrator Access to a Group 0 ccceeeeeeeees 147 10 3 2 Assigning Administrator Access to a Use
49. External Database RDBMS On the OK button to create the user After creating the Print Limit Pro database assign this user db_owner permissions on the database so that it can create the required database tables 9 To initialize the database follow the instruction in Section 15 2 Upsizing to an Extern al RDBMS 15 3 2 Configuring Oracle and Oracle Express Edition Oracle is a high end database solution that provides a very robust and scalable data stor age solution And with the release of Oracle Express Edition it is available at no cost but it does have some limitations that should not impact Print Limit Pro installations Print Limit Pro supports Oracle versions 9 2 and higher Drivers for earlier versions were buggy and are not supported e Important Oracle is a commercial database that requires a custom Print Limit Pro module to connect to the database Please contact GenevaLogic for licensing details and access to the external database support policy 15 3 2 1 Database Driver Print Limit Pro does not ship with a driver for Oracle because Oracle does not allow us to redistribute the driver and the recommended driver depends on the version of Oracle used These drivers can be obtained from the Oracle website as described below To download the required version of the driver 1 Visit the Oracle web site here ht tp www oracle com technology software tech java sqlj_jdbc index html 2 Select the app
50. ID number from the AD LDAP field options Then enter the field name to import the card identity number from and press Apply For more information on the field names to use see the sections on Active Directory and LDAP below Qe Important The card ID number must uniquely identify a users so you should ensure that no two users have the same card identity number The card identity numbers you have defined in your user source should be unique If Print Limit Pro finds a non unique card identity number it will not update the user s details and will display a warning in the syncronization results 10 2 2 1 Importing the Card Identity number from Active Directory Active Directory has a number of user fields that can be used to store the user s card identity number Some of these fields are editable in the user s properties in the Active Dir ectory Users and Computer tool but others can only be updated with other tools By de fault Print Limit Pro will import the card identity number from the user s pager number field i e the pager field This field was chosen because it is rarely used and is also editable in the Windows user interface If this field is not suitable you can choose any valid Active Dir ectory user field The list of standard Active Directory user fields can be found on the Microsoft web site here http msdn2 microsoft com en us library ms683980 aspx The field name entered in Print Limit Pro must be in the LDAP display
51. Mac OS X 233 Mac Printing in Detail When a network printer for example a shared Windows printer is added to a Macintosh system the Printer Setup Utility requests printer access credentials in the form of user name and password Any user that prints to this printer uses these supplied credentials This means that on the print server all jobs originating from this Mac system list with sup plied username irrespective of who s actually using the Mac This chapter discussed some of the multi user challenges and their solutions Macs can be set up to work with Print Limit Pro in a number of configurations or scenarios There is no one best set up The ideal solutions will vary from network to network and will depend on factors like e Your existing network configuration The mix and makeup of operating systems used on the network e The underlying directory technologies Active Directory LDAP etc if used Whether Macs are used by a single owner or multiple users The following sections outline common set up scenarios and their pros and cons Your solution may fit one of these scenarios or may be composed of a combination 19 2 1 Scenario One My Own Mac Single User Many networks particularly those in a business environment have a dedicated desktop system for each user This allows the desktop system s global settings to be customized for the user Common examples include e Dedicated computers used in a busines
52. Printers section then click on the printer to be re moved and select Delete printer from the Actions list 74 Advanced Printer Management 4 Test the changes by printing to the deleted printer and ensuring the printer does not re register itself in the system It if does verify that it is not being monitored using Control Printer Monitoring command 6 1 3 On Linux Print Limit Pro tracks printing by integrating with the Common UNIX Printing System CUPS the printing system on Linux For a printer to be tracked CUPS needs to be told to route print jobs through Print Limit Pro before printing To do this the printers conf file must be edited This can either be done manually or assisted via the configure cups script To use the script run the script file at app dir providers print linux i686 configure cups Please read the script s instructions carefully to enable monitoring on the desired printers To edit the file manually 1 Open your printers conf in a text editor such as vim On most Linux distributions printers conf is located at etc cups printers conf 2 Prepend printlimit to the DeviceURI of the printers you wish to track After the modification a DeviceURI line might look like DeviceURI printlimit ipp 1 2 3 4 printers My_Printer 3 Restart CUPS in the way appropriate to your distribution E g etc init d cupsys restart 4 Perform a test print on each printer This will cause the printers to b
53. Pro is developed under a number of languages and development environ ments The printer monitoring component and other native operating system inter faces such as user authentication are written in C C The application server and web services are written in server side Java I d like to investigate server cluster support The Print Limit Pro is designed as a cluster compatible application and supports clus tering at all layers of the application For more information on configuring Print Limit Pro in a Microsoft Cluster environment please see Chapter 16 Microsoft Cluster En vironments f you d like to investigate clustering options on other platforms Linux please contact our support team 280 Appendix C Advanced LDAP Configuration Print Limit Pro supports the following LDAP server types out of the box e Novell eDirectory e Microsoft Active Directory Unix NIS Posix and basic configuration options for these platforms environments are discussed at Sec tion 10 2 5 Using LDAP for user synchronization However other server schema types can be supported by defining the fields to query and the LDAP searches to perform These options are configured by adjusting config entries in the Config Editor which can be opened from the Options tab The following config items are available Config name Description Idap schema user name field The LDAP field that contains the user s username Idap schema user full name
54. Searching by phase will display all matching project phases plus the project name for each phase 102 Shared Accounts 4 Print Job notification Confirm the print and select the print action Print job detais Document name Chapter 7 Shared Accounts Printer maestro Panasonic KX CL510 Color PS Pages 4 Cost 0 40 Comment C Remember Charge rate Defaut 100 0 m All Accounts Preferred List Recent Selections Search testing F Remember Account Code Histor 034225 Testing Phase LUAT Testing Phase 1 stress and volume Testing Phase 2 UAT Testing Phase 2 stress and volume Product 1 034227 Testing Phase 1 UAT Testing Phase 1 stress and volume Testing Phase 2 UAT Testing Phase 2 stress and volume Testing Phase 3 UAT Testing Phase 3 stress and volume eae C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 12 Searching accounts by phase in the project phase code naming model 7 2 3 Customer Job Naming Model Organizations that deal with customers on a per job basis will be familiar with the customer job model as will those who use common accounting software packages In this model e Parent accounts are created for each customer e Sub accounts are created for each job The basic principals of the customer job naming model are the same as the project 103 Shared Accounts phase naming model See Section 7 2 2 Project Phase Nam
55. Service 5 Click Details and ensure Print Services for Unix is selected 6 Click Next to complete the installation Some systems running firewall software may block LPD printing On systems running firewall software ensure that incoming connections from the local net work are allowed on port 515 On each Mac add the required printers 1 Open the Printer Setup Utility from Applications gt Utilities 2 Click the Add button to add a new printer 244 Mac Printing in Detail eoo Printer List o oi X Qo Ad Status Kind 192 168 1 125 Printing Generic PostScript Printer 1 HP Laserjet 5000 Series PS Generic PostScript Printer HPLaser in Laserjet Lywin2003 samba Generic PostScript Printer Figure 19 24 Add a printer Click the IP Printing button at the top toolbar From the Protocol dropdown select Line Printer Daemon LPD Enter the IP address of the server hosting the printers in the Address field opm e w Enter the printer s share name in the Queue field eoe aA i a y Default Browser IP Printer Printer Browser Protocol Line Printer Daemon LPD Address 192 168 1 2 l Valid and complete address 7 Queue ScienceLab Ic Leave blank for default queue t A Name 192 168 1 2 Location Science Labi Print Using HP Z AP Laserjet 55i Mopier PS HP Laserjet 551 55 MX PostScript HP Laserjet 6 series Cirmp Print vS 0 0 b
56. The lists column order and filter options are taken into consideration when generating the report data This functionality can be used to produce ad hoc or custom reports This functionality is best described by example To run a report to see who and how much people have printed against a shared account over the month of September Navigate to the Accounts Click on the appropriate shared account Select the Print History tab Click the Show Filters link Select the 1st of September in the from date and enter the 30th of September in the to date 6 Click Apply Filter button The data displayed in this list should be all print jobs printed against this shared account for the month of September 7 Click on the Summary by user link to produce the PDF report aFwon 122 Reports g Account Details IT Support Transactions Print Details a Hide Filter between dates 01 Sep 2005 to 30 Sep 2005 T comment containing Apply Filter Clear Transaction Date y Transacted By Amount Balance Usage Log Comment 13 09 2005 09 52 45 system 0 15 45 34 Printer Usage 13 09 2005 09 48 02 system 0 08 45 49 Printer Usage 13 09 2005 08 29 01 system 0 15 45 57 Printer Usage Figure 8 4 Filters applied to the shared account print log To run a report listing all transactions issued against a user s account over the month of September ordered by transaction amount af on N O Navigate to the Users tab C
57. The process is summarized below System requirements check Downloading and installing Print Limit Pro Completing the configuration wizard Testing client software Or e wN Testing printing and remote access Print Limit Pro is a cross platform solution and the installation procedure will vary depend ing on the target operating system Please jump to the appropriate section below e Windows Section 1 4 1 Installation on Windows e Mac Section 1 4 2 Installation on Apple Mac e Linux Section 1 4 3 Installation on Linux 1 4 1 Installation on Windows e Important This guide assumes that you are using Windows Server 2003 The process is similar for other Windows operating systems Separate documentation exists for Linux see Section 1 4 3 Installation on Linux and Mac see Sec tion 1 4 2 Installation on Apple Mac If you re upgrading from a previous Print Limit Pro version please refer to the directions outlined in Appendix E Upgrading From a Previous Version 1 4 1 1 Step 1 System Requirements Before installing Print Limit Pro for either evaluation or production use the system adminis trator should take a few minutes to verify system requirements Is the operating system version supported and patches up to date Take a few minutes to verify the system is current and supported see Section 1 1 3 System Requirements 10 Introduction In workgroup environments i
58. a spreadsheet in Mi crosoft Excel and then save it in the Text Tab delimited format 7 6 1 1 Import File Format Examples The following lines shows importing all the above fields The fields are separated by tabs Maths Y 1234 500 N userl user2 user3 groupl group2 group3 ALWAYS_INVOICE C Science Physics Y 1620 100 Y user3 groupl NO_COMMENT More notes Science Biology N 1621 12 50 N group3 USER_CHOICE_OFF The biology departm The following lines show updating only the groups that can access the account NOTE The tabs still exist for the enabled status pin balance restriction and users fields but each entry is blank Maths groupl group2 group3 Science Physics groupl Science Biology group3 Tip The shared account import process can be triggered via the command line scripting tool server command See Section A 1 Server Commands server command 7 7 Shared Account Synchronization The shared account synchronization feature allows the administrator to define an external source for shared accounts This is useful for situations where shared accounts are man aged by an external system and allows Print Limit Pro to mirror the accounts without any additional administration 116 Shared Accounts To enable shared account synchronization 1 Navigate to the Accounts section 2 Click the Account Sync tab 3 Choose appropriate settings The available settings are discussed in Section 7 7 1
59. administrator access can be assigned to the user Print Limit Pro in cludes an advanced Access Control List ACL allowing different administrators access to different functions and areas of the application e Most activity is audited so changes can be sourced to an individual Administrator access may be assigned at the group or user level Assigning admin access to a group is convenient for giving the same permissions to multiple users Assigning ad min access to a user is useful when specific permissions are required See the following sections for more detail e Important Print Limit Pro allows different levels of administrator access to be defined via access control list The access list is presented as a series of checkboxes en abling or disabling access to selected features or application areas For security reasons it is advisable to e Grant the user s own accounts administrator level rights rather than have them use the general built in admin account e Grant the administrator the minimum level rights need for them to perform their job e ACL configuration can be complex Always test that the ACL rights as signed work as expected by asking the administrator to log in and verify that they can access the required program functions 10 3 1 Assigning Administrator Access to a Group Assigning administrator access to a group is useful when many users all require access to the same functionality For example the Managemen
60. administrator may wish for new users belonging members of the Senior Students group to be allocated 10 starting credit and restricted access while all other students receive 5 00 starting credit New user creation rules are controlled under the Groups gt Group Details gt New User Settings section New User Settings Initial Credit New user settings help streamine the setup 10 00 of new user accounts These settings are automaticaly applied to X Initially Restricted new users created that belong to this group Initial Account Selection Settings Automatically charge to personal account v Figure 5 3 Initial settings applied to new users 65 Advanced User Management e Important Changes made to new user settings are in the Groups section only affect users NOT yet listed in the system i e future users Any users already listed in the system are not affected Intial user settings also do not apply when users change groups To modify settings or credit on existing users see Bulk user actions in the following section Initial settings can become confusing when a user belongs to more than one group Print Limit Pro uses the following logic to allocate initial settings e The user obtains a starting credit that is the sum of all the matching groups the special all users group is ignored e If any of the matching groups has unrestricted access the user will in herit unrestricted status e f any of th
61. and the other LDAP NIS A custom plug in could support this by first querying Domain A and if the user is not found the query Domain B via LDAP The Print Limit Pro development team is happy to provide API documentation and sample source code to assist organizations with custom requirements For some working examples available in your current installation look in app dir server bin linux i686 sambauserdir app dir server bin linux i686 authsamba and app dir server bin linux i686 src 185 Chapter 14 Licensing and Support This section describes how to install the Print Limit Pro license you receive after purchase and also provides information about gaining support and assistance 14 1 Installing a License Print Limit Pro licenses are issued as a digitally signed file Installing the license file into the application enables the software for use within your organization To install the license file supplied by your vendor 1 Save the license file to your hard disk Files are typically named Print Limit Pro orgname license E Tip There is no need to unzip the file The file can be loaded into the system as supplied Log into the administration interface Navigate to the About section Scroll down to the Register section and click the Browse button Locate the license file saved in step 1 and click Open Click the Install license button NO Rw LV Verify license information is correctly listed
62. and Locally Attached Printers Take care to define the correct name or IP address of the nominated application server set up in step 1 16 2 1 3 Step 3 Decouple service management from nodes By default the Print Provider component is installed under the management of the node To hand over management to the cluster the service start up type needs to be set to manual On each node navigate to Control Panel Administrative Tools Services locate the Print Limit Pro Print Provider Service Stop the service and set the start up type to Manual Repeat for each node in the cluster Print Limit Print Provider Properties Local Computer DR Genera LogOn Recovery Dependencies Service name PCPrirtProwsder Display name Prnt Lint Print Provider Description Print Lim service that monsors print jobs and sends we the print jobs information to the server Path to executable C Progiam Files Print Lima Pro providers print win pe peint exe PCPrint Startup type v Service status Started You can specify the start parameters that apply when you start the service from here Caen hoy Figure 16 1 Stopping the service and setting to Manual startup 16 2 1 4 Step 4 Adding the Print Provider service as a resource under the print spooler s cluster group 196 Microsoft Cluster Environments 1 Open the Cluster Administrator 2 Right click on the cluster group hosting the spooler service and select New
63. application installed so you can view the historical data If this is not import ant then the application can be uninstalled 291 Upgrading from Print Limit Standard To uninstall 1 On the Windows server running Print Limit Standard go to Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Find and select Print Limit Standard in the list of installed programs Click the Remove button to start the uninstall process 292
64. are hosted on Linux E Tip Windows system administrators can control which queues are exposed via LPR LPD by setting printer permissions Queues set up to explicitly deny per mission to access from the SYSTEM account will not be accessible via LPR 17 5 1 Installing the Command Line Release Station Client 212 Print Limit Pro on Linux The following installation instructions assume the reader has prior Unix system administra tion experience 1 Ensure that Java 1 5 or newer is installed on your system To check type java version at the terminal If you do not have Java 5 1 5 or higher please install it be fore continuing Java is available for all major Unix operating systems 2 Copy the release station files from your primary server to the system for which you wish to set up the command line release station client These can be found in app dir release If your primary server is running Windows this folder will be shared by default accessible via server release You may be able to use tools such as Samba smbclient to help copy these files Ensure all files in the folder are copied taking care to preserve the existing heirarchy The recommended location to install the release station command line client is usr local printlimit release 3 Ensure that the command line release station client has execute permissions for all users This can be achieved with the following command when in the release
65. by hosting print spooler services under two or more virtual servers For example two virtual servers may each host half of the or ganization s printers and hence sharing the load This is sometimes referred to as Active Active clustering all be it not an entirely correct term as the print spooler is still running in Active Passive Virtual servers cannot share the same service on any given node For this reason if the vir tual servers share nodes you ll need to manually install the Print Limit Print Pro vider service a second time under a different name This can be done via the command line as follows cd C Program Files Print Limit Pro providers print win pc print exe PCPrintProvider2 install The argument proceeding instal1 is the unique name to assign to the service The re commended procedure is to suffix the standard service name with a sequential number 16 2 2 Mode 2 Clustering at all application layers Mode 2 implements failover clustering at all of Print Limit Pro s Service Oriented Architec ture software layers including e Clustering at the Print monitoring layer e Clustering at the Application Server layer e Optional clustering at the database layer Mode 2 builds upon Mode 1 by introducing failover Active Passive clustering in the Ap plication Server layer This involves having an instance of the application server on each of the cluster nodes When one node fails the other automatically takes ove
66. cececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 173 12 2 6 Step 6 TeSt rieni i ee eee 173 12 3 Configuring a Linux Secondary Print Server eseese 173 12 3 1 Step 1 Ensure primary server is set up correctly 0 173 12 3 2 Step 2 Ensure firewall software is set to allow access to port 9191 se Sh yh yeni pals beet tn bleiben tells toate ce ts elie oad tee see iit 174 12 3 3 Step 3 ACCOUNT setup 0 0 0 cece cece ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee aaa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 174 12 3 4 Step 4 Install the Print Provider cccscsseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 174 12 3 5 Step 5 Configuration 2 2 0 cececceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 174 12 3 6 Step 6 TOST eie aea ea Aaa a sti auensadebabebeaiduees 175 12 4 Print Monitoring Architecture cece eeee cea eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 175 12 5 Multiple Print Servers 0 ccccececeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeees 175 12 6 Automating Secondary Server Deployment on Windows 0 177 13 Advanced Customization 0 ccccceeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeeeeeeeaaa 179 13 1 Customizing the User Client Tool Window 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 179 13 2 Customizing the User web pages c ccceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeneeeeeeees 180 13 3 Customizing Report Headers ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaenneeeeeees 182 13 4 Data Access and Custom Reports 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaen
67. cess to this feature e Display system messages such as the low credit warning message 47 Services for Users Balance for lance Figure 4 1 The User Client Balance Window Print Job Notification X Print Job Notification oaa Confirm the print and select the print action Figure 4 2 User Client account selection popup Standard Popup 48 Services for Users C Se Confirm the print and select the print action Print job detais Document name P D Floorplan odg Printer maestro OKI C9800 GA Color PS Pages 2 Cost 0 80 Comment Floorplan buidng C Charge rate Defaut 100 0 Preferred cs Gia C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 4 3 User Client Advanced Popup The client software is available for most major platforms including e Microsoft Windows e Macintosh OS X e Linux and Unix Figure 4 4 Print Limit Client on Mac OS X The client software and deployment tools are installed automatically on the server under 49 Services for Users the appdir client directory On a Windows based server this directory is automatic ally shared in read only form providing network users with access to the client executables The following chapters contain further information about the user client Command line and config options are discussed in Section A 5 User Client Options e Customization of the use
68. check that your fire wall allows SMTP connections and that your SMTP server is configured to ac cept connections from the Print Limit Pro server If your email server requires authentication the username and password can be configured using the advanced configuration editor For further details please contact GenevaLogic support 10 5 1 4 Configuring Email Addresses To send notification messages to users via email an email address needs to be defined for the user User email addresses can be entered in the User Details screen However if all email addresses match the pattern username yourdomain com then the email ad dresses can be defined globally using the global email suffix An example of how this works is as follows 1 An email notification needs to be sent to user brian 2 No email address has been defined in Brian s user details but a global email suffix of myschool com is defined in the Email Options section 3 To generate Brian s email address the username brian and suffix myschool com are combined to form the email address brian myschool com To define the global email suffix Navigate to Options Notifications Find the Email Options section Enable the Use email suffix to build user email addresses option Enter the Email Address Suffix Press the Apply button Or Py CN oS To confirm that the email suffix is working as expected 1 Navigate to the Users section Select a user from the
69. client software at all times Information to show in popup Print account selection Show the account selection popup v Allow user to charge to their personal account Allow user to select shared accounts from Ist Allow user to select shared accounts using a PIN K a v ivi Allow user to perform printing as another user When shared account is selected Charge shared account Charge personal account and alocate to shared account for reporting Figure 7 14 The user s popup settings under User gt User Details Note It is also possible to automatically charge printing to a single shared account without the need for the popup This can be useful in environments where a user only ever needs to charge to a single shared account and it is not desir able to display the popup Qe Important Users need to restart their workstation or manually restart the Print Limit client software for this change to take affect Users with the Show the account selection popup option enabled need to be running the client software at all times Print jobs will not print until the user has selected the account In addition to granting users access to the popup they also need to be granted access to a shared account Shared accounts access can be controlled using two methods e Network group membership e PINs also known as security codes or passwords If an account is allocated a PIN an alpha numeric access code
70. client to dis play a popup asking them to confirm their network identity via username passworda 18 2 7 2 Other Methods 1 Use release station enabled globally at the print queue level See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 221 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks 18 2 8 Linux Workstations in a lab environment with printers hosted on a Win dows server Linux workstations typically use the CUPS print system CUPS through the use of Samba can print directly to Windows print queues 18 2 8 1 Preferred Method Ensure the system is configured to deny remote shell access to standard users that is only allow direct screen console access This ensures the system s IP address can be associated with a single user providing a suitable environment for popup authentication Ensure the print server is running in Mixed mode or Pre Windows 2000 Compatibility Mode Some Linux distributions currently have problems with Native Mode networks Add a domain network user account that matches the generic login account i e linux user This ensures the linuxuser account will appear Print Limit Pro s user list In Print Limit Pro turn on the Unauthenticated option on the linuxuser account to en able popup authentication Also ensure that the account has zero balance and is re stricted Add the printer s so jobs list under the linuxuser account If the print queues are hos t
71. company product or event unless otherwise noted No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form without the express written permission of GenevaLogic Print Limit is a trademark of GenevaLogic c Copyright 1999 2006 GenevaLogic All rights reserved Xvi Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 What is Print Limit Pro Print Limit Pro seage Print Limit Pro is a comprehensive solution designed to manage and control an organiza tion s print usage The expectations of management and control vary from organization to organization so Print Limit Pro is designed for flexibility to ensure organizations of all types ranging from schools universities small businesses and large business can utilize the system for their own requirements and purposes Possible implementations can in clude Silent activity monitoring Visible activity monitoring and expense tracking by work area projects departments Quota allowance enforcement Up front user pays systems or pay per print systems In addition Print Limit Pro provides system administrators with a kit of tools to manage printer including Advanced print document job filtering Detailed logging and reporting Access control 1 1 1 Benefits y Some of the key benefits of Print Limit Pro are Transfer accountability to users or departments by individually tracking activity Creates responsibility and environmental awareness by drawing users attention to their ow
72. configuration changes 17 4 User Directory and Authentication Print Limit Pro synchronizes its user directory with the underlying operating system or net work The Linux version of Print Limit Pro ships with two user directory implementations Due to the nature of Linux some organizations may have customized user directory imple mentations Print Limit Pro can support customization in this area This section details the 210 Print Limit Pro on Linux user group authentication options available as standard as well has how one would go about developing customized implementation 17 4 1 Standard Unix The Standard Unix user directory provider uses standard Unix API s to enumerate user and group information This allows group information to be defined on either the local sys tem or via another source as configured via nsswitch conf For example the system may be configured via nsswitch conf to obtain user directory information from a central ized LDAP server or Novell s eDirectory User password authentication is performed via PAM Note For administrators wishing to customize the PAM authentication method at the application level Print Limit Pro reports it self as printlimit 17 4 2 Samba Windows Domain If the user and group information is provided by a Windows Domain such as an NT Style Domain or Active Directory the Samba option is most appropriate This option would nor mally be used on networks where the printe
73. created tables However the user should not have permissions to access other databases you have in stalled on the database server 15 2 4 Step 4 Change the Print Limit Pro connection details The next step is to configure Print Limit Pro to connect to the new external database To do this 1 On the server open the server config file appdir server server properties 2 On the server open the server config file appdir server server properties in a text editor e g Notepad 3 Comment out the line database type Internal by adding a hash character to the beginning of the line 4 Find the database connection details for the database type you require e g SQL Server or PostgreSQL and uncomment the lines by removing the hash charac ters 5 Set the username and password used to connect to the database database username your db user database password your db password 6 Set the database URL which describes the location and connection details of the ex ternal database See below for details of the format of the database URLs for different database types 189 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS e Important If using Microsoft SQL Server the username specified in the configuration set tings is a SQL Server database user not a Windows user This user needs to be created in the SQL Server and granted full rights to the application data base 15 2 4 1 SQL Server Dat
74. deoe _ Resources a lt gt a m amp lt E imac ba e network 4 H E macintosh HO client icon iens config properties install login hook command T GE Desktop in bee ag _ A x Applications Java login hook start s Documents Movies 5 is 6 Music a a Pictures set permissions command pe client mac command 1 of 7 selected 128 9 GB available Figure 19 28 Double click to install the login hook 9 Restart the system and verify the client starts on login Testing 1 Restart the system and ensure the client starts on login and lists the user s account balance 2 Ensure print jobs correctly account under the user s Print Limit Pro account 19 2 4 Scenario Four Mac OS X Server If the printers used by Mac clients are hosted shared from a Mac server system or Mac workstation system acting as a server then the preferred solution is to install Print Limit Pro s Mac server software The Mac server may either be set up as the primary server or as a secondary server reporting back to an existing primary server The Macintosh server support and initial setup is documented in Section 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installation 19 2 5 Additional information and tips The client install process is also covered in Section 4 2 User Client After the first Mac is set up and the printing process is tested the simplified client install notes covered in Sec tion 4 2 1 2
75. do this 1 Navigate to the Scheduled Reports page 2 Click Schedule a new report if the panel is not already displayed 3 Choose the report Type of Group printing printer summary 4 Under Optional parameters Group name enter Mary s division group name Mar keting Leave the report Format as PDF Make the report deliverable every fortnight by setting Send report to Fortnightly Enter Mary s email under Recipients Press Add ONO The report is now scheduled to run every fortnight and should now be shown in the table below Mary will receive an email every second Sunday showing the previous fortnight s printer usage by her division 8 4 2 Details Each report Period determines when the report will run When the report includes date based usage information such as printing usage the period also determines the date range of the data to include 125 Reports Period Report Run Time Report Date Range Daily Early every morning about The previous day 01 15 Weekly Every Sunday in the early The previous week from morning about 01 15 Sunday to Saturday Fortnightly Every second Sunday in the The previous fortnight from early morning about 01 15 two Sundays ago to Sat Fortnightly reports are run urday on even weeks i e the second week of the year the fourth week of the year etc Monthly Early morning on the first The previous month day of every month about 01 15
76. e Always publish the printer config from a tested client workstation and never from server itself 19 1 5 Unauthenticated systems e g Laptops The print queues in current Mac OS X server releases both Tiger 10 4 and Leopard 10 5 are unfortunately unauthenticated editor s note CUPS supports authentication however Apple have decided not to expose support this feature Authentication in an Open Direct ory environment is instead performed at the time of system login Unauthenticated systems such as laptops however fall outside this check The introduction of unauthenticated sys tems on your network mandates the need for an extra layer of authentication Print Limit Pro offers two options 1 Popup authentication via the client software or 2 authentication via a release station or the web based release interface end user login gt Jobs pending release Network administrators must decide if the authentication policy procedure is to be applied to all network systems or just untrusted laptops 19 1 5 1 Network wide policy This is the simplest solution and provides a consistent procedure policy across all your users irrespective of their access method workstation or their own laptop Select your au thentication method such as popup authentication or hold release queue and enable this option on ALL print queues The setup procedure for both methods is summarized as fol lows Using Popup Authentication 1 Select the Unaut
77. es notes for the shared account any text the shared account s PIN any text must be unique tricted whether or not the shared account is currently restricted TRUE or FALSE GI Gl Gl _O _O amp adjust shar Adjust lt accoun lt adjust lt commen set shared Set as lt accoun lt balanc lt commen add new sha Add an the value to set s lt property gt for valid values ed account account balance lt account_name gt lt adjustment gt lt comment gt a shared account s account balance t_name gt the shared account s full name ment gt the adjustment amount as a number ve or v t gt a comment to be associated with the transaction account account balance lt account_name gt lt balance gt lt comment gt hared account s balance to a set value t_name gt the shared account s full name e gt set the account to this value ve or v t gt a comment to be associated with the transaction red account lt shared_account_name gt ew shared account lt shared_account_name gt the name of the shared account delete existing shared account lt shared_account_name gt Delete Calling a shared account from the system Use this method with care this will permanently delete it from the shared account list print history records will remain lt shared_account_name gt the name of the share
78. existence of an existing domain environment the installation of Windows systems is typically straightforward The Macs however can be set up in a number of different ways Network administrators should consult Chapter 19 Mac Printing in Detail 2 2 2 3 Requirement 2 Multi server installations are commonplace on larger networks One system needs to be nominated as the primary Print Limit Pro server This system is responsible for running the brains of the system and storing all data The other servers secondary servers report back to the central primary server via XML Web Services The system architecture deploy ment considerations and recommendations are outlined in Section 12 5 Multiple Print Servers 2 2 2 4 Requirement 3 Linux is becoming ever popular in the server space First web hosting and now common file and print services are being serviced with the Linux operating system Print Limit Pro is available for Windows Mac and Linux systems Not only that its architecture allows all three systems to run side by side sharing a common central server This school may ex periment with hosting printers on Linux by running a Linux based secondary server along side their main Windows servers See Section 12 3 Configuring a Linux Secondary Print Server for additional information 2 2 2 5 Requirement 4 24 Implementation by Example Quotas or allowances are allocated to users on a per group basis By adding ne
79. expected before attempting to install Print Limit Pro 1 4 2 3 Step 3 Creating the host user account optional Print Limit Pro runs under a non privileged user account called printlimit This invisible system account is created automatically upon first install Advanced system administrators may however have a preference to create this account manually If you fall into this cat egory create the print1limit account now prior to installation 1 4 2 4 Step 4 Download and install Print Limit Pro is supplied as a standard disk image containing the installer Log on as an admin level account Download and double click Mac installer Double click on the installer package named Print Limit Pro Standard Installation pkg Follow the direc tions on the screen The installation process will take between two and five minutes de pending on the speed of the system A system restart is usually not required but adminis trators are advised to perform installation on live production systems during periods of low activity for example not during backup operations or other administration activities The default install location is Applications Print Limit Pro B Important Make sure you re installing the correct package The similarly named Print Limit Pro Secondary Server Installation pkg only installs part of the application and is designed for more advanced networks After the installation is complete a web browser will open to complete fi
80. group online Right click on the cluster group and select Bring online Wait until the application server has started then verify that you can access the system by pointing a web browser to http Virtual Server Name 9191 admin 199 Microsoft Cluster Environments Login and perform some tasks such as basic user management and User Group Syn chronization to verify the system works as expected 16 2 2 8 Step 8 Set up the Print Provider layer Interface the Print Limit Pro Print Provider layer with the clustered spooler service by fol lowing the same setup notes as described for Mode 1 The exception being that the IP ad dress of the application server will be the IP address assigned to the Virtual Server as signed in step 5 16 2 2 9 Step 9 Client Configuration The client and release station programs are located in the directories app path client app path release These directories contain configuration files that instruct the client to the whereabouts of the server The IP address and the server name in the following set of files will need to be updated to the Virtual Server s details Name and IP address app path client win config properties app path client linux config properties app path client mac PCClient app Contents Resources config properties app path release connection properties Edit the files using Notepad or equivilent and repeat this for each node Also see Sec tion 16
81. interacting with Print Limit Pro who do not already exist will not be created and their usage will be denied The usage will not be logged 144 System Management On Demand User Creation man cheer ine or oe Users are created either via a user sync or on demand create the user on demand default e g when they first print This setting controls the on demand user creation behavior More Information Apply_ TestSettings Synchronize Now Figure 10 3 On demand user creation options To change the behavior select the desired option and press Apply 10 2 4 Using Active Directory for user synchronization Print Limit Pro s Active Directory integration is performed at a native level and supports ad vanced features such as nested groups and OU s Some additional options provided with the Active Directory interface include e Import disabled users f set all users including disabled accounts will be imported from the domain In an education environment it is recommended to leave this option on as often student accounts are disabled for disciplinary actions and removing the ac count from Print Limit Pro is not appropriate e Enable multi domain support This is an advanced option and is appropriate for larger sites running multiple trusted domains For example in an education enviornment it is common to have separate domains for students and staff teachers with a one way trust relationship This opti
82. is specifically designed to facilitate easy firewalling scalability and will work over a wide range of network speeds Print Limit Pro Service Oriented Architecture offers many advantages for network adminis 176 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers trators including e Secondary servers run the minimum amount of software e Communication between servers uses minimal bandwidth Physically separated servers connected via WAN links VPNs or other slow links are supported with minimal or no impact on printing performance All data logging and configuration information is stored on one single central server fa cilitating central backup from one location e Management may be conducted centrally from one location Print Limit Pro s SOA design allows advanced setups including Decentralized deployment e Separation of concern servers dedicated to separate tasks such as database server application server and print server e Options to remove points of failure via clustering or fail over Application Server Print Servers Running Print Limit Pro Windows Server L INUX Samba and or CUPS Ramaning Padliant Po Brint Proviaer component secondary server XML over HTTP Database Server optional e g MS SQL Server or Postgresq DB Workstations print via shared printers hosted on print servers XML over HTTP PC Macintosh Linux Unix Local Desktop Printer Wo
83. job is deleted 4 Press Apply A 6 Stopping and Starting the Application Server Most of the time it will not be necessary to stop or start the server however there are some circumstances where this is required e Performing an offline backup e Upsizing the database to an external database Upgrading the application The procedure for stopping the server depends on the platform the server is run on A 6 1 Stopping Starting the server on Windows The Print Limit Pro application server runs as a Windows service when installed on Win dows and it can be stopped and started using the Services control panel applet To stop start restart the application server 1 Open the services control panel Start Control Panel Administrative Tools gt Services Find the service name Print Limit Application Server Right click on the service 4 Select the option you want to perform e g Stop Start Restart 273 Tools Advanced e Important When you start the application server wait approximately 15 20 seconds for the service to start before accessing the admin interface This gives the sys tem time to initialize An alternative to using the services applet is to run the batch files located in the directory appdir server bin win Using the batch files might be more convenient when the process needs to be automated like scripting a database backup The batch files to stop start the server are called e start
84. link at the top of the user client client config link url The destination URL of the link displayed at the top of the user client For example this can be point to the internal intranet page describing printing policies client config show link Indicates whether the link at the top of the user client should be displayed To display set the value to Y to hide set the value to N Indicates whether the Details link that points to the user web interface is dis played To display the link set the value to y to hide set the value to N client config show details link client config show document cost Determines whether to show the document cost to the user in print popup notifications To show the cost set the value to Y to hide set the value to N Table 13 1 User Client Customization Config Keys The logo used on the User Client balance window and the account selection dialog can also be customized by placing a file called client logo png in the directory app path client the same directory as the executable The image must satisfy the following requirements e Comply to the PNG Portable network graphic format e A size of 64px by 64px e Display correctly on different background colors make use of transparencies or alpha channels On the Apple Mac platform the process is a little more involved The image needs to be placed inside the App package at PCClient app Content Resources To access this directo
85. list The Use global email suffix option should be enabled and the email field should contain the address constructed from the username and suffix 10 5 2 Error Notifications for Administrators 154 System Management Hardware and software errors will happen on all networks from time to time The key to minimizing disruption is to act on errors fast Print Limit Pro s error notifications feature will help keep response times down by proactively notifying key staff of error events Take for example a paper jam It might take several hours before an annoyed user reports the prob lem as most users may simply opt to use another printer Automated email notifications take the human factor out of the loop To enable and configure error notification options navigate to Options Notifications and scroll down to the Error Notifications section The following notification types are available Printer errors Notify when a printer enters an error state for a selected period of time e Application errors Notify if a software or application error is detected This option will al low administrators to proactively act on errors raised in the App Log section e License errors Notify on important license events such as exceeding the licensed user limit All error notifications can be enabled using the checkbox and a list of recipient email ad dresses can be specified Multiple email addresses can be entered by separating the
86. login account and small home directories for storage 23 Implementation by Example 2 2 1 Requirements 1 The system must support the mixed Mac and Windows environment 2 The system should support multiple print servers and locally attached desktop printers 3 The school would like to experiment with hosting printers on a Linux system with the aim of using Linux for print serving tasks to help save on future Windows licensing costs 4 Students are to be granted a small 5 a month printing budget Final year students have a 10 a month allowance 5 If students need additional printing they must purchase it The payment process should be simple and easy to manage 6 Jobs issued to printers situated in the print room should be held in a queue and only printed on the physical printers after the user has arrived at the room to collect the job 7 Staff members should have the option of charging printing to department accounts or to a small personal account depending on the type of print job 2 2 2 Implementation 2 2 2 1 Initial Installation The mixture of operating systems and multiple servers makes this a complex installation Prior to deployment it is advisable for the network manager and or network administrator to plan the deployment and familiarize themselves with the Print Limit Pro software 2 2 2 2 Requirement 1 Print Limit Pro is a cross platform solution designed for all major operating systems Given the
87. name email department and office when synchronizing if a user s details in Print Limit Pro do not match those in the synchronization source they will be updated e Update the users unique card identity number from the AD LDAP field allows a user card or ID number to be imported from an Active Directory or LDAP field specified For more information see Section 10 2 2 Importing Card Identity numbers from Active Directory or LDAP Import new users and update details overnight when selected synchronization will be automated to occur each night This option will never delete users from Print Limit Pro User Group Sync Sync Options Sync source The sync options define where the user and groups are Windows Active Directory imported from To import a subset of users from the network select a group as an import source 2 C import disabled users Selecting Delete users wil remove users that no longer exist in the sync source e g old deleted user Enable multi domain support Advanced accounts Selecting Update users fullname will update user Import users from metadata such as names and emai addresses Al Users Change Group Selecting Import new users wil import new users and update any changed details overnight This is in addition Delete users that do not exist in the selected source to the nightly group membership synchronization i Update user s full name emai depart
88. network user accounts The advantages of this approach are e They can access the administration pages using their own username and password they don t have to remember another password e Different levels of administrator access can be assigned to different users Print Limit Pro includes an advanced Access Control List ACL allowing different administrators access to different functions and areas of the application e Most activity is audited so changes can be sourced to an individual For more information see Section 10 3 Assigning Administrator Level Access 3 8 Charting Statistics Reports and Logs One of the key features of Print Limit Pro is the advanced charting statistics reporting and logging This information can be used by administrators to e Determine which printers are most used e Spot areas where printers may be inappropriate for the task e View user and printer trends over time 3 8 1 Charts Charts are ideal for obtaining a quick visual overview All users and printers have a line chart displaying activity over the last 30 days Balance history for peterm 3 00 1 00 0 00 1 00 Balance N 8 3 00 4 00 5 00 8 00 7 00 21 Aug 28 Aug 45Sep 11 Sep 18 Sep Day Figure 3 14 User 30 day account balance history The Charts Tab under the Printers section hosts a set comparison charts allowing adminis trators to compare printers side by side 42 Quick Tour Utilization print
89. not to report errors if it has problems connecting to the server If the server is unavailable at time of startup e g the client is not connected to the network or if the user does not cur rently exist in the database the client will simply sleep waiting for the condition to change This option can also be set by adding a silent y line to the client con fig properties The minimized option tells the client to start minimized On windows the client will be minimized to the task tray minimized This option is recommended if the user s balance is not important to the user For ex ample if a user is only allowed to assign print jobs to a shared account then their personal balance is of little importance so the user client should be minimized This option can also be set by adding a minimized Y line to the client con fig properties user lt username gt The user option allows the client to be run using a different username This can be useful if the user is logged into a machine with a different username than he or she is authenticated to the server printers as For example if a user is using 269 Tools Advanced Option Description a laptop that is not a part of the domain This option can also be set by adding a user lt username gt line to the client con fig properties cache lt cache directory gt This argument is actioned by pc client local cache exe It defines the loca
90. organizational unit CN administrator 0OU OrgUnit DC domain DC com e Mac OpenDirectory uid admin CN users DC domain DC com e Unix Open LDAP uid root DC domain DC com or uid ldapadmin DC domain DC com e Admin password The password for the above user Some LDAP servers are configured to allow anonymous LDAP query access In these situations the Admin DN and Admin password may be left blank Print Limit Pro supports the following server types e Novell eDirectory e Microsoft Active Directory e Unix NIS However it is easy to support other server types by adjusting the LDAP fields Print Limit Pro searches This is discussed in Appendix C Advanced LDAP Configuration 10 3 Assigning Administrator Level Access Print Limit Pro sets up one administrator account called admin This is the master admin istrator account with access to all features whose password is assigned during the config uration wizard In large organizations it is likely that administrator level access will need to be granted to more than one person One solution is to give all persons the master pass word however the recommended approach is to assign administrator rights to these indi vidual s network user accounts The advantages of this approach are 146 System Management e They can access the administration pages using their own username and password they don t have to remember another password e Different levels of
91. parts and manage them individually Show both parts but manage as a single fie V Remember each folder s view settings C Restore previous folder windows at logon E Show Control Panel in My Computer Show encrypted or compressed NTFS files in color Panne aanes i Larne sijop items Figure 20 1 Turn off simple file sharing 4 On the nominated host system ensure that the Guest account is disabled To do this on a system running Windows XP a Open the Local Users screen Start Control Panel Administrative Tools Computer Management Local Users and Groups gt Users b Right click on the Guest user and select Properties c On the General tab check Account is disabled d Press the OK button This should also be performed for any system running a release station 5 On the nominated host system set up user accounts for all users This can be done via under User Accounts in the Windows Control Panel 6 Set permission on the printer so only these users can access the printer shares i e don t allow guest 7 Install the Print Limit Pro server software and complete the configuration wizard 8 Instruct each user to log onto their workstation using an account with the same user name and password as set up for them on the nominated host system This will en sure that their jobs list in the queue under their username 20 2 Option 2 Authenticating via popup Option 1 may not be appropriate
92. popup authentication can be found in Section 6 8 Popup Authentica tion 18 1 3 2 Release Station Authentication Release stations work by placing print jobs in a holding queue Users must authenticate at a release station before being given access to release their job A release station normally takes the form of a dedicated terminal located next to the printer s however the holding queue may also be accessed via a web browser or even a Unix based command line cli ent The act of a user releasing a job causes it to be charged to their account Release sta tions do not use session based authentication and hence can be used in a multi user Unix terminal environment More information on setting up and using release stations is discussed in Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 18 2 The Authentication Cookbook Recipes by example This section discusses various solutions to the authentication problem in recipe style The aim is not to provide detailed step by step instructions but rather guide the user to the rel 217 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks evant procedures and chapters in other parts of the manual 18 2 1 Windows systems with generic logins This scenario arises either when users log into systems using a common username such as user Or student or if the workstations auto login as a generic user See introduction for details 18 2 1 1 Preferred Method e Ensu
93. practise suggests e Always run a backup before preceding with the import e First experiment test the import process with a small batch of users before moving onto the full batch 5 6 1 Batch User Import File Format The No import file is in tab delimited format and contains the following fields in the given order Field Description Optional Username The users user Mandatory name Credit Balance The users credit Optional balance balance not set if blank Restricted Status The user s restricted Optional restricted status Y N status not set if blank Full Name The user s full name Optional full name not set if blank Email The user s email ad Optional email not dress set if blank Optional depart Department The user s depart 69 Advanced User Management No Field Description Optional ment or faculty ment not set if blank 7 The user s office or Optional office not location set if blank 8 Card ID Number The user s identity Optional card id card number number not set if blank 9 Card ID PIN The user s card PIN Optional card id number PIN not set if blank If the field is then the PIN is set to zero 10 Notes Notes about the Optional notes not user set if blank Table 5 2 User Import File Format Other limitations Although any actual limit to the size of an import file should be large enough for any purpose we recommen
94. rname gt the us ame gt lt reset_by gt r s username mment gt n a group lt co h the transac or v tion by group up to lt group gt lt adjustment gt lt limit gt but don t increase This process happens in the accounts are to be adjusted FV e lt username gt lt balance gt lt comment gt t balance to a set value valu tve or v sers ers balance to and job counts associated with a user or Vv this limit he transaction nce by group lt group gt lt balance gt lt comment gt ach member of a group to the given value This balance is to be set ve or nt to be associated with the transaction VG lt reset_by gt name of the user script process resetting the counts in mi disable pri Disable lt username gt the nam lt minutes_disabled gt forever add new user lt username gt Trigger the process of adding a new user account exists in the OS Network Domain user directory the tim nting for user lt username gt lt minutes_disabled gt printing for a user for a set period of time of the user to disable printing for 1 indicates nutes to disable Assuming the user the account will be 255 Tools Advanced created with the correct initial settings as defined by the rules set up in the admin interface under the Groups section lt username gt the user s system username rename us
95. s total cost Filter by document cost This filter is used OOTES to prevent users from acddently using an excessive amount of ther allowance in a singe document Page Count Filter by the number of pages within a document This filter may help accomplish T Deny print jobs based on number of pages tasks such preventing large documents Minimum 0 on slow printers or small documents on specialist high volume printers Maximum od Color Mode o t Filter documents by ther color grayscae Deny print Jobs based on color moda mode This filter used in conjunction with system access permissions can to prevent selected users from printing in color Figure 3 10 Printer Filters and Restrictions To disable a printer for the next hour using a time latch Under the Printers section select the printer to lock or disable On the Summary tab scroll to the Configuration section Select Disable for next hour from the drop down list Pe GN oe Click the Apply button to save the change 38 Quick Tour Summary Advanced Charging Fiters Recent Jot Statistics Configuration Simple printer configuration options Advanced options covering this printer wolus 101 are located under the appropriate tabs Location Department Library BAW printer Hosted on Page cost HE crete Enable Disable printer Disabled unti Feb 15 2006 3 15 40 PM Enable Figure 3 11 A printer disabled for 1 hour 3 5 Client Software
96. server bat starts the service e stop server bat stops the service A 7 Automating Streamlining Installation on Windows In some cases organizations may wish to streamline the installation of Print Limit Pro or a particular Print Limit Pro component for automating deployment For example when in stalling on many secondary print servers or installing the user client tool locally on many desktops although the recommended installation procedure is the Zero install strategy see Section 4 2 1 User Client Deployment The installer command line options provide the ability to pre select the installer options such that there is no need to click through them when installing The options in table Ta ble A 3 Windows installer command line options are valid for the Windows installers for Print Limit Pro the main installer the user client tool and the card wizard Option Description SILENT or VERYSILENT Instructs the installer to be silent or very silent When silent the installation begins immediately and only the progress window is displayed When very silent installation begins immediately with nothing displayed If any errors are encountered the error messages are still displayed with either op tion Overrides the default installation directory This can be used to install Print Limit Pro to a different directory than the default DIR x dirname Selects the components for installation The availa
97. shared account using PIN PIN C Perform print as user Username Password Figure 7 1 Selecting a shared account with the User Client popup 7 1 Creating a Shared Account Personal user accounts are automatically created when users are first imported into the system Shared accounts are created manually on an as need basis Normally shared ac counts are created manually via the administration interface however organizations with many accounts and good IT skills can automate the account creation process by importing accounts Import options include via a file for example Excel or an export from a 3rd party system or by scanning an existing directory structure More information on automatic im porting can be found in Section 7 6 Batch Shared Account Import and Update To create a shared account Log into Print Limit Pro as an administrator e g admin account Select the Accounts tab Click the Create a new account action Pon gt Enter an appropriate name for the account Account names should be as descriptive as possible 5 Complete other details such as starting balance restrictions status and notes as ap propriate 93 Shared Accounts 6 Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the accounts list gf Account Details English Department Details Adjustments amp Changes equrity Transactions Print History Details amp Balance Account Name Selected users may charge to E
98. showing the backup progress and the location where the backup file is saved 149 System Management 10 4 2 Restoring a Backup There are a number of situations when it might be necessary to restore a database includ ing e Hardware or system failure requires you to rebuild the server and reinstall Print Limit Pro e Anew print server was purchased and Print Limit Pro is being moved to a new server e To import data into an external RDBMS See Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS To restore from a backup 1 Locate a previous backup file 2 Shutdown the application server See Section A 6 Stopping and Starting the Applica tion Server The database cannot be in use when performing the restore so the ap plication server needs to be stopped first 3 Open a command prompt Change to the server binaries directory On a Windows sys tem the directory location is appdir server bin win 4 Run the import process by executing the following db tools import db f C path to backup backup file name zip Or db tools on some systems See Section A 2 Database Tool db tools for more information on using db tools 5 The import will ask whether the existing database data should be deleted before pro ceeding 6 Once the import has completed restart the application server See Section A 6 Stopping and Starting the Application Server 10 4 3 Performing Offline Backups
99. simple and work up towards more complex configuration To change the logo graphic Click the Edit Template button in step 5 Say Yes to Enable Macros Select the standard Print Limit logo and press the Delete button on the keyboard Select Insert Picture From File Locate the desired logo and click Insert a OUN gt g PrintCardTemplate doc Microsoft Word Bile Edt yew Insert Format Jools Table RoboPDF Window Heip BD OF ted 3 IKAR E 2 Next Record Print Card Value Value CardNumber CardNumber Valid Until lt ExpDate gt Valid Until lt ExpDates Figure 11 6 Inserting a new logo into a card 168 PrintCards Click on the Propagate Labels button on the mail merge tool bar The new logo should propagate across all cards on the page doc Microsoft Word t FPormst Tools Table Window Help LY A s A simi sx tor OO D O G OB 4 Insert Word Feld 2 EN Op gt a ee EE ET EEES SEEI URE EEE EE R 1 Figure 11 7 Propagate labels button 1 gt we Click File Save and close Microsoft Word Test the template by running a batch in the card wizard Design Recommendations e Consider changing the logo and adding your organization name e Change the URL reference to point to your intranet site or event your net work card policy page e Provide basic instructions on how to redeem the card or the location of an information pa
100. standard print command amp IMPORTANT The above information should appear all on a single line Note the use of the amp ampersand on the end of the line where standard print command is the command that would normally called for printing Typical examples of commands usually used for printer are listed below 208 Print Limit Pro on Linux Command BSD AIX QNX LPRNG or PLP SYSV or HPUX lp c d p s rm s Table 17 2 Standard print commands More information on standard print commands is available under the Samba docu mentation installed on your system see man smb conf 17 1 3 4 Samba Integration Explained Samba is used to provide file and print sharing to Windows systems and is a popular solu tion One of the main reasons for its popularity is that it avoids the need for expensive Mi crosoft Windows server licenses Samba exposes the locally set up Linux Unix printers as network shared Windows printers It does this by wrapping the underlying print system usually CUPS or LPR LPD In the case of LPR Samba calls the standard 1p command line programs to perform printing Print Limit Pro works by wrapping or proxying the print commana More information on how Samba interacts with the underlying print system is available in the Samba document ation A typical entry in the Samba configuration file smb conf defining the Print Limit Pro print command wrapper would be print command home printl
101. station and enters a username and password Alternat ively the user may log into the Print Limit Pro web interface and select Jobs Pending Release 4 All jobs held are listed Jobs can be identified by document name or workstation ma chine name 5 The user selects his or her jobs Any jobs released are charged to that user s account 132 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations amp Print Release Station Cancel All Refresh RQ Eres YIEE Time User Document Printer Machine Cost Pages Action 15 09 41 kelly http www slashdot org Win2003 HP Laser WinXP 88 00 176 Print Cancel 2 15 09 41 kelly Microsoft Word Docu linuxserver John s P My Computer 96 00 15 09 41 Ipd user my file PDF printserver HPLaser 191 1 1 1 94 00 15 09 40 kelly my file PDF printserver HPLaser laptop 25 00 15 09 40 kelly Microsoft Word list doc printserver Xerox C laptop 16 00 15 09 40 lohn Microsoft Word Docu Win2003 HP LaserJ laptop 5 00 Figure 9 5 All documents easily identifiable by document and machine name To implement unauthenticated printing using a release station e Set up a low end workstation near the printer s e Run the Standard Release Station in Release Any mode See Section 9 3 3 1 Release Station Modes e In Print Limit Pro enable the printer s for release station use and select the User re lease mode See Section 9 3 1 Enabling hold release sup
102. such as problems contacting a directory server software crashes or processing problems 156 System Management Notify on error level events Recipients joe domain org A comma separated ist of email addresses e g joe domain org bildomain org Notification message The application encountered an error level log terrort This message is displayed along with the error details Figure 10 8 Error level event notification settings The following special fields can be used in error level event notifications Description error The error message detail Table 10 4 Fields available in error level event notifications 10 5 3 Testing Notification Methods Once the system notifications are configured it is useful to test that messages can be de livered Print Limit Pro provides a function to send test messages to users This allows you to verify that notifications are working without having to try to produce notifications artifi cially To send a test notification Navigate to the Options Notifications Scroll to the bottom of the page to the Test Notifications section Enter the username of the user to send the message to Select the delivery method to use Enter the notification message to send Press the Send Test Notification button NO af WN gt Verify that the notification was received 10 6 System Security Options The default installation of Print Limit Pro is configured to be secure by defa
103. system e When moving user balances from previous Print Limit editions to Print Limit Pro When importing user and balance data from another external system For more information on using the batch import to import data from previous Print Limit edi tions please see Appendix F Upgrading from Print Limit Standard E Tip Print Limit Pro is designed to import user information from the underlying sys tem or network domain The batch import feature is not designed to replace this but rather complement it by allowing importing of user data from other sys tems our sources 68 Advanced User Management To perform a batch import 1 Manually inspect your file in a text editor and ensure it s in the prescribed tab delimited format as detailed at Section 5 6 1 Batch User Import File Format Navigate to the Users section Click the Batch import action on the left Click Browse to select the file to import The format of the file is described in Sec tion 5 6 1 Batch User Import File Format Choose whether you want the import to create new users if they do not already exist If you clear this checkbox lines that contain users that do not exist will be ignored and only existing users will be updated Press the Import button Upon completion you will be told how many users were updated and how many users were created A Caution Batch imports are a major operation modifying data on mass Best
104. the macuser account from Users On the macuser s details screen set the account balance to zero Ensure the user is set to Restricted a fF oN Check the Unauthenticated option and save the changes Advanced Options Advanced options including overriding printer level settings and changing authentication behavour Y Unauthenticated user enable popup authentication Figure 19 21 Turning on popup authentication at the user level C override printerevel settings 6 Click the Apply button to save the changes Testing 1 Logon toa Mac Verify that the PCClient program starts automatically 2 Print to the newly set up printer On the server s print queue the job appears under the user identity of macuser 3 The popup should display on the Mac Enter a valid domain username and password Your login credentials are required for printer access Username Password Remember For next 5 minutes Figure 19 22 Print Limit Pro client requesting for authentication Sorry Windows screen shot 4 The corresponding user should be charged for the job 19 2 3 Scenario Three Multi user Macs using LDAP or Active Directory au thentication Larger networks often run the Macs in a domain environment either authenticating with an Active Directory or an LDAP network In an authenticated domain environment the identity of the user the user s username is known and verified at the time of login With the help of th
105. the main services are Service Component Description The Application Server The central logic service responsible calcu lating user costs and providing the web and admin interface Print Provider Service A service responsible for monitoring and analyzing print jobs and reporting this in formation using XML Web Services to the application server Table 12 1 Print Limit Pro services components In a single server setup an administrator does not need to be concerned with the two com ponents as they automatically act as one it s only noticeable in that two processes are run ning on the server On a multi server system environment a deeper understanding of the architecture is required 12 5 Multiple Print Servers Many large networks or even smaller networks with a legacy design may be composed of more than one print server Reasons for separating printers across servers systems in clude e Legacy design That s the way the previous admin set it up 175 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers e Networks with 100 printers or more may need multiple servers to spread the printing load e Networks spanning multiple physical sites or subnets may have separate servers min imize cross site network traffic e Servers may exist to support different operating systems e A local desktop printer attached to a system is also a remote print server One of the servers on the network
106. the print job is deducted from the user s personal account but the job is allocated against the shared account which allows for account based print reporting System administrators can control on a per user basis what options are available in the user s popup Note Changes to the options available in the account selection popup come into ef fect immediately There is no need to restart the client software for these set tings to take effect 108 Shared Accounts cco cuo A unt Selection Print account selection Account selection can be used to alow the user to select what account is charged or even to Show the account selection popup i Confirm print jobs before they are sent to the printer These options require running the user cient tool on workstations s This setting requires this user to run the client software at all times Information to show in popup E Allow user to charge to their personal account Z Allow user to select shared accounts from Ist E Allow user to select shared accounts using a PIN Allow user to perform printing as another user When shared account is selected Charge shared account Charge personal account and alocate to shared account for reporting Figure 7 17 Client popup options defined on a per user basis The Charge to personal account with popup notification option displays a popup with no account selection features This option is useful in environments where
107. these providers to con nect from any machine on the network This can be restricted to a reduced set of machines 158 System Management by specifying a list of IP addresses or subnets that are allowed to submit information to the application server To define the list of addresses that providers can connect from 1 Navigate to Options General Scroll down to the Security section Enter the list of IP addresses or subnet masks to allow The list of addresses is comma separated The format of the subnet is X X X X Y Y Y yY where X repres ents the address and Y the subnet mask Press Apply 5 It is then recommended to test all providers to ensure that they can still submit inform ation to the application server To test the print provider perform a test print job to the server that the provider is running on 10 7 Environmental Impact One of the primary aims of Print Limit Pro is to reduce printing levels by changing a user s printing behavior Implementing monitoring quotas and charging are a good way of draw ing a user s attention to their habits The topic of the environment global warming and waste management is currently an area of debate and interest to many Highlighting the environmental aspects of their activities is another good way of modifying a user s behavi or 9 0 361 of a tree since Jun 18 2007 E 148 grams of carbon dioxide since Jun 18 2007 Y Equivalent to running a 60W bulb for 82 4 hour
108. time in minutes to disable 1 indicates forever use card lt user_name gt lt card_number gt Redeem a card and place the credit on the user s account lt user_name gt the name of the user with the account to credit lt card_number gt the number of the card to use perform online backup Start an online backup The back file is written to server data backups as a dated zipped XML file This process happens in the background perform group sync Start the process of synchronizing the system s group membership with the OS Network Domain s group membership This process happens in the background perform user and group sync tart a full user and group synchronization This is equivalent to ressing on the Synchronize Now button in the admin user interface he of the sync process such as deleting old users is etermined by the current system settings as defined in the admin terface This process happens in background b OHS WN D perform user and group sync advanced lt delete_old_users gt lt update_details gt An advanced version of the user and group syncronization process providing control over the sync This process will happen in the background lt delete_old_users gt set to TRUE remove old users else FALSE lt update_details gt set to TRUE if exist users details e g email full name etc are to be updated add new users Calling this method will start a s
109. to Print Limit Pro 7 Navigate to the Users section 8 Click the Batch import action on the left 9 Press the Browse and locate the user export txt file created in the above step 10 Press the Import button to start the import process 11 Upon successful completion the number of users updated and created will be dis played 12 Perform some checks of the user balances and restricted statuses to ensure they are set to the values from Print Limit Standard F 1 5 Step 5 Upgrade client software The old Print Limit Standard client software is not compatible with Print Limit Pro The old client software must be uninstalled off all workstations and the new client software de ployed The zero install deployment method can greatly assist with this process More in formation on the client deployment is detailed in Section 4 2 User Client Note It is not 100 accurate to claim that the old client software must be removed Once the old server side software is disabled the old client will sit in an inactive state and do no harm Having said that however it will consume some system resources on the worksta tions and hence it is generally recommended that it be uninstalled F 1 6 Step 6 Optionally uninstall Print Limit Standard Once the Print Limit Pro installation is completed and tested you can optionally uninstall Print Limit Standard If you would like to view historical print data then we recommend keeping the old
110. users with knowledge of the PIN can select the account A PIN based system would be a sensible selection in an organization when PINs are already in use for other systems such as photocopiers or door access codes al PINs Codes can also be used when using parent and sub accounts To select a specific sub account from the client software both the parent and sub 105 Shared Accounts account pins are required They should be entered in the format of parentPIN subPIN i e they are separated by a hypen An alternate method is to delegate access to the shared account via network group mem bership One advantage of group based control is that users do not have to remember PINs Most medium to large organizations will already have their network structured into suitable groups representing their position title department or work area These existing groups may be used to control access Access to shared accounts can also be granted on an individual user basis however best practice suggests group based management for medium to large networks E Tip In a Windows Active Directory environment Organization Units are treated as special groups Hence they also can be used to control access to a shared ac count Controlling access to shared accounts via group membership rather than indi vidual user accounts is recommended By using group based control new users created on the network inherit the correct account access by v
111. value is set by the config key envir onment co2 grams per sheet Energy This value represents the manufacturing energy used to produce the paper The en ergy value is represented by relating it to the equivalent energy consumed by a standard light bulb This provides users with a real world understanding of the value This value assumes the user is print ing a standard A4 or Letter sheet and that the manufacturing cost per sheet is 17Wh This is an appropriate amount for virgin office paper 12Wh is more appropriate for 100 recycled paper This value is set by the config key envir onment watt hours per sheet Table 10 5 Environmental Impact Reporting a A single tree can produce about 80 500 sheets of paper according to How Much Information 2003 filed by Uni versity of California at Berkeley http Awww2 sims berkeley edu research projects how much info 2003 print htm Office paper produces 0 53 metric tons of carbon equivalent MTCE per ton of paper according to the USA EPA report Greenhouse Gas Emissions From Management of Selected Materials in Municipal Solid Waste 1998 p26 _http yosemite epa gov OAR 5Cglobalwarming nsf UniqueKeyLookup SHSU5BUMGJ File greengas pdf This amount is equal to 1 9 metric tons of Co The Environmental Energy Technologies Division of the U S De partment of Energy indicate that there are about 220 000 paper sheets in a ton ht tp eetd lb gov paper ideas html cop
112. with the user record in Print Limit Pro The numbers can be entered manually auto matically synchronized from Active Directory or LDAP see Section 10 2 2 Importing Card Identity numbers from Active Directory or LDAP or imported in bulk using the Batch User Import file see Section 5 6 Batch User Import and Update 137 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations Once card numbers are associated with users the card based authentication can be en abled in the release station by setting the use card authentication to Y in the re lease station s config properties file Once the release station is restarted it will be in card authentication mode and can be tested by swiping a card through the card reader The config properties file has some other settings to change how the card number is read from the reader For example you can change the header and trailer characters used by some card readers to indicate the start and end of the card number See the config file for details 9 3 3 3 Friendly client machine aliases In some environments for example public libraries it can be important for users to identify print jobs by the client machine they were printed from By default the release station will list the either the IP address or the machine s unique network name Neither of these are helpful to release station users To avoid this problem the administrator can define a list of aliases that map the unfriendly
113. work on a project basis and there is a need to track use by project code and sub project Some staff work on a freelance basis and manage ment would like to track and charge for color printer use on a monthly basis 2 4 1 Requirements The system must be easy to set up and maintain as there is no full time IT staff The system must work in a Windows workgroup environment Staff are to have unlimited access i e no budgets PN o Staff need to allocate their printing to projects and cost centers so printing and drafting costs can be passed back onto the clients chargeback on Managers need access to view real time reports 6 Data should be able to be exported to Excel on a monthly basis for billing 2 4 2 Implementation 2 4 2 1 Initial Installation One system on the network needs to be allocated the task of hosting the printer and the Print Limit Pro application Users will print via this system so it needs to be left on most for most of the time An existing file server is ideal however someone s desktop system will also suffice must be left on at all times 2 4 2 2 Requirement 1 Print Limit Pro is well known for its ease of use It is a self maintaining system with a simple to use web based interface Apart from the initial set up and the recommendation to incorporate the application s data into a backup procedure no further technical adminis tration and support is required 2 4 2 3 Requirement 2 Workgroup envir
114. 0 pixels from the left and 100 pixels from the top of the screen e XY 50 100 position the window 50 pixels from the right and 50 pixels from 270 Tools Advanced Option Description the top of the screen e XY50 100 position the window 50 pixels from the left and 100 pixels from the bottom of the screen The window position can also be set by adding a windowposition lt position gt line to the client config properties windowtitle lt title gt Allows the window title to be customized If the lt title gt includes 0 then this will be replaced by the user s username The window title can also be set by adding a windowtitle lt title gt line to the cli ent config properties background color lt color gt Changes the background color of the cli ent s balance window The colors are coded in standard hexadecimal RGB web colors see ht tp en wikipedia org wiki Web_colors for an explanation E g to set the background color to red use background color FF0000 The balance window background color can also be set by adding a background col or lt color gt line to the client con fig properties text color lt color gt Changes the text color of the client s bal ance window The colors are coded in standard hexadecimal RGB web colors see http en wikipedia org wiki Web_colors for an explanation E g to set the text color to blue use text color 0000FF T
115. 05 14 41 39 system 1 00 5 98 Printer Usage 6 09 2005 14 41 31 system 1 00 4 98 Printer Usage 6 09 2005 14 40 36 system 0 50 3 98 Printer Usage Figure 3 19 User account transaction log 3 8 3 3 Application Activity Logging The Application Log records system events messages such as e User logins 45 Quick Tour e Security errors such as incorrect password attempts e Backup times and scheduled tasks e Any system errors or warning It is similar to the operating system s event log It is recommended that system administrat ors view this log on a daily basis for the first week and weekly thereafter 46 Chapter 4 Services for Users 4 1 Introduction How a user experiences and interacts with Print Limit Pro will vary depending on how it is implemented When configured as a silent monitoring solution users may not even know Print Limit Pro is in use In other environments users will make extensive use of the vari ous services that are available Services are provided to users through one of two interfaces the User Client The User Client is an optional piece of software that provides additional functionality Its purpose is to display to the user their balance deliver notification messages such as low balance notifications assist in selecting accounts to charge and it can also provide an extra layer of authentication The appearance of the user client tool may be customized to fit in with
116. 2 122 4MB per year 286 Capacity Planning D 2 Network Bandwidth Planning With modern switched Ethernet networks bandwidth is rarely a factor when planning Print Limit Pro deployments The bandwidth consumed by Print Limit Pro is usually dwarfed by the print document data e g the Postscript spool data sent across the network Band width does however become a consideration when planning deployments crossing physical site boundaries such as networks linked via a WAN Print Limit Pro uses an XML based web services protocol for communication between cli ent to server and server to server This protocol is very bandwidth efficient and designed to work well on low bandwidth and high latency networks D 2 1 Bandwidth Estimates Bandwidth consumption can be summarized as follows D 2 1 1 Server to Server Other than normal print server traffic standard job spooling Print Limit Pro will generate XML RPC based Web Services based traffic on port 9191 Connections are made from the print server to the main Print Limit Pro server Primary Server Normal activity is less than 1 0kb of traffic is generated for each print job Connections are instigated from the second ary server Network packets are only sent during printing activity D 2 1 2 Client to Server Connections are instigated by the client inbound to the server on port 9191 and 9192 Encrypted SSL While at idle the client consumes a few bytes once every minute a kee
117. 3 2 6 Requirement 5 Print Limit Pro provides secure connections for report access and administration via SSL based encryption Larger universities often have their own certificate signing procedure for SSL based servers Print Limit Pro can even accept these signed certificates SSL based encryption is set up by default and is accessed via a URL such as https server_name 9192 admin Information on using a custom SSL certificate is covered in Section A 4 SSL HTTPS Key Generation 2 3 2 7 Requirement 6 Hosting the Print Limit Pro system on top of an external database system such as Mi crosoft s SQL Server offers a number of advantages including easy data access better performance and scalability and the ability to take advantage of existing backup pro cesses More information on external RDMS support is available at Chapter 15 Deploy ment on an External Database RDBMS The data structure is simple and administrators with report writing skills will quickly be able 26 Implementation by Example to access the data for custom reporting via tools such as MS Access or Crystal Reports 2 4 Scenario The Small Business Northwoods Inc is a small twelve person Engineering and Architect Drafting office serving the local area Their network consists of a mix of Windows XP and Windows Vista worksta tions connected on a Workgroup based network Wireless network access is also provided to employees with laptops Most staff
118. 4 Client Workstation Configuration 16 2 2 10 Step 10 Test Mode 2 setup is about as complex as it gets Take some time to verify all is working and that Print Limit Pro is tracking printing on all printers and all virtual servers 16 2 3 Clustering Tips E Tip Take some time to simulate node failure Monitoring may stop for a few seconds while the passive server takes over the role Simulating node failure is the best way to ensure both sides of the Active Passive setup is configured correctly It is important that the version of Print Limit Pro running on each node is identical Ensure that any version updates are applied to all nodes so versions are kept in sync The Print Limit Pro installation sets up a read only share exposing client soft ware to network users If your organization is using the zero install deployment method the files in this share will be accessed each time a user logs onto the network Your network may benefit from exposing the contents of this share via a clustered file share resource 200 Microsoft Cluster Environments 16 3 Veritas Cluster Server This section discusses configuring Print Limit Pro on a Veritas Cluster Server VCS The section provides a brief overview and is designed to supplement guidance from the Print Limit Pro development team If you are about to commence a production deployment on VCS please feel free to get in touch with the development team for further assi
119. 4 Run the following command db tools init db A message will be displayed to indicate that the connection details are correct the data base was initialized correctly 15 2 6 Step 6 Load the data into the new database 191 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS This step loads the data that was exported in Step 2 into the database To import the data 1 On the server open a command prompt 2 f running on Linux or Mac use su or equivilent to become the identitiy of printlimit e g Mac sudo su printlimit Linux su printlimit 3 Change cd to the server binaries directory e g Windows cd C Program Files Print Limit Pro server bin win Mac cd Applications Print Limit Pro server bin mac Linux cd printlimit server bin linux i686 Run the following command db tools import db backup file name 5 This command will show progress importing the data If no errors occurred then the application is ready to restart 15 2 7 Step 7 Restart the Print Limit Pro application server The data has now been moved to the new database and the server can be restarted The instructions on how to start the server can be found in Section A 6 Stopping and Starting the Application Server Wait 30 seconds for the server to start then log in to the admin console If you can log in successfully then the upsizing process worked successfully 15 3 Database specific configuration This section includes d
120. 6 Run the following command db tools export db 5 The output of the above command shows the name of the backup file created Take note of this because it will be required in a future step 15 2 3 Step 3 Create a new database in the external RDBMS This step depends on the external database you are using and it is assumed that the ad ministrator knows how to create a new database No matter what database is used the fol lowing steps must be performed 1 Create a new empty database for dedicated use by Print Limit Pro When creating the database make sure to select the correct character encoding for your language For SQL Server the character encoding is set in the Collation field on the new database 188 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS screen For other databases like PostgreSQL it is recommended to select a unicode character set like UNICODE or UTF8 that allows all possible characters to be stored 2 Create a new database user and password for the Print Limit Pro to use to connect to the database 3 Assign the appropriate permissions to the new user to give them full access to the new database e g permission to create drop tables and select insert update delete in all tables Important The database user created for Print Limit Pro should only have minimal set of permissions required for the application The user should have full permissions to create drop tables and have full access to any
121. 82 C 2 Unix NIS LDAP default settings ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeateeeeeees 282 C 3 Novell eDirectory LDAP default settings cccccceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaenteeeeeees 283 C 4 Active Directory LDAP default settings ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaneeeeeeees 283 xiv Preface 1 About This Guide X Print Limit Pro servats The Print Limit Pro User Guide covers the setup management and configuration of Print Limit Pro For information of how to configure and install Print Limit Pro see the Quick Start Guide in Chapter 3 Quick Tour and the accompanying sections like Chapter 12 Configuring Sec ondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers Prior to installing the application please take a few moments to read key sections of this manual In addition people new to print control may also find the accompanying implementation guide available from the Geneva Logic website useful in managing the deployment process The latest version of this manual in HTML and a printable PDF format are available from the GenevaLogic website at http www genevalogic com 2 Expectations amp Prerequisites Print Limit Pro is a network based server application Experience with basic network con cepts such as server administration and network connectivity is expected Prior to installing or evaluating Print Limit Pro you should be familiar with e The concept of sharing printers and print serve
122. 999 5912 0831 2468 P 0602 9905 6295 4376 2757 P 0602 9893 4178 2187 9944 P 0602 9853 8338 2594 5067 P 0602 9810 4878 8740 4327 MME Ate 4 INE AAA AAA Figure 11 5 Imported card numbers 11 3 2 10 Step 10 Testing Value 10 00 10 00 10 00 10 00 10 00 10 00 gt PrintCard Management Used by User Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used fatat i isadi Date Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used fatat i isadi Expiry Date Date Loaded Aug 17 2006 Feb 17 2006 Aug 17 2006 Feb 17 2006 Aug 17 2006 Feb 17 2006 Aug 17 2006 Feb 17 2006 Aug 17 2006 Feb 17 2006 Aug 17 2006 Feb 17 2006 fam tT AME Pak 1 AMM It is good practice to test the card process by using one of the cards on a test account standard user level Remember to destroy the spent card used for the test 11 3 3 PrintCard Tips 11 3 3 1 Security The Print Limit Pro card system is designed with security in mind All fraudulent card re demption attempts are detected trapped and logged The number allocation system is highly secure and guessing a number is statistically impossible With 1 000 cards in circu lation the chance of guessing a number is 1 in 10 000 000 000 000 or in non mathematical terms it would take over 300 000 years to guess a number if a person enters one number every second Like many IT security systems the weakest link in the syste
123. A4 Duplex No Grayscale research paper pdf No Denied 273 kb MAESTRO Postscript May 23 2007 linuxserver maestro Dell Color 2 42 15 PM 3 0 75 Laser 5110en A4 1SO_A4 Duplex No Grayscale No Copies 3 tom macserver HP Color LaserJet 3000 9 2 25 Hae tee at aoe ve portia Postscript Not Invoiced May 23 2007 2 33 35 PM Comment A4 ISO_A4 Duplex No Grayscale No 0 25 Budget OpenOffice org 278 kb Cak MAESTRO Postscript May 23 2007 Science 6 21 34 AM Deportment linuxserver HP Color LaserJet 9500 1 Printed Comment Export Print E amp amp Figure 4 17 A user s recent printing 4 3 8 Jobs Pending Release This page allows users to view and interact with jobs held in a hold release queue From here jobs that have been held in a managed queue can be released printed by the user This allows for them to confirm the cost and details of the job before printing and or con firm their identity before the job is released Jobs awaiting approval pnor to printing are listed below Refresh Now Y May 29 2007 2 14 10 PM linuxserver Xerox Color 1930 PaperCut Software Mozilla Firefox MyDesktop 20 2 00 print cancel Y May 29 2007 2 13 02 PM macserver HP LaserJet SMP research paper pdf MyDesktop 403 40 30 print cancel Figure 4 18 The user s view of jobs pending release More information about hold release queues is covered in Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release S
124. AEAEE EAE bh es AE A eles EEOAE 33 3 2 1 ro De A techs diese age deanea teas tate etait eee 33 3 2 2 a gt GPOUDS aienea a canines seiner aces O ERE 33 3 2 3 a ACCOUMIS onanera E E E R 34 Bi2 4 Se Printers E N E E E E 34 A 3 2 5 a RE DOMS sicher aia tiene Aia ddan 34 3 2 6 fm Cards occ eit seeeteeneeceeceeeetenrcerineeteteerens 34 3 2 7 ODtONS fats iigionedt teat swat dade 35 3 2 8 Lp Application OQ sesczcstscoccesteacdcsestaecavedsacnceatsanedenbenedetessaveades 35 3 2 9 i AD OUT accenni iennige an aeaa sie 35 3 3 Basic User Operations c ccceceeeeeee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeneeeees 35 3 4 Basic Printer Operations cceccceceee ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneneeeees 36 3 5 Client SoftWare aissein niina aaa innad iaaiiai 39 3 5 1 Demonstrating the client software and account selection process 40 3 6 Interface Levels 2 cicc citcdecceedeteeda tie anea a aN d Rian Nad 40 20 LAMIN ACCESS asana ER EE 40 3 6 2 User ACCOSS 3 iccecccdsceceescavenss opasteccecaveeseeedstecd snsetanneudsdecceneveepe edese 40 3 7 Assigning Administrator Level ACCESS cececeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 42 3 8 Charting Statistics Reports and LOGS ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeneeeeeeees 42 3 81 GMOS iaeaea ie A i aea A E A EAEAN 42 282 RPO eer a cacnnaae cane seessaemnaaeesansaeera eaees 43 93 8 3 LOGGING 2 5ccisdictee era E TRT T 45 4 Services for USerS saasina aaa a aiaa adaa
125. Accounts 1 Searching by client name will display the client plus all matter codes for the client i Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action r Print job detais Document name Chapter 7 Shared Accounts Printer maestro Canon CLC R C3220 C2 Color PCLSc Pages 4 Cost 40 Charge rate Default 100 0 x V Show on invoice f mh C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 6 Searching accounts by client name in the client matter code naming model 2 Searching by client code will display the client plus all matter codes for the client 97 Shared Accounts Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action r Print job detais eS E E per maestolcaron ac C220 Caers mw itm go pem Remember Charge rate F Show on invoice C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 7 Searching accounts by client code in the client matter code naming model Searching by matter name will display the matching matters plus the client for each matching matter 98 Shared Accounts Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action r Print job detais ee a Pintar mesieKmen CR CACC et pem C Remember Charge rate Defaut 100 0 x F Show on invoice 7 Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 8 Searching accounts by m
126. Add PCClient as a Login Item 8 Restart the system and ensure the client starts upon login 19 2 2 Scenario Two The Multi User Mac with Popup Authentication Schools and universities often have Macs available for student use in dedicated computer labs In these environments the Macs are shared by many users and Scenario One is not appropriate Larger Mac networks already using LDAP or Active Directory authentication or planning on doing so may wish to consider Scenario Three explained in the next sec tion 237 Mac Printing in Detail e0oe Print Job Notification Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action Print job details Document name my file PDF Printer printserver HPLaser Cost 3 60 Pages 36 Print job actions Perform print as user Username betty Password Figure 19 13 Mac popup authentication dialog requesting username and password Scenario Two uses a popup authentication model This is discussed in detail in Sec tion 6 8 Popup Authentication and discussed further below The end user s perspective 1 The user sees the client tool PCClient running 2 When the user prints a job the client pops up a window requesting the user to enter a username and password See Section 6 8 Popup Authentication 3 The user enters a domain username and password 4 Ifthe credentials are valid the job is charged to the user account The explanation 1 The print event i
127. Class user sAMAccount Type 805306368 Idap schema group name field sAMAccountName Idap schema group member field member Idap schema group search amp member 0 objectCategory gr oup Idap schema posix groups N Table C 4 Active Directory LDAP default settings 283 Appendix D Capacity Planning This section discusses capacity planning considerations to allow administrators to plan fu ture infrastructure requirements and make decisions about how to deploy the application Print Limit Pro is designed to be self maintaining however it is important that the adminis trator understands the disk space requirements and how this changes overtime D 1 Database Sizing and Growth The most important part of capacity planning for Print Limit Pro is the size and growth of the underlying database All other aspects of the system manages itself but care must be taken to ensure there is enough disk space to hold the growing database The size and growth of the database depends on the database being used Each database uses a different format to store their data therefore the growth characteristics of databases will differ This section outlines the database growth characteristics of The internal database Apache Derby e Microsoft SQL Server For more information on running Print Limit Pro on external databases see Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS Database growth is very dependent
128. Client Balance Window ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 48 4 2 User Client account selection popup Standard Popup eeeeeeeeeeee eee 48 4 3 User Client Advanced Popup cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 49 4 4 Print Limit Client on Mac OS X oo eeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeee tees ee ea ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 49 4 5 Print Limit Pro requires Mac OS X v 10 3 9 or later cceceeeceeeeseeeeeeaneeeees 51 4 6 Connecting to a WINdOWS Server eceececeeeeeeeeeee ee aeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 52 4 7 The PCClient share s connection String 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 52 4 8 Add PCClient as a Login Item oo eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ects ee aeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 53 4 9 Control click and open the package contents seceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 54 4 10 Double click to install the login NOOK 0 0 00 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 54 4 11 A user s summary information cece cece cece eeee eee eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 57 4 12 Draw a user s attention to their environmental impact ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 58 4 13 Printing costs as seen by the user 0 eee cece eee eee cneeee ceca eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 58 4 14 Using a topup pre paid Card oo eee ce ceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaenees 58 4 15 Transferring funds to another us
129. EN na RIE TETES 22 2 2 Scenario The Large School cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeees 23 2 21 REQUIFEMOMS o aa A RNN 24 2 2 2 IMpPlOMentatiOn sre eaa aa aa a NaS 24 2 3 Scenario The University reae a ai a Eea aap aaia Kaiak 25 231 ReguUre me MS eaa AEE a EEA S 25 2 3 2 IMpleMentatiOn s a oiai iaeiae E AERA AERA e NN 25 2 4 Scenario The Small Business ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeseaaeaeeneeeees 27 24 1 REQUIFOMENMS seyir cess geen Meneses deat eesti data ees 27 2 4 2 Implementation se aeneo ea aE RAA EAEE AAAA ARREA 27 2 5 Scenario The Medium to Large BUSINESS c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeees 28 2o Te REQUIFEIMNEMS ee ae sieht EE COAT eA E 28 25 2 IMplemMentatlon eons s E E A edn 28 2 6 Scenario The Public Library or Internet Cafe Kiosk 29 iv Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 2 6 1 REQUIFEIMENTKS cece cece eee cece ee ee ence cee eeeeceaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeseaaees 29 2 6 2 Implementation esien E AT 29 J Quick TOUN sciarra a enii a a sts as EEA oneal sa ERRETES 31 31e Navigation rotaria eee aN a SANE E A EEE AASE AE 31 Bed LADS E A T E 31 3 LA AACUONS rran E ET 31 Sko BUTONS ssor EEA S REA EREE 31 3 1 4 Crumb Trail 22 cavsesc senses cased celacsnceasiaed dl dacwienasiae cciantesstteeeacs 32 3 1 5 Status Messages riiin eaaa aiaia 32 B16 FICIGS cecsescekats icnctet loess tedstes dade etek leat eee eee 32 3 2 SOCHONS arusi eoa EAEN
130. Ensure each user has an account on this system or the domain depending on Print Limit Pro s selected user list source Setup Print Limit Pro on the server either as a primary server or as a secondary server reporting to another primary server either Mac Linux or a Windows system See Sec tion 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installation e Set the Unauthenticated option on each printer print queue This will enable popup authentication See Section 6 8 Popup Authentication Ensure the system is configured to deny remote shell access to standard users that is only allow direct screen console access This ensures the system s IP address can be associated with a single user providing a suitable environment for popup authentication e Install client software as discussed in Section 4 2 User Client 18 2 9 2 Other Methods 1 Use release station enabled globally at the print queue level See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 2 Use CUPS Authentication 18 2 10 Linux laptops or single user systems Modern Linux laptops will make use of the CUPS print system This environment is equi valent to the Mac laptop recipes described above 18 2 11 Multiuser Unix terminal servers Unix or Linux systems allowing remote SSH Telnet VNC or X connections differ from the other scenarios discussed above These systems can not use the popup authentication as it is not possible to un
131. Ipd user my file PDF printserver HPLaser 191 1 1 1 94 00 15 09 40 kelly my file PDF printserver HPLaser laptop 25 00 45 09 40 kelly Microsoft Word list doc _printserver Xerox C laptop 16 00 15 09 40 ljohn Microsoft Word Docu Win2003 HP Laser laptop 5 00 Figure 9 1 The Standard Release Station 9 1 2 Web based release station Manager mode The web based release station provides functionality equivalent to the standard release station running in Manager mode However the web based release station can be more convenient because it can be run from anywhere using a web browser The web based release station can be access by visiting the following URL and logging in as a user with admin or release station manager permissions http servername 9191 release where servername is the name of the Print Limit Pro server To make a user a hold re lease queue manager see Section 9 3 2 Hold Release Queue Managers 128 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations Fie Edt View Favorites Toos Help g J gt x i OIP k O amp W j Address htto tocalnest 9 19 1 app service page ReleaseStationJobLe Bo Print Limit Pro ot Submit Time Apr 12 2006 3 36 14 M Apr 12 2006 3 36 14PM Apr 12 2006 3 36 14 M Apr 12 2006 3 36 14PM Apr 12 2006 3 36 14PM Apr 12 2006 3 36 13 PM Logic Jobs Pending Release v Show f Prin
132. OH Resided Treneacton History oe Chek Fror indeise romans eae een ha n AAR NAN Hre D mtra zi C T Bunea r Be GR Wm Froes Dos Hep Heak gt DY Qh agrees ES ER en jme ROSS UNIVERSITY Logged in as Chris User List a Deeptousers Search Pages 1 administrator 11 33 0 Unrestncted Agmen 13 00 i Restrktod t5066 2 Me Ohri Restrkted 11 33 i i Restricted 50 66 Q 0 0 Me OOhrs Restrkted 50 66 i Restricted ANALE 5046 Q 0 0 Me Q Hr Restricted pag 50 6 i Restricted al 5 mma oC Figure 13 3 A customized end user web designed for Ross University GenevaLogic offers a service where their developers will undertake design work based on an existing website If you would like assistance with the customization please email the GenevaLogic support team 181 Advanced Customization Organizations whose staff have good to advanced HTML experience may choose to cus tomize the pages in house The design of the user pages is controlled via HTML include files for the header and foot er areas of the page with page styling controlled via Cascading Style Sheets CSS Pla cing the following files in the Print Limit Pro directory structure at appdir server custom web overrides page layout and style Filename Description user css If this file exists the contents of user css is included as an overriding stylesheet Styles in this file can be used to de
133. Open the Printer Setup Utility from Applications gt Utilities 2 Click the Add button to add a new printer ae ptm e608 Printer List O o t Ad Status Kind 192 168 1 125 4 Printing Generic PostScript Printer 1 HP Laserjet 5000 Series PS Generic PostScript Printer HPLaser Generic PostScript Printer Laserjet Generic PostScript Printer ywin2003 Generic PostScript Printer samba Generic PostScript Printer o lt i gt 7 Figure 19 14 Add a printer 3 Option Click More Printers Important Hold the Option key down 4 Tiger Option Click More Printers Important Hold the Option key down Select Ad vanced from the top drop down list 239 Mac Printing in Detail oee AppleTalk Q Bluetooth v Windows Printing Canon J Network EPSON AppleTalk EPSON FireWire EPSON TCP IP HP IP Printing Lexmark Inkjet Networking Printer Mode Generic Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer mode s 2 More Printers Add Figure 19 15 Option click for advanced printer addition types Leopard Control Click on the Toolbar and select Customize Toolbar Drag the Ad vanced icon to the bar Click the newly added Advanced button Select a Windows device type called Windows Printing via Samba on Tiger In Name field enter a friendly and informative printer name Enter a Device URL in the form smb macuser password server_name printer_name Where password is the p
134. PA compliance 00001 003 General 00001 001 Intellectual property 00001 100 pogoo0gg C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 6 7 Charge rates displayed in the Advanced Client Popup 84 Advanced Printer Management 6 8 Popup Authentication Print Limit Pro normally relies on the underlying operating system and the associated print queues to perform authentication For example in normal operation a user logs into a workstation using a domain network level authentication method such as a username and password The print queues also use this authentication and Print Limit Pro can trust the supplied identity However in some network environments relying on network level authen tication may either not be possible or may not be reliable Common examples include e All users log in with a common generic username and password meaning that it s not possible to distinguish between users e A print queue that does not enforce authentication For a detailed explanation of print authentication please Chapter 18 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks 6 8 1 Where Popup authentication is used Some real life examples covering these two situations include 6 8 1 1 The Student Lab Some student labs are set up so everyone logs in using a generic username and pass word For example username student password student This is common in Apple Mac labs where enabling multi user authenticat
135. PS Print Limit Pro can be configured to integrate with CUPS to conveniently track printing On Legacy Unix systems CUPS is often not an option and printing is performed via the Line Printer tools such as 1p or lpr LPR LPD is a non authenticated printing protocol so the identity of the user associated with a print job can t be trusted Instead the authentication must be performed at the Print Limit Pro application layer The Print Limit Pro client tool with popup authentication as discussed at Section 19 2 2 Scenario Two The Multi User 211 Print Limit Pro on Linux Mac with Popup Authentication is a good option but not appropriate for a terminal only en vironment Terminal only environments can be supported via a release station queue see Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations for more detail Jobs held in a release station queue are normally accessed and released via a dedicated terminal or a web browser based interface however for the benefit of terminal only users a command line job release client is also provided This process is best explained using an example 1 John uses the 1p command to print a Postscript document from his Unix terminal ses sion The job arrives in the queue under the username identity john Although the name can t be trusted 2 The administrator has enabled the Print Limit Pro release station on this print queue The job is placed into a holding state 3 John must n
136. Print Limit Pro Advanced Print Management GenevaLogic AcTIVE TEACHING SYSTEMS Notice Copyright 2008 GenevaLogic All rights reserved Document Date February 14 2008 Document Version 8 0 The content in this document represents the current view of GenevaLogic as of the date of publication Because GenevaLogic responds continually to changing market conditions this document should not be interpreted as a commitment on the part of GenevaLogic GenevaLogic cannot guarantee the accuracy of any information presented after the date of publication Vision is a registered trademark of GenevaLogic Accel App Control Plan It Pointer Print Limit Protect On Surf Lock GenevaLogic and the GenevaLogic logo are trademarks of GenevaLogic Microsoft Windows and the Windows logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries All other brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies Information in this document is subject to change without notice For the latest documentation visit our Web site at www genevalogic com North America All Other Locations info us genevalogic com info ch genevalogic com 15725 SW Greystone Court Suite 105 Chasseralstrasse 1 9 Beaverton OR 97006 USA CH 4900 Langenthal Switzerland Phone 503 352 3599 Phone 41 0 62 957 70 40 Fax 503 352 3413 Fax 41 0 62 957 70 50 Table of Contents PrOlaCe ne
137. Release this is the standard mode that allows users to release and view only the jobs printed under their name user account e Admin Manager only release in this mode jobs can only be released by administrators or hold release queue managers Tip To configure multiple printers with hold release queue support the Copy set tings to other printers function can be used To use this configure one print er as required press the Copy settings to other printers and select the print ers to copy the settings to 9 3 2 Hold Release Queue Managers A hold release queue manager is a user that has additional privileges to manage release stations and jobs held in hold release queues Managers can e Log on to the manager mode release stations both the software and web based re lease station e Release jobs that can only be released by managers or administrators e Can close the Standard Release Station when running in full screen mode To make a user a hold release queue manager Log on to the administration pages Navigate to the Options section Find the Release Station security section PG IN Enter user s username in Hold Release Queue Managers field To enter multiple users separate usernames with a comma r Important Print Limit Pro administrators can automatically perform all operations that hold release queue managers are allowed to 134 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 9 3 3
138. Summary Advanced Charging Fite Recent Joi Statisti y harg A View fiter rules Configuration Sme z Hosted on y View recent jot m printer configuration wglus 101 View statistics options Advanced options covering ths Location Department printer are located under the appropriate tabs Page cost ter simple Figure 3 5 A red status message indicating a validation error Important status messages are displayed in the top section of the application window Mes sages relating to an error or requiring user intervention are displayed in red Standard mes sages are displayed in green and cautions in yellow 3 1 6 Fields 32 Quick Tour Configuration Simple printer Hosted on S configuration wgus 101 options Advanced options covering this Location Department printer ae located under the appropriate tabs Page cost ter smole Figure 3 6 A field highlighted indicating a validation error Configuring printers users or settings are often done via text fields Changes made to fields are validated after pressing OK or Apply buttons If the field fails validation the of fending data is marked with a red asterisk Typical validation errors include invalid number or currency formats 3 2 Sections The Print Limit Pro administration interface is grouped into task oriented sections These are denoted by the tabs at the top of the screen The sections are Figure 3 7 Application navigation tabs
139. Summary of print activity grouped by printer e Quick lists of the most active busiest printers e Group Reports e Summary of print activity grouped by network group Note The group needs to be defined under the Groups section e Shared Account Reports e Summary of print activity grouped by shared account charged e Print Log Reports e Detailed lists of all print jobs over a given period e Quick list of the largest print jobs Printer List Report Printer Total Pages Total Jobs Page Cost Charge Type orintserver Library Copier 1494 547 0 08 simple printserver G3 667 220 0 08 simple orintserver Library Colour 263 154 0 50 simple printserver G2 225 72 0 08 simple printserver H Block Pod 166 oo 0 08 simple printserver Library Colour A3 155 122 0 50 simple printserver Admin Main Copier m1 6 0 08 simple Figure 3 17 Printer report in PDF Standard reports are provided in a variety of output formats including HTML PDF and MS Excel PDF reports are ideal for printing HTML versions of the reports are provided for systems without a PDF viewer In addition to the standard reports administrators can run other reports on ad hoc data by using the Export Print option available under most of the data lists This is covered further in the subsequent report section See Chapter 8 Reports 44 Quick Tour 3 8 3 Logging The Print Limit Pro activity logging can be classed into the following areas 3 8 3 1 Usage Logging
140. XML RPC is a lightweight web services implementation and has good support for all major programming and scripting languages such as C Java Visual Basic Perl Ruby and Python The list of XML RPC methods exposed by Print Limit Pro at the URL http server_name 9191 rpc api xmlrpc are sum marized below Method Description api isUserExists Test to see if a user exists in the system database api getUserAccountBalance Get the user s current account balance api getUserProperty Gets a user property Properties include the user s full name department email notes office and restriction status among others api setUserProperty Sets a user property Properties include the user s full name department email notes office and restriction status among others api adjustUserAccountBalance Adjust a user s account balance by an ad justment amount An adjustment may be positive add to the user s account or neg ative subtract from the account api adjustUserAccountBalanceByGr Adjust the account balance for all users in a oup group by an adjustment amount An adjust ment may be positive add to the user s ac count or negative Subtract from the ac count 262 Tools Advanced Method Description api adjustUserAccountBalanceByGr oupUpTo api setUserAccountBalance api setUserAccountBalanceByGroup api resetUserCounts api disablePrintingForUser api addNewUser api renameUserAccount a
141. a method used to start the client a login script shortcut or the relevant registry key in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Run The command line arguments may also be set in the config properties file This is particularly helpful on Apple Mac systems where command line arguments are difficult to implement The config properties file is located in the same directory as the client ex ecutable on Linux and Windows On the Mac it can be found at app dir PCClient app Contents Resources config properties Additionally settings may be changed at the user level by placing a file in the user s Library Preferences folder located at 272 Tools Advanced Library Preferences PCClient config properties The file should contain the options in a properties file form like user mary minimized Y windowposition top left windowtitle Print Balance 0 Changing the time after which jobs are deleted when awaiting popup response If a user does not respond to the account selection popup after a defined time their print job will be automatically deleted This is to prevent a buildup of old jobs in the print queue The default timeout is 10 minutes and can be changed as follows 1 Navigate to the Options tab 2 In the section Client Software find the option Delete jobs awaiting popup re sponse after 3 Enter the number of minutes to wait for users to respond to the popup before their
142. a set of standard cards custom design is not required Simply click the Next gt button to move to the next step Modifying the custom design requires knowledge of Mi crosoft Word s mail merge functionality See the Section 11 3 3 PrintCard Tips for further details amp PrintLimit PrintCard Creation Wizard x Design Edit the template that defines the card s visual design You may now customize the Microsoft Mad Merge template to define a custom card design Experience with Microsoft Word s mail merge functionality is required Edt Template Edit the template design uses sample data Revert Revert the template back to the system default Save any changes made in Microsoft Word before continuing to the next step Figure 11 3 Options to edit the card design 165 PrintCards 11 3 2 6 Step 6 Generate Numbers Press Next gt to generate the card numbers The card wizard will prompt you for a location to save the number definition file Save the file on the local hard driver or a secure network drive 11 3 2 7 Step 7 Create Cards The card wizard will now generate a merged Microsoft Word document Before generating the Word document the card wizard will ask you if Macros have been enabled in Microsoft Word If the answer is no or you are unsure please say No and the card wizard will guide you through the process of enabling Macros The card wizard uses Word Macros to auto mate much of the card g
143. a system 228 Mac Printing in Detail restart now 19 1 3 Step 3 Set up the printers shared queues on the workstations 19 1 3 1 Once the printers are set up on the server and shared the next step is to install the printers on the workstations In the Windows world this is an easy process the user just double clicks on the print queue and the drivers are automatically deployed and configured The process is a little more manual on the Mac but we ll also discuss a method of automating deployment via the Workgroup Manager First we ll address manual setup The goal is to add the printer on the workstation so it communicates with the server rather than directly to the printer Protocols include IPP LPD or LPD added via Bonjour The re commended setup is to use IPP as this is the native protocol Recommended Manual Setup aPrFon Log onto a workstation Open the Printer Setup Utility or if on Leopard System Preferences Print amp Fax Click the add new printer button or Select IP as the type and select IPP as the Protocol Enter your server name or the server s IP Address in the Address field and the print er name prefixed with printers in the Queue field The name of the printer will be the same as configured on the server For example printers my_office_printer Select the appropriate printer model If this is not listed you may need to install the manufacturer s driver then repeat steps 2 th
144. abase Connection URL Format The SQL Server URL format is jdbc jtds sqlserver server database The server parameter is the name of the server running the SQL Server database and must be resolvable from the Print Limit Pro server If the SQL Server instance is running on the same machine then localhost can be used The database parameter is the name of the SQL Server database you created in Step 3 above When using SQL Server instances the instance name is specified in the connection URL as follows jdbc jtds sqlserver server database instance instancename 15 2 4 2 SQL Server 2005 Express Database Connection URL Format The SQL Server 2005 Express format is jdbc jtds sqlserver server port database The server parameter is the name of the server running the SQL Server database and must be resolvable from the Print Limit Pro server If the SQL Server instance is running on the same machine then localhost can be used The port parameter is the port the SQL Server Express edition is configured to listen on For more information on configuring SQL Express please see Section 15 3 1 Configuring Microsoft SQL Express 2005 The database parameter is the name of the SQL Server database you created in Step 3 above 15 2 4 3 PostgreSQL Database Connection URL Format The Postgres URL format is 190 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS jdbc postgresql server databa
145. acturer supports various connection methods we recommend using JetDirect Socket if possible Use the following procedure to set a standard printer up using a plain JetDirect Socket connection From the Apple Menu select System Preferences Select Print amp Fax Click on the IP icon on the toolbar Select HP Jetdirect Socket in the Protocol list Enter the printer s assigned IP address For convenience give the printer a simple name without spaces Al Oe ON Se IN Select the driver or printer model from the list and press Add 226 Mac Printing in Detail Protocol Address Queue Name Location Print Using 22 2 coth AppleTalk Advanced More Printers HP Jetdirect Socket 192 168 1 100 Invalid or incomplete address Leave blank for default queue LibraryColorLaser Library Room 2 Select a driver to use Q SR caseryer ery ost sss errr ree HP Laserjet 8100 Series HP Laserjet 8150 Gutenprint v5 1 3 HP Laserjet 8150 Series HP Laserjet 9000 Gutenprint v5 1 3 Figure 19 1 Setting up a printer direct on Leopard server using Jetdirect Test printing using a local application e g Print a web page from Safari Confirm that printing works as expected Important Continue to the next step only after printing from the server is working If you have problems see the troubleshooting section below 19 1 1 1 Optional Hardware Configurat
146. all permissions are set up correctly 12 3 5 Step 5 Configuration The Print Provider on the secondary server needs to know where the primary server is in Stalled 1 Open the file 174 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers nome printlimit providers print linux i686 print provider conf in a text editor 2 Locate the line starting with ApplicationServer and change localhost to the name or IP address of the primary server The binaries copied in step 4 now need to be integrated into the CUPS or Samba print queues This process is detailed in Section 17 1 3 Linux Print Queue Integration 12 3 6 Step 6 Test The secondary server should now be configured Perform some test printing on all of this secondary server s printers Log into the system as admin and verify that the printers are now listed under the Printers section Perform a multi page test print on each printer and verify that print jobs are tracked correctly 12 4 Print Monitoring Architecture This section covers Print Limit Pro print monitoring architecture from a technical perspect ive Knowledge of advanced networking is expected Print Limit Pro is designed using the latest software design principles An important design principle used is Service Oriented Architecture SOA Print Limit Pro divides key opera tional areas into components These components communicate using an XML Web Ser vices standard Two of
147. alled on the system hosting the printers An existing server or desktop system will suffice 29 Implementation by Example Workstations are configured to print to the printers shared on the system set up in step 1 Inside the Print Limit Pro admin interface the printers should have the manager only release option selected Desk staff can view and control pending print jobs their cost and other details via the web based release interface accessible at the URL http server_name 9191 release 30 Chapter 3 Quick Tour This section will guide you through the main areas of the application and cover some com mon management tasks 3 1 Navigation Before we jump in and start our tour of Print Limit Pro it is important to take some time to understand the application s navigation tools The subsequent sections detail the major user interface elements 3 1 1 Tabs iT Groups Accounts Printers Reports Cards Options App Lo About Location Users gt User List Figure 3 1 Application navigation tabs Application areas are grouped into tabs that logically separate parts of the system Select ing a tab displays the controls and information related to that area Users will be familiar with the concept of tabs from many other applications 3 1 2 Actions Actions x Delete user Figure 3 2 The Actions area Click to perform the action Throughout the application the Actions area lists a number of tasks or act
148. ally The text will let you know how many jobs this will affect e g Jobs 5 This setting is useful when printing a batch of documents for the same purpose For ex ample when printing a letter diagram and spreadsheet for a client the client account can be selected on the account selection popup along with any other appropriate set tings and the settings will be applied to all three jobs This saves the time taken to ap ply the settings for each job Changing the time after which jobs are deleted when awaiting popup response If a user does not respond to the account selection popup after a defined time their print job will be automatically deleted This is to prevent a buildup of old jobs in the print queue For more information see Section A 5 User Client Options 119 Chapter 8 Reports A report is a representation of data often in a printable tabular format Print Limit Pro provides a set of built in reports These include simple pre built reports accessed via one click up to more advanced reports constructed using custom filters Print Limit Pro is an open system System administrators with database man agement experience may choose to run the system on an external database system 3rd party reporting tools can then be used to construct customer re ports The GenevaLogic Development team can also consult on custom report development Many of the one click reports are produced from data over a given date
149. ame Document Pages Cost Allowed Attributes 7 Awesome Presentation OpenOffice org FOOLSCAP Duplex Yes Dec 31 2006 8 36 46 AM Win2003 HP LaserJet SMP matt 220 s2800 Yes Grayscale Yes 57579kb Libary2 Dec 31 2008 3 44 36 AM Win2002 HP LaserJet SMP mark 189 1800 Yes AS Duplex Yes Grayscale Yes Jan 1 2007 1 22 36 AM __printserveriXerox Color 1930 bob research paper pdf 141 14 10 Yes Ae Cacia No Grayscale No Jan 1 2007 5 53 00 AM inuxserveriCanon BJ 2000 cathy Stats OpenOffice org Writer 88 mam vs FOOLSCAP pte Vern Grayscale No 7230kb Office2 Figure 8 2 Printer log PDF report 8 1 4 Group Reports These reports group printer usage by network group allowing system administrators to de termine which group of users performs the most prints These reports are ideal for gaining a quick overview of printing costs performed by work area department floor management level etc 8 1 5 Shared Accounts Reports Administrators may use the shared account reports to track printing allocated to shared ac counts via the popup 8 2 Report Formats All reports are available in three different formats Access to all formats depends on the software installed on your system Alternate formats are accessed via the three icons loc ated next to the report generation links 22 User Reports User ist kes User focused reports providing information about users ther account ser print summary Last 30 days EE
150. an assist end users with a standard setup wizard install process This installer may also be streamlined automated by using command line options see Section A 7 Automating Streamlining Installation on Windows for more details For more information on alternate deployment options see the appdir client README txt file 4 2 1 2 Deployment on Mac OS X This section covers the installation of the Print Limit Pro client on Apple Macintosh sys tems The complexities of Mac printing in general are discussed in Chapter 19 Mac Print ing in Detail Before installing the client software we recommend that administrators study Chapter 19 Mac Printing in Detail and ensure printing is working as expected The Mac client is a supplied as a native Macintosh app package It s a universal applica tion supporting Mac OS X 10 3 9 fully patched or higher on both PowerPC and Intel hard ware Mac Universal Figure 4 5 Print Limit Pro requires Mac OS X v 10 3 9 or later The three common installation methods are outlined below cover most situations The in structions for the single user install is very standard and should be able to be conducted by any Mac end user The other installation methods are more technically focused and aimed at Mac network administrators The client software will work best if Java 5 is installed Java 5 is available for OS X 10 4 or higher If Java 5 is not already installed the i
151. and confirm that printing succeeds 19 1 4 Publishing the printer via Workgroup Manager Manually installing the printer on each desktop on a large network may be tedious Large networks using Open Directory may benefit from automating the process using Workgroup Manager The key to successfully deploying publishing printers via the Workgroup Man ager is to publish the configuration from a working workstation rather than the server itself This is counter intuitive as normally administration is conducted by running Workgroup Manager on the server itself This however would publish the server s printer configuration the server is configured to print direct to the device and not to the queue hence this is why it s not appropriate to publish its configuration Instead we need to install the Workgroup Manager software on a configured workstation client and publish its known configuration Use the following procedure 1 Select one workstation on your network Follow the manual setup procedure as dis cussed above 2 Test and confirm this workstation is configured and printing correctly Also choose oth er settings as appropriate such as tray duplex and other defaults 3 Install the Workgroup Manager on this client workstation found on the Mac OS X Server install disk 4 Open the Workgroup Manager connect to your directory and select an appropriate user group or computer group used to manage client settings 5 Enter the Settings Prefer
152. anywhere on the network via a standard web browser no special admin soft ware is required To access the administration section point a browser at the server on port 9191 http server_name 9191 admin Encrypted SSL HTTPS access is also available on port 9192 https server_name 9192 admin Access is granted to the built in admin or to any user that has been granted administrator level access Introduction 1 3 2 Two Secondary Servers and Local Printers Print Limit Pro is an enterprise level application designed to be managed and control from a central location Multi server environments are common in large organizations and Print Limit Pro handles them with ease All servers are configured to report back to the central Application Server This ensures that all management logging and control is centralized on the one location These secondary servers simply run a light weight monitoring component and communicate to the central server via XML Web Services calls Would you like to run some of your printers on an alternate operating system such as Linux Again no problem Print Limit Pro supports mixed or heterogeneous networks as welll You can also use Print Limit Pro to manage local desktop printers directly attached to a workstation Just treat the workstation as a Secondary Server and install the monitoring component as normal See Chapter 12 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers for mor
153. application server on both Microsoft Windows and Linux Setting up Print Limit Pro in Microsoft Clustering Services is covered in Chapter 16 Microsoft Cluster Environments The Print Limit Pro development team has experience using Linux HA High Availability Linux and other tools to support customers who use Linux 2 3 2 3 Requirement 2 Printers and labs hosted by individual faculties and departments outside the central IT ser vices area can optionally be joined into the campus wide system via Print Limit Pro s sec ondary server support Central IT staff can approve these secondary servers via IP ad dress and grant selected staff administrator level access to the system s admin web inter face on a case by case basis See Chapter 12 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers for more information on secondary servers 2 3 2 4 Requirement 3 Print Limit Pro s client software is optional in a basic charging quota environment Users can access their accounts and view their account balance transaction and printing history and use advanced tools such as PrintCards and transfers More information on the web based users tools is available at Section 3 6 Interface Levels 2 3 2 5 Requirement 4 The design and layout of the end user web interface can quickly be changed using HTML and Cascading Style Sheets Customizing the end user web design is covered in Sec tion 13 2 Customizing the User web pages 2
154. asons to run Print Limit Pro on an external RDBMS including Your organization has existing database infrastructure and would like to consolidate all applications on the same database platform Your organization has an existing database maintenance and backup procedure and would like Print Limit Pro to take advantage of this People would like to use 3rd party reporting and analysis tools like Crystal Reports to view and analyze the Print Limit Pro database Your organization is very large and requires the performance benefits of a dedicated RDBMS This also allows the database to reside on a separate server to Print Limit Pro which improves the system scalability 15 1 2 Supported Databases GenevaLogic supports the following two external databases out of the box Microsoft SQL Server 2000 2005 Microsoft SQL Express 2005 free from Microsoft PostgreSQL 7 1 the free open source database Oracle 9 2 requires an optional support module Please contact GenevaLogic for de tails These databases were chosen to cater for the majority of our customers Most customers have existing SQL Server licenses so can take advantage of this support PostgreSQL was chosen as the second alternative RDBMS because it is free open source and supported on all common platforms 15 2 Upsizing to an External RDBMS Upsizing to an external RDBMS is a simple process that should take approximately 15 30 minutes The high level steps to upsize are
155. assword for the macuser domain account server_name is the name of the server hosting the printer and printer_name is the printer s share name 088 Printer Browser Q Advanced 3 Device Windows Printer via SAMBA Device Name Science Lab Printer Device URI smb macuser passwd123 printer_server siclabt T 7 Printer Model Generic iy fa m D Ki Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer model ra 2 More Printers Add Figure 19 16 Windows printer via SAMBA 240 Mac Printing in Detail 8 Select the Print Model to install and configure drivers 9 Click the Add button 10 Test print and ensure jobs are listing in the print queue under the macuser identity To install the Print Limit Pro client software 1 Start and Log into the Mac computer Ensure it s connected to the network 2 Open the Finder 3 From the Go menu select Connect to Server Window Help Back s Enclosing Folder st Computer QC T Home OHH Network ORK g iDisk gt A Applications oxa forr 3 Utilities oxu Recent Folders gt Go to Folder HG Figure 19 17 Connecting to a Windows server 4 Enter the pcclient share s connection details like smb server_name pcclient Where server_name is the name of the server hosting the Print Limit Pro server soft ware eeo Connect to Server Server Address smb 192 168 1 50 peclient pas O Favorite Servers Figur
156. atabase specific configuration for use with Print Limit Pro 15 3 1 Configuring Microsoft SQL Express 2005 Microsoft SQL Express 2005 provides enterprise class database performance for free However it does have some limitations when compared to the full version of SQL Server But these limitations are not likely to adversely affect most Print Limit Pro users These lim itations include e 4GB limit on database sizes e Limited to only use 1 CPU e Limited to only use 1GB of RAM This section described how to configure Microsoft SQL Express edition for use with Print Limit Pro It is assumed that SQL Server Express is already installed with the default con figuration 192 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS Once this configuration is complete the database can be used with Print Limit Pro by fol lowing the instructions in Section 15 2 Upsizing to an External RDBMS 15 3 1 1 Enable TCP IP connections Print Limit Pro uses TCP IP to connect to the SQL Server database but SQL Server Ex press does not enable TCP support by default To enable TCP IP 1 oa ron co oN On the machine with SQL Express installed open the SQL Server Configuration Manager Expand the SQL Server 2005 Network Configuration node on the left Select the Protocols for SQLEXPRESS node on the left Right click the TCP IP item on the right and select Properties On the General tab change Enabled to Yes On the IP Addresses tab
157. ation can be found at Section 9 3 3 1 Release Station Modes e In Print Limit Pro enable the printer s for release station use More information can be found at Section 9 3 1 Enabling hold release support on a printer e To allow users to release jobs via the end user web based release station also enable Release Any mode for the web tools interface More information can be found at Sec tion 9 3 4 End User Web Based Release Interface Configuration 9 2 2 Secure Printing 130 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations When users print documents that contain sensitive information it is important that no one else picks up the document from the printer Even when the printers are close by people can be distracted and accidentally leave sensitive documents on the printer Print release stations can be used to implement Secure Printing which ensures that a document can only be released by the person who printed it and only when that person is standing near the printers Secure printing is implemented as follows e Setup a low end workstation near the printer s e Run the Standard Release Station in Secure mode More information can be found at Section 9 3 3 1 Release Station Modes e In Print Limit Pro enable the printer s for release station use More information can be found at Section 9 3 1 Enabling hold release support on a printer Secure printing requires users to be authent
158. ation would use or need all the features in Print Limit Pro The key to a successful implementation is with identifying the features that are most needed and utilizing them in the correct manner This chapter covers common implementation scenarios in a case study form It discusses the requirements common to the scenario and how these requirements are satisfied using key features The aim of this chapter is to guide implementers towards identifying and util izing the most appropriate features Locate the scenario that s the closest fit to your organization It may also be beneficial to read other scenarios that might apply to your situation For example a large business may benefit from some of the ideas presented in the small business case and so on 2 1 Scenario The Small School Fast River School has a student population of 200 and caters to students in Kindergarten through 6th grade A teacher is responsible for each class The school has a two com puters in each class room and a small computer lab for older students All computers are networked A single server acts as a domain controller and a file and print server The stu dents in each year level log on to the computers using the username and password alloc ated to their class 2 1 1 Requirements 1 Each grade level has a monthly printing budget of 50 2 If the budget is exceeded teachers may discuss additional funding with the school principal 3 Student use of color
159. attention to their environmental impact eeeeeeeeee teeters 159 1 Entering a Daten D dreri a a E T TENS 164 11 2 Defining a valid till date osvrne iieiiiurea rii aeaa O E EE NAAA NANS 165 Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 11 3 Options to edit the Card design ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 165 11 4 Cards ready for printing ceeecece ee eeeeeeeeeeee tees ae aa ete eeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeeeaaa 166 11 5 Imported Card numbers eect cece cette cece nate eres aaa eeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaenees 167 11 6 Inserting a new logo into a card ooo eect e cece ete eeeeee na eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 168 11 7 Propagate labels DUTON 2 0 0 eee cece cette cece cate a EO 169 TL8 USING a Card ee dh ee ee eee ee ae 170 12 1 Secondary server reporting back to primary server application server 176 12 2 Print Limit Pro Architecture an advanced configuration eeeeeeeeees 177 13 1 Customized user client link 0 cece cece cece cece eae eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 179 13 2 A customized end user web designed for Flora Hill Secondary College 181 13 3 A customized end user web designed for Ross University ceeee 181 13 4 Example custom report header USAGE 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 183 16 1 Stopping the service and setting to Manual startup eeseeeeeeeee eee 196 16 2 Creating a new cluster res
160. atter name in the client matter code naming model Searching by matter code will display the matching matters plus the client for each matching matter 99 Shared Accounts ir Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action Print job detais Document name Chapter 7 Shared Accounts E Printer maestro Canon CLC R C3220 C2 Color PCLSc Pages 4 Cost 0 40 Comment Charge rate Defaut 100 0 x c All Accounts Preferred List Recent Selections Search 100 Account C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 9 Searching accounts by matter code in the client matter code naming model 7 2 2 Project Phase Naming Model Engineering and IT firms will be familiar with the project phase model e Parent accounts are created for each project e Sub accounts are created for each project phase or stage Usually charging directly to a project is not allowed in this model instead users should charge to the relevant project phase System administrators should set each parent ac 100 Shared Accounts count to be inactive disabled and all the sub accounts to be active as shown in Fig ure 7 10 Project Phase Naming Model example yg Shared Account List Shared Account List Quick find Ge Clear lt lt lt 1222 Name 4 Code Balance Restricted EY 0 00 Ni Fy 034225 0 00 No Py 0 00 N Ey 0 00 No Ey 0 00 N Py 0 00 No
161. authenticated queues Laptops systems must use the other queues This is best done with partitioned IP address ranges and or subnets An experienced network administrator will be able to assist with restricted server access by IP address 19 1 5 3 Future Plans The Laptop Only Policy is best described as a hack and is only suitable for larger sites with good network administrators In the current release this is a supported solution The developers do however have some ideas to streamline the setup These include e An ability to endorse the authenticated systems so the username is trusted by default For example a special file can be copied to these systems readable only by the root user An IP address range filter restricting systems that can use a given priter If you are using this method please take the time to write to the developer team to share your thoughts and ideas 19 2 Windows hosted print queues Print Limit Pro is a multi user application designed to integrate with an authenticated net work The Macintosh system has a long history It s grown up from a single user desktop heritage and is now based on a full multi user Unix kernel However some single user isms remain and these can pose challenges for Administrators One area in particu lar is remote printer configuration and credential management Balance for chris genevalogic com 9 50 Details Figure 19 6 Print Limit Client on
162. been added to your Active Directory it is recommended that you perform a 142 System Management manual user group sync operation Alternatively a full user and group syn chronization can be automated as a nightly task by scheduling a script to run the appropriate server command command More information on using the server command can be found in Appendix A Tools Advanced 10 2 2 Importing Card Identity numbers from Active Directory or LDAP In Print Limit Pro a unique card identity number can be associated with each user The card number is used as an alternative to usernames passwords for authentication at soft ware release stations or at hardware terminals attached to photocopiers The card ID number can also be searched in the user quick find in the User List page The card ID number can be entered manually in the user interface or imported using the batch import update feature see Section 5 6 Batch User Import and Update however it is usually more convenient to automatically import them from Active Directory or LDAP Unlike other fields like full name and email address there is no single field for card number that is used by all organizations So Print Limit Pro allows you to choose the field where your to import the card ID number from To enable importing the card identity number first enable the Update users full name email department and office when synchronizing and the Update the users unique card
163. ble components depend on what is being installed COMPONENTS comma separated list of component names Server installer server The Print Limit Pro server Selected by default 274 Tools Advanced Option Description e prov_print The print provider com ponent to monitor printing Selected by default e sec_server_print Required when setting up a secondary print server User client installer e reg_key_all_users Startup launch registry key for all users reg_key_current_user Startup launch registry key for current user GROUP folder name Overrides the default Start menu group folder into which Print Limit Pro is installed NOICONS Disables the creation of a Start menu group folder LANG language Specifies the language to use during install ation By default this is automatically detec ted based on your language settings but can be overridden by specifying a lan guage The available languages are de German e en English e fi Finnish e fr French e it Italian e nl Dutch pt Portuguese pt_BR Brazilian Portuguese e zh_CN Chinese Simplified e zh_HK Chinese Traditional Note This option only specifies the lan guage during installation More languages and regional options are available in Print Limit Pro once installed which are con figured separately Table A 3 Windows installer command line options 275
164. bout how to configure email sending see Section 10 5 1 3 Configuring Email Noti fications Schedule Email Reports Report List Schedule Email Reports Q Schedule a Report Tee Reports can be scheduled for automatic delivery via Shared account printing user logs x email Optional parameters To schedule a report fill in the details to the right and press Add To see an example of the report sss a Administration that will be sent press Show Example first More Information Limit to one account Leave blank to include all accounts E g parent chid Title Administration printing audit An optional tite to appear at the top of the report Weekly x Daily R Weekly Fortnightly N Month list of email addresses e g joe domain org bil domain org Type Title Parameters Format Period Recipients show example un now delete fshaw Printer usage print i job su y Populer paper sizes PDF Daily joe domain org Figure 8 5 The Scheduled Reports page To create a scheduled report choose the desired report options and press Add The pro cess is best described by way of example 8 4 1 1 Example 1 Faculty based reporting in education Joe is head of the science faculty at a university Faculty staff have the ability to charge printing back to the faculty Joe would like to see on a regular basis how much printing each user charges to the faculty To do this 1 Navigate t
165. c system is to directly launch the client from the pcclient share The advantage of this deployment method is that any updates applied on the server and hence updates to the client direct ory will automatically be propagated to all workstations The process of setting up zero install deployment will vary form network to network de pending on the directory environment in use and administrator preferences The process can however be summarized as 1 Configure the Macs to mount the pcclient share as a volume on login or start up 2 Configure a login hook to start the client off the share The install lo gin hook command resource script explained in the multi user install above may help The typical way to mount the share is to use mount_smbfs in a boot script See the Apple documentation on mount_smbfs at ht tp developer apple com documentation Darwin Reference ManPages man8 mount_smbfs 8 html Further information on Mac printing is available at Chapter 19 Mac Printing in Detail 4 2 1 3 Deployment on Linux and Unix The Print Limit Pro user client software may be deployed on Linux and other Unix based operating systems using the following installation procedure 4 2 1 3 1 Step 1 Install Java 5 0 Linux and Unix workstations are supported via Java Java version 5 0 or higher is required Your Linux distribution may come with Java pre installed or have the option to install If no Java option exists Sun Microsystems provide
166. calhost to the name or IP address of the primary server 4 Save the file and exit the text editor Double click on the command script Applications Print Limit Pro Control Printer Monitoring command and enable monitoring on the appropriate printers 12 2 6 Step 6 Test The secondary server should now be configured Log into the system as admin and verify that the printers are now listed under the Printers section Perform a multi page test print on each printer and verify that print jobs are tracked correctly 12 3 Configuring a Linux Secondary Print Server This section describes the process of setting up a secondary print server on a Linux sys tem The primary Application Server may either be a Windows Mac or a Linux based sys tem Print Limit Pro has full support for mixed or heterogeneous printing environments 12 3 1 Step 1 Ensure primary server is set up correctly Before installing a secondary server you should take some time to ensure the primary serv er central Application Server is set up and running correctly If it is not running fine now adding an extra server will only add an extra variable to the equation and complicate troubleshooting Take some time now to verify that the primary server is functioning cor rectly For example verify that e Printers on this server are being tracked 173 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers Users are allowed user login to use
167. cate against a domain 218 18 2 3 Windows print server using LDAP or eDirectory authentication 219 18 2 4 Mac OS X systems with generic user accounts cee 220 18 2 5 Mac OS X systems using domain authentication via Open Directory iil nue Nvbecilaltyginwei i adil ine eae nae dala AEA 220 18 2 6 Mac OS X systems using domain authentication via Windows Act IVE DIFECIONY swe action chivewend aa tatcaiaewend dished adenine eed aero 220 18 2 7 Mac OS X laptops or single user systems printing to Windows Print QUOUCS ai 0 centennial Gites 221 18 2 8 Linux Workstations in a lab environment with printers hosted on a Windows server 00 cccceceeeee eee cece cece cece ae ence eeaaeeeeaaeeseeeeeaaeeeneeeeaes 222 18 2 9 Linux Workstations in a lab environment with printers hosted on LINUX CUPS SCIVER irie r EEE EANET EEEE AER 222 18 2 10 Linux laptops or single user systems s s s 223 18 2 11 Multiuser Unix terminal servers ssssssssesrrsessrrrrserrens 223 18 2 12 Further Recommendations cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 224 19 Mac Frntingin Detail reren kertokaa ereke AOTER A NETER REPONIT 225 19 1 Mac hosted print queues assesssssesrrsseerrrrserrrinsrrnnnnrninnennrnsennrnennna 225 19 1 1 Step 1 Installing the printers on the server 0 ccccsseeeees 226 19 1 2 Step 2 Enable Printer Sharing cccceececseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 228 19 1 3 Step 3 Set up the printers s
168. cation of user quota through the use of Server Com mands see Section A 1 Server Commands server command or XML Web Services see Section A 3 The XML Web Services API 5 2 3 Automated Quota Allocation Example One way to automate quota allocation is through the use of Server Commanas Following is an example of how to use Server Commands to automate quota allocation in a Microsoft Windows environment North Shore High would like to automate their quota allocation on a per term basis There are four terms in a year and terms do not necessarily start on the same date every year Junior students are to receive 5 per term printing budget and senior students are to re ceive 10 per term The domain has the groups junior students and senior stu dents to reflect the students grade Using the information from Section A 1 Server Commands server command we can see that the Server Command adjust user account balance by group will meet the needs of this situation Create a batch file with a name like as sign_term_quotas bat with content similar to the following depending on your envir onment cd C Program Files Print Limit Pro server bin win 64 Advanced User Management server command adjust user account balance by group junior students 5 00 5 term budget for junior students server command adjust user account balance by group senior students 10 00 10 term budget for senior students
169. ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeteeeeeeeeeeeaes 152 10 2 Fields available in low balance notifications ec ceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaneeees 153 10 3 Fields available in printer error notifications cece eee eneeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeees 156 10 4 Fields available in error level event notifications 157 10 5 Environmental Impact Reporting 00 eeeeeeneeeee ceca eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 160 Tri Card Terminology sristi tanari ea aaaea aaa aama a iaiia 163 12 1 Print Limit Pro services components sssssessssrrssssrrrssrrrissrrrssrrrrssrrens 175 13 1 User Client Customization Config Keys cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaea 180 13 2 Files used to customize the user web pages ssssssssrssssrrsrrrrrssrrrresrren 182 13 3 Text print log file format nieee eneee E EEEE EAA EEEE NERAN REENER NER 184 17 1 Secured Application Areas eessseseseeeeeeiesesesssersrrrrrrssssrtrnrnrrsssrsrrrrrrent 206 17 2 Standard print COMMANAS sssssseeseseseeeereiriesesststsrrrrtrsssstrrnrnrnnsssrsrrrrrnent 209 17 3 Advanced Configuration sitiseni ninaa Eaei 210 A 1 XML Web Services Methods cccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 266 A 2 User Client command line Options ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 272 A 3 Windows installer command line options cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaee ees 275 Cli LDAP Config entries iiss iia ane ie en eva 2
170. ce Option Comment Option Description moved enter a hy phen The invoicing option defines how prints allocated to this ac count are invoiced Available values are ALWAYS_INVOICE prints allocated to this account are al ways invoiced NEVER_INVOICE prints allocated to this account are never invoiced USER_CHOICE_ON it is up to the user whether or not to in voice prints alloc ated to this account The default is yes USER_CHOICE_OFF it is up to the user whether or not to in voice prints alloc ated to this account The default is no The comments op tion defines whether or not comments should be added to prints allocated to this account Avail able values are NO_COMMENT com ments may not be added COM MENT_REQUIRED comments must be added COM MENT_OPTIONAL it is up to the user whether or not to Optional Optional set to USER_CHOICE_ON if blank Optional set to COM MENT_OPTIONAL if blank 115 Shared Accounts No Field Description Optional add a comment 11 Notes Notes about the Optional notes not shared account set if blank placed in the Notes field Table 7 1 Shared Account Import File Format Other limitations Although any actual limit to the size of an import file should be large enough for any purpose we recommend keeping the file size below 10MB A simple way to create a tab delimited file is to create
171. ce department prints to a shared printer their document will hold in the queue until that member goes to the utility room and releases the print job with his or her username and password This process en sures that documents stay secure and can t be accidentally collected by other people 2 6 Scenario The Public Library or Internet Cafe Kiosk The Sandy Beach Cafe is a typical Internet cafe offering Internet access faxing printing and other services This business has 50 computers and two printers A black amp white laser printer called Black and White Printer and a high end color inkjet system named as Color Printer They would like to implement a pay per print system that meets the following pro cess and requirements 2 6 1 Requirements The customer prints the job to the appropriate printer At the front desk the customer pays a staff member for the print job The staff member releases the job for printing Pe OO ND ee The customer collects the print job 2 6 2 Implementation Print Limit Pro s hold release queues are ideally suited to the Internet cafe scenario More information on the hold release queues are available at Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations Print Limit Pro provides both an application interface for release station managers i e desk staff as well as a convenient web browser based interface To summarize a typical implementation 1 The Print Limit Pro server software is inst
172. cess the system 12 2 2 Step 2 Ensure firewall software is set to allow access to port 9191 Secondary server needs to communicate initiate a TCP connection on port 9191 Admin 172 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers istrators should ensure that any firewall software on the primary Application Server is not set to block any incoming local network traffic on this port 12 2 3 Step 3 Create the host user account Print Limit Pro runs under a non privileged user account called printlimit This invisible system account is created automatically upon first install Advanced system administrators may however have a preference to create this account manually If you fall into this cat egory create the print1limit account now prior to installation 12 2 4 Step 4 Install the print provider Install the print provider software onto the secondary server Download the latest Mac DMG disk image and execute the contained installer called Print Limit Pro Second ary Server Installation pkg 12 2 5 Step 5 Configuration The Print Provider on the secondary server needs to know where the primary server is in stalled The installer may open the appropriate configuration file after the install completes 1 Open a text editor such as TextEdit 2 Open the file app dir Print Limit Pro provider print mac print provider conf 3 Locate the line starting with ApplicationServer and change lo
173. contents Browser to Contents Resources Double click on the install login hook command script E imac j N a Nerwork i ka E macintosh Ho dient icon iens config properties install login GR Desktop lt i pe E _ Ax Applications login hook start fi Documents A Movies a amp music set permissions command pe client mac command PY Pictures 1 of 7 selected 128 9 GB available Figure 4 10 Double click to install the login hook Restart the system and verify the client starts on login e Important If you re already using a login hook for other script tasks the setup process will be different Instead in step 9 double click on the set permis sions command file Then insert the following line at the end of your current login script Applications PCClient app Contents Resources login hook start 1 54 Services for Users The set permissions command script ensures the software is set up with the correct permissions ensuring it s assessable to all users The login hook once installed can be removed with the terminal command sudo defaults delete com apple loginwindow LoginHook 4 2 1 2 3 Zero Install Deployment This deployment method is for advanced Mac network administrators and is suitable for medium to large Mac networks Knowledge of the Mac s Unix underpinning and scripting is required A more flexible option over locally installing the PCClient package on each Ma
174. ct the Properties menu Change the Startup Type to Disabled Press the Stop button to stop the service ParRoOnN Press OK to save the settings changes F 1 2 Step 2 Install Print Limit Pro Install Print Limit Pro as discussed in Section 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installa tion During the setup wizard it is recommended that the user import settings be set up in the same way as was configured in Print Limit Standard For example if you import users from the full Active Directory domain in Print Limit Standard also set this up in Print Limit Pro Check that the users have been imported correctly To adjust the user import settings and re perform the user synchronization process go to the Options gt User Group Sync screen This is similar to the Tune up function in Print Limit Standard Once installed it is recommended that the groups are set up in the same way as in Print Limit Standard Groups are used to determine the default settings for new users and also how quotas are allocated For more information on groups see Section 5 1 Groups in Print Limit Pro F 1 3 Step 3 Configure and test printers The next step is to set up the printers in Print Limit Pro to reflect the require page costs 289 Upgrading from Print Limit Standard and print restrictions To do this Fon Navigate to the Printers section Select the printer to adjust by clicking on the printer name Enter the cost an
175. ction 16 2 2 9 Step 9 Client Configuration 2 Ensure that any URL s pointing to Print Limit Pro s web administration and user inter faces http server 9192 admin and http server 9192 user user the virtual server s name For example any links on the organization s intranet site or links supplied to other system administrators 204 Chapter 17 Print Limit Pro on Linux This section is designed to supplement the Quick Start guide see Section 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installation It provides an in depth explanation of the Linux installation process the directory layout and tools Information in this chapter is technical in nature It is expected that readers have prior ex perience with The Unix command line environment e Unix file permissions e Configuring CUPS and or Linux print queues e Or basic Samba configuration 17 1 The Installation Process The Linux version of Print Limit Pro is supplied as a pre compiled self installing application The installation process is designed to work with all major Linux distributions Due to the varied nature of some installations and administrator preferences often some manual con figuration is required This section describes the installation process in detail as well as some additional options available to system administrators 17 1 1 Manual extraction The Linux version of Print Limit Pro is supplied in a self extracting self installing arc
176. d cceeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 261 A 2 3 init db Command 0 0 0 cece cece eeeeee eee e cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 261 A 2 4 delete old logs COMMANA ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 261 A 3 The XML Web Services API cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 262 A 3 1 Web Services Example Code c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 266 AS 2 SOCUMILY 4 ie aise e Pees cee de vi Tani 267 A 4 SSL HTTPS Key Generation cccceccceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 267 A 4 1 Using a custom SSL Key cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 268 A 5 User Client Options 2 0 00 cc eccececeeeeeeeee cece aa eaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaees 269 A 6 Stopping and Starting the Application Server c ccceeesseeeeeeaeeeees 273 A 6 1 Stopping Starting the server on WIndows ccccseeeeeeeeee es 273 A 7 Automating Streamlining Installation on Windows cccceseeeeees 274 B Troubleshooting amp Technical FAQ S ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeteeeeeeeeeaaaaeaaes 276 C Advanced LDAP Configuration 0 ccccceceaceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeees 281 C 1 LDAP Server Default Configuration ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 282 C 1 1 Unix NIS Defaults miniemen inaidai di 282 C 1 2 Novell eDirectory Defaults cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
177. d 6 Double click the client local instal1 file This will execute a small AppleScript program that will commence the install copy process 7 Test the application by double click on the PCClient application icon in the system s local Applications folder If the user needs the client for printing for example to use the shared account popup it s advisable to configure the application to automatically open upon start up 1 Open System Preference from the Apple menu 2 Select Accounts 3 Select your login account 52 Services for Users 4 Click the Login Items tab 5 Click the button and browse and locate the PCClient application eo Accounts amp Show All Q 4 r Password Picture Login items Parental Controls lo A ies Christ Dance a Admin These items will open automatically when you log in G Hide item Kind WH Matt Doran ml A 5 _ GrowiHeiperApp Application I Skype Application _ Gitunestelper Application To hide an application when you log in click its Hide checkbox gt te Click the lock to make changes Figure 4 8 Add PCClient as a Login Item 6 Test by restarting the computer The client should automatically after the reboot and login is complete 4 2 1 2 2 Multi User Install On a multi user Mac system setting up a Login Item for each user would be a tedious task To streamline this process the PCClient application can be configured to
178. d for default settings for all release stations but settings can be overridden by defining another configuration file for each release station These files should be put in the same directory and be named using the following convention config machine name properties where machine name is the name of the machine running the release station A custom configuration file may also be specified as a startup command line option using the following syntax pc release ex config config file path 136 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 9 3 3 1 Release Station Modes The release station modes available are described below The release station mode is changed in the configuration file as described in Section 9 3 3 Standard Release Station Configuration Mode Description ReleaseAny This is the default mode It allows a user who logs onto the release station to release any held jobs Any jobs released will be charged to the logged in user Manager Manager mode allows only administrators or hold release queue managers to log in to the release station In release station mode all jobs are listed and users are not automatically logged out due to inactivity Secure Secure mode allows users to only see and release print jobs that they have printed NoPassword This works similar to the secure mode however users dont need to enter the password to view jobs Table 9 2 Standar
179. d Release Station modes In all modes except Manager mode users are logged out automatically after a period of in activity defined in the configuration file the default being 30 seconds 9 3 3 2 Card based User Authentication In some environments users are issued with identity cards that can be used for authentica tion The cards might be used to gain entry to buildings or borrow from a library The cards can also be used to authenticate users at the standard release station Using a card is of ten much more convenient and less error prone than entering a username and password To use card based authentication an appropriate hardware card reader is required The card reader must be connected to the machine running the release station and act like a keyboard i e when the user swipes scans their card the card reader outputs the digits just as if someone entered them using the keyboard There are card readers that can do this for all commonly used card types e g magneetic stripe barcode etc An easy way to test a card reader is to open a text editor and place the cursor in a new text document Then when a card is swiped the card number will appear in the text file The card numbers entered at the release station are validated against the Card Id number field for the user This can be found at the bottom of the user details screen in the admin interface Before card authentication can be used the users card numbers must be associ ated
180. d account to delete add shared account access user lt shared_account_name gt lt username gt Allow the given user access to the given shared account without using a pin lt shared_account_name gt the name of the shared account to allow access to lt username gt the name of the user to give access to add shared account access group lt shared_account_name gt lt group_name gt Allow the given group access to the given shared account without using a pin lt shared_account_name gt the name of the shared account to allow access lt group_ to name gt the name of the group to give access to remove shar d account access user lt shared_account_name gt lt username gt Revok the given user access to the given shared account lt shared_account_name gt the name of the shared account to revoke access to lt userna me gt the name of the user to revoke access for remove shar Revok d account access group lt shared_account_name gt lt group_name gt the given group s access to the given shared account lt shared_account_name gt the name of the shared account to revoke access lt group_ CO name gt the name of the group to revoke access for get printer property lt server_name gt lt printer_name gt lt property gt Gets a printer property lt server_name gt the name of the server the printer is h
181. d by executing the program with a command line switch minimized See Section A 5 User Client Options How do stop users from closing shutting down the client software If the user running the client software is configured to either 278 Troubleshooting amp Technical FAQ s e select shared accounts e confirm the print job via a popup the client software must be running at all times If the user is configured in either of these modes the client software s exit option is disabled Note The client software will need to be restarted to pick up this option after the user s options have been changed Why does Print Limit Pro cache the group membership Print Limit Pro caches group membership by replicating the user group relationship structure internally in the system Typically network group membership is relatively static and is usually set up when a user account is initially created Print Limit Pro tries to be a good network application by avoiding common no no s such as flooding domain controllers with group lookup requests This is achieved by caching Opera tions such as Bulk user operations quota allocations group reports and group fil tering all need to do group membership lookups Caching speeds up these opera tions and prevents excessive callouts to the domain servers The downside to caching is that group membership changes are not immediately re flected inside Print Limit Pro To force Print Limit Pro to
182. d by services such as Active Directory or LDAP The username is known as the user s identity Print Limit Pro uses this identity to track printing 1 2 1 4 Shared Account A shared account is a Print Limit Pro term used to represent an account pool of funds or allocation group accessible to multiple users Accounts usually represent work areas and the term can be used interchangeably with terms such as Departments Faculties Projects Clients Client Matter or Cost Centers 1 2 1 5 Client Server Model Client software is a small program that runs on each workstation and communicates with a server The printing process on most networks works on a client server model with clients workstations submitting jobs to a server Print Limit Pro also uses optional client software to help provide information to end users This also runs in a client server model 1 2 1 6 Application Server Introduction An application server is a server program responsible for centrally processing business lo gic and providing services to end users Print Limit Pro uses the application server model to provide a business logic unit for calculating user costs and providing a web browser in terface to end users 1 2 1 7 Information Provider A provider is a software component or program responsible for providing information to an Application Server Print Limit Pro uses providers to submit print queue job information to its application server
183. d filter settings Press the OK or Apply buttons to save the changes For a detailed explanation of setting printer costs and restrictions see Chapter 6 Ad vanced Printer Management Tip If all your printers are configured with similar costs and filters then the settings can be copied from one printer to the other printers This is discussed in Sec tion 6 3 Copying Printer Settings It is recommended that the administrator set up the template printer This printer is used as a template when new printers are added to the system The template printer is discussed in detail in Section 6 2 The Template Print er To ensure that the printers are setup correctly perform a test print to one of the configured printers Once printed check the print log Printers Print Log that the job was recor ded and the correct cost calculated F 1 4 Step 4 Import the existing User Balances Moving the user balances and restricted status from Print Limit Standard to Print Limit Pro is a simple process If the server is running Windows then 1 2 3 Navigate to the Users section Click the Batch import action on the left Press the Browse and locate the Print Limit Standard user database PCUserDB mdb This is typically located at C Program Files Print Limit Database PCUserDB mdb Press the Import button to start the import process Upon successful completion the number of users updated and creat
184. d keeping the file size below 10MB A simple way to create a tab delimited file is to create a spreadsheet in Mi crosoft Excel and then save it in the Text Tab delimited format 5 6 1 1 Import File Format Examples The following lines shows importing all the above fields The fields are separated by tabs matt 20 00 Y Matt Johnson mattj email com Science Dept Head office 103251 NoteA john 25 00 N John Jackson jj domain com Administration Other office 963254 NoteB Note backslash indicates text should appear on the same line The following lines shows importing user email addresses only NOTE That the tabs still exist for balance restriction full name fields but each entry is blank matt matt j email com john 3 j domain com 70 Advanced User Management The following lines shows importing the credit balance and full name for the first user and the credit balance and email address for the second user NOTE That the tabs characters still exist for blank fields matt 10 00 Matt Johnson john 15 00 jj domain com 5 7 Disabling user printing with time latches Print Limit Pro allows printing to be disabled for particular users using time based locks These time latches allow a user s printing to be disabled for a predetermined amount of time After this time has passed the user s printing is re enabled without the need for manual intervention Some examples of where time latches may be useful include e Stude
185. date and value The card wizard creates this file dur ing the generation process and the system administrator will import this file into the Card administration section Number Definition File Card Number Entry Page The card web entry page is a designated page inside the user login section Table 11 1 Card Terminology 11 3 2 Using the Card Wizard This section will walk you through the process of creating a batch of PrintCards The ex ample covers creating a batch of 100 cards of value 10 00 each 11 3 2 1 Step 1 Install the card wizard Log onto a desktop system with Microsoft Word installed normally not the server Open a web browser at http server_name 9191 admin Log into Print Limit Pro as admin and navigate to the Cards section Download the card wizard from the Download card wizard action Run the install program and complete the installation process 11 3 2 2 Step 2 Welcome Open the Card Wizard from the start menu and press Next gt 163 PrintCards 11 3 2 3 Step 3 Batch ID amp Format Enter a unique batch ID to define this batch and click Next gt We recommend adapting a consistent convention For example choose numbers representing the date or a sequen tial numbering scheme The wizard offers a choice of two popular card number formats The Numeric format is the most secure and generates long numbers The Alphanumeric format produces a shorter format consisting o
186. dditionally the source should have permissions to be readable by the Local System account on Windows or the printlimit account on Mac or Linux The other options include e File location directory location The location of the file or directory to sync against The location is relative to the server e Perform sync How often the account sync should take place The available options are Hourly and Overnight If new accounts are being added regularly throughout the day Hourly is probably the best choice e Treat subdirectories as sub accounts This option is only available with directory syn chronizing against a directory When checked subdirectories will be treated as sub accounts For example a directory structure of Customers Client 1 Project 1 will produce a top level account called Client 1 and a sub account of Client 1 called Project 1 117 Shared Accounts e Delete accounts that do not exist in the selected source This option will delete ac counts that exist in Print Limit Pro but not in the sync source Use this option to clean out old accounts This option is not remembered for the automatic synchronization so accounts can only be deleted by checking this box and pressing Synchronize Now Deleting is a destructive operation Don t forget to perform a test first and a backup is also advised 7 8 Bulk Shared Account Operations A bulk shared account operation refers to an operation that is applied to m
187. derlying user management no separate passwords to manage Flexible hold release queue support with Release Station software allowing administrat ors to implement approved and secure printing environments Service Oriented Architecture utilizing the latest software design methods including test driven development XML Web Services and layered architecture This ensures scalab ility and stability by design Advanced reporting and charts available in standard formats including PDF Excel and HTML All reports accessible from anywhere on the network via a standard web browser Ability to run on top of leading 3rd party Relational Database Management Systems RDBMS including Microsoft SQL Server and PostgreSQL Database Enterprise level security and encryption based on SSL Open architecture with source code access and API documentation 1 1 3 System Requirements Print Limit Pro supports the following server platforms Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows 2000 Pro and Server Microsoft Windows XP Pro Macintosh OS X 10 4 e g Tiger or Leopard both PowerPC and Intel supported Most modern Linux Operating Systems including e Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 0 ES 3 0 AS 4 0 ES 4 0 e Novell SuSE Linux 8 2 9 0 e Fedora Core e Debian 3 1 With print queues hosted via e Samba based print queues e CUPS based print queues Introduction Servers and clients must use user ID username based authe
188. detect the change perform a User Group synchronization under the Options section The system will also automat ically refresh group membership overnight during low network activity have noticed a lot of extra options available under the Config Editor Advanced area Can change these The config area contains all of the Print Limit Pro system wide settings Some of these can be changed via the normal options interface while others are designed for internal developer use and tuning and are only accessible via the config editor Any changes made in the config editor should be done with care as an invalid entry may require you to reinstall the system I d like to write some custom extensions Do you support this The development team may be able to assist with detailed API documentation and source code If you would like feedback on your ideas please email our support team What external databases are supported Running Print Limit Pro on top of an external database is an advanced option This is discussed in details in system management section What is the internal database format Print Limit Pro s internal database is Apache Derby an open source database writ ten by IBM and based on IBM s DB2 Cloudscape database system The internal database has proven to scale very well and is suitable for networks of all sizes What language is Print Limit Pro developed in 279 Troubleshooting amp Technical FAQ s Print Limit
189. direct ory chmod 755 pc release cmd line sh 4 For convenience an alias can be created for the command line release station client This is typically done by entering the following line in a global profiles file or each user s profile file alias release print job usr local printlimit release pc release cmd line sh 5 Users will now be able to release their print jobs by typing release print job It may also be useful to create a wrapper for 1p to run the command line release station client after a user has sent a print job The following script print doc provides an ex ample bin sh echo Printing document using lpr usr bin lpr Se echo Printing done calling program to release job sleep 1 cd usr local printlimit release pc release cmd line sh echo Done For the convenience of users the command line release station client should be installed on all systems where printing from the terminal may be performed 17 6 Removing Print Limit Pro from a Linux server Print Limit Pro can be completely removed from a system with the following procedure 213 Print Limit Pro on Linux e Remove all files from the printlimit user s home directory e Remove the printlimit user account and home directory Remove any server start scripts matching etc init d printlimit etc rce d printlimit 17 7 Linux FAQ 17 7 1 Troubleshooting amp Installation Q
190. dministrators may be comfortable sharing this directory by hand editing the etc smb conf file The following configuration will share the directory in read only form pcclient path Applications Print Limit Pro client comment Print Limit Client public yes only guest yes read only yes e NFS a popular sharing method used for Linux Unix based workstations 20 Introduction 1 5 3 Testing It is now time to test the system Print a test document such as a web page or basic document Navigate to the printer section and select the Print Log tab Navigate to the Printers Print Log tab Your print job should now be listed in the log A eae N Your user account should also be charged an appropriate amount 1 5 4 What next This concludes the Quick Start Guide You may like to take some time to explore the fea tures of Print Limit Pro before continuing reading at Chapter 2 Implementation by Example or Chapter 3 Quick Tour Business users may be particularly interested in trying the popup client software as covered in Section 3 5 Client Software If desired the client software should also be deployed to other workstations This procedure is detailed in Section 4 2 User Client 21 Chapter 2 Implementation by Example Print Limit Pro is a feature packed application designed to meet the print management re quirements of all types of organizations It s unlikely that any single organiz
191. down to the Account Details section Click on the Restricted checkbox OD p PG oS Click on the Apply button to save the change A save success message will appear To increase a user s account balance by 10 00 Select the user from the list or enter the user name in the quick find Select the Adjustments and Charges tab Enter 10 00 in the adjustment field Enter a comment to associate with the transaction Click the Apply button of we NS Print LIMIt Pro sienos Uson adin itiha Loo UTE Groups Accounts Printers Reports Cards Options App Log About Location Users gt User List gt User Details Actions User Details Kate Lopresti lopresti x Delete user 5 Modify user s cred Detai Adjustments amp Charges Transaction History Print Histor Transaction Details J user s print fobs Current balance 10 00 Enter the adjustment amount to A Reset user s stati apply to this account A negative a e value subtracts from the account a Adjustment to apply deduction comments wil appear 10 00 in the transaction ist and are used to track the reason for the adjustment Comment Added 10 00 after cash payment Figure 3 8 Adjusting a user s credit up 10 00 To view a user s transaction and print history 1 Select the user from the list or enter the user name in the quick find 2 Select the Transaction History tab to view the user s transaction 3 Select the Print History tab to view the user s recent
192. e Save the change Pon In the server list on the left select your server expand and highlight the newly cre ated Print service on Select Queues from the toolbar Your newly installed printers should be listed 6 Select each printer and ensure that at least the IPP protocol is selected It may also be useful to enable LPR and expose via Bonjour Ensure Enforce Quotas for this queue is turned off as Print Limit Pro manages this Click the Save button or save when prompted ADO Server Admin macserver local Print Y SERVERS PERS O O Lie amp gt QB macserver papercutsoftware cor_OYeview Logs Job Status Queues Settings Name Kind AdminPrinter Generic PostScript Printer LibraryColorLaser Generic PostScript Printer Y amp macserver local Printer LibraryColorLaser Kind Generic PostScript Printer Sharing Name LibraryColorLaser Protocol iPP AppleTalk MPR FA Show name in Bonjour SMB Requires SMB service to be running on this server Quotas Enforce quotas for this queue Use the Workgroup Manager application to set up quotas for each user Cover Sheet None iH Le Le Stop Print_ Figure 19 2 Enable IPP on each queue via Server Admin 9 Restart the Print Service by pressing Stop Print followed by the Start Print Note In some cases we ve seen issues where server admin changes have not been immedi ately picked up If you suspect this and can afford the downtime schedule
193. e Server PCClient win share At the end of the in stall process the client will open asking the user to confirm their network identity See Section 4 2 User Client for more detail 18 2 2 2 Alternate Method 218 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks Adda generic LaptopUser or guest user account to the domain Make the password known to all users e g password e Set the unauthenticated option on this user enable popup authentication e Locally install client software using the client local install exe install program This is located on the Server PCClient win share At the end of the install pro cess the client will open asking the user to confirm their network identity See Sec tion A 5 User Client Options for details e Teach the user how to add a network printer pointing to server printer e See the preceding scenario for more detail 18 2 2 3 Other Methods 1 Use release station enabled globally at the print queue level See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 2 Consider configuring laptops to use domain authentication 18 2 3 Windows print server using LDAP or eDirectory authentication The Microsoft Windows operating system does not play well in non Active Directory do main environments such as LDAP or eDirectory Although it is possible to configure a Win dows print server on any network Windows does not normally provide the abi
194. e simple file sharing cannot be disabled forcing client machines to try to authenticate as the Guest user For this reason we do not recom mend the use of Windows XP Home in multi user environments Users may still authenticate with Print Limit Pro on Windows XP Home by entering their details into the User Client utility This is similar to how user authentication is performed with Mac clients For more information see Section 20 2 Option 2 Authenticating via popup Print Limit Pro offers a number of options for running and authenticating users in a work group The two common options are 20 1 Option 1 Common username and passwords on all systems This option is suitable for networks running Windows 2000 or Windows XP Pro 1 Nominate a system to host the printers and the Print Limit Pro server software Set up the printers and share with appropriate names Windows XP only Turn off simple file sharing by opening Windows Explorer select Tools Folder Options and un ticking the appropriate option on the View tab 249 Running in a Workgroup Environment Folder Options ax Generali View File Types Offine Files Folder views You can apply the view such as Details or Tiles that aH you are using for this folder to all folders HU a Advanced settings C Launch folder windows in a separate process A O Managing pairs of Web pages and folders Show and manage the pair as a single file Show both
195. e create a zip archive of the directory C Program Files Print Limit Pro or the equivalent path on Linux or Mac Run the installer downloaded in step 1 and install into the same location as the exist ing install After the install is complete log into the system and perform some tests to ensure all is working as expected and the system is monitoring user activity as expected 288 Appendix F Upgrading from Print Limit Standard This appendix describes the process for moving from Print Limit Standard to Print Limit Pro and includes instruction of importing user balances and restriction settings from the old Print Limit Standard installation These instructions assume that Print Limit Pro will be installed on the same machine as Print Limit Standard however the instructions can also be applied when Print Limit Pro is installed on a new machine F 1 Upgrade process F 1 1 Step 1 Stop and disable Print Limit Standard Firstly the Print Limit Standard services should be stopped to ensure that they do not inter fere with Print Limit Pro You should not uninstall Print Limit Standard at this stage be cause we need the user database to import user balances into Print Limit Pro To stop and disable the Print Limit Standard services 1 Open the Windows services manager Start gt Control Panel Administrative Tools Services Find the Print Limit Print Charging service Right click on the server and sele
196. e where no domain is present some additional configura tion may be required For more details see Chapter 20 Running in a Workgroup Environ ment Are printer s installed and hosted on this system Print Limit Pro needs to be installed on the system directly hosting the printer s The printer should be installed as a Local Print er with a connection method such as TCP IP Port LPR or JetDirect or directly connected to the system via USB or LPT Port In a multi user environment printers are often shared with other network users Other workstations should connect to these printers as Network Printers Ensure workstations are configured to print to the shared print queues For example a Windows workstation may connect to a printer via a path like samba_server printer Ensure that printers are configured correctly and work before installing Print Limit Pro a 3 meea Y Parallel Printer 2f gt AN A TE g mah avy mai Windows print server Windows Clients 9X NT 2000 Figure 1 5 Network printer configuration e Important If you are running the Print Limit Pro server or clients on Windows XP Professional or Home edition please see Appendix B Troubleshooting amp Technical FAQ s 1 4 1 2 Step 2 Print queue configuration When using release stations or account selection popups it is recommended to secure the print queue so that users do not have permission to pause r
197. e 19 18 The PCClient share s connection string Enter password information if requested 6 Drag the PCClient package over to the local hard disk s global Applications folder The copy process will commence 241 Mac Printing in Detail A iTunes T web 2 Work 06 Lingon J Mail i 2 Office 200 Test Drive gt OmniOutliner Name PCClient Kind Applicaton Size 1 8 MB on disk Show Package Contents Move to Trash Duplicate Make Alias Create Archive of PCClient Copy PCClient Color Label xeeceeee amp TextEdit 2 Utilities f loft Automator Enable Folder Actions Configure Folder Actions Figure 19 19 Command click and open the package 7 Command click on the newly copied PCClient application in the Applications direct ory Select Open Package Contents 8 Browser to Contents Resources 9 Double click on the install login hook command script 8 DD Macintosh Ho GR Desktop fi chris A Applications h Documents fi Movies amp music 3 P Pictures set permissions command pc dient mac command 1 of 7 selected 128 9 GB available Figure 19 20 Double click to install the login hook 10 Restart the system and verify the client starts on login Configure the popup settings 1 Log on to Print Limit Pro s administration interface as built in admin user 242 Mac Printing in Detail Select
198. e TCP IP Printing Services for Microsoft Windows and the LPR LPD support on the Mac print jobs can be identified on the server and associated with the user s login name This avoids the need for the popup authentication used in Scenario Two 19 2 3 1 Requirements 243 Mac Printing in Detail e Macs set up in multi user mode authenticating off a domain Either Active Directory or LDAP e Printers hosted on a Windows print server e The server needs the TCP Printing Services installed also known as Print Services for Unix 19 2 3 2 Installation On the server hosting the printers setup TCP IP Printing Log into the server as asystem administrator Select Control Panel Add Remove Programs Click on Add Remove Windows Components Select Other Network File and Print Services Pon gt Windows Components Wizard xj Windows Components You can add of remove components of Windows 2000 To add or remove component click the checkbox A shaded box means that only pat oithe component wall be installed To see what s included in a component cick Components 35 Management and Monitoring Tods 52MB a SB Message Queuing Services 26MB 36MB DOMB B M Remete Inatallainn Srevicns 174R Zl Description Shares fles and printers on this computer with others on the network Total disk space required 04MB Details Space available on disk 2427 0 MB _ Figure 19 23 Windows Component Other Network File and Print
199. e configured Log into the system as admin and verify that the printers are now listed under the Printers section Perform a multi page test print on each printer and verify that print jobs are tracked correctly 12 1 6 Automated Install The installation of the secondary server component on Windows systems can be auto mated This may be handy when the Print Provider component needs to be installed on a number of desktop systems running locally attached printers For more information see Section 12 6 Automating Secondary Server Deployment on Windows 12 2 Configuring a Macintosh Secondary Print Server This section describes the process of setting up a secondary Mac print server The primary Application Server may either be a Windows Mac or a Linux basis system Print Limit Pro has full support for mixed or heterogeneous printing environments 12 2 1 Step 1 Ensure primary server is set up correctly Before installing a secondary server you should take some time to ensure the primary serv er central application server is set up and running correctly If it is not running fine now adding an extra server will only add an extra variable to the equation and complicate troubleshooting Take some time now to verify that the primary server is functioning cor rectly For example verify that e Printers on this server are being tracked e Users are allowed top login to user pages from their workstations e Administrators can ac
200. e for each printer controlled by Print Limit Pro To ac cess the setting click on a printer from the Printers tab to bring up the Printer Details page Color detection mode This is a grayscale printer This i a color printer use standard detection This is a color printer use page evel detection Figure 6 10 The color detection setting for a printer This is a grayscale printer This option indicates that the printer is not capable of printing color documents so color detection should be bypassed This will ensure that the color page count for this printer is always zero This is a color printer use standard detection When this option is active documents are treated as being either grayscale where a print er s driver has set the grayscale flag or color This mode is available in almost all color printers and is the standard color detection method in Print Limit Pro Where users print documents containing both grayscale and color pages this option encourages users to use color printers only for their color printing 88 Advanced Printer Management This is a color printer use page level detection Page level color detection is a relatively new feature for Print Limit Pro introduced in November 2006 and continues to be under active development This feature scans each page of a document for traces of color The grayscale discount is applied to any grayscale pages and other pages are cha
201. e information 1 3 3 Three Shared Accounts Many organizations would like to track their printing on more than a per user level With the Shared Accounts feature users can allocate jobs to cost areas such as Faculties Depart ments Projects Clients Cost Centers or Pools Shared accounts are selected via a cus tomizable popup window Two popup window types are available e Standard A simple window design ideal for most users Advanced An advanced window design for the power user including features such as search preference list recent selections comment entry and invoicing options This is ideal for businesses including Engineering Law Accounting and Architecture Firms Access to accounts is control via integrated network group membership or optionally PIN s See Chapter 7 Shared Accounts for more information 1 3 4 Four Customizable Web Interface Did you know that the end user interface can be quickly customized to make it look like an official part of your organization s infrastructure With some simple HTML you can make Print Limit Pro end user interface look just like your existing web site or intranet site See Section 13 2 Customizing the User web pages for more information 1 3 5 Five XML Web Services and Command line Control It seems like everything these days is Web Services enabled Not to be outdone Print Lim it Pro exposes dozens of API s via secured XML Web Services This provides advanced admi
202. e matching groups has account selection popup settings the user will inherited the ON settings e If the user does NOT belong to any matching group they will inherit the settings applied to the special all users group E Tip To control when users are automatically created see Section 10 2 3 On De mand User Creation 5 4 Bulk User Operations A bulk user operation refers to an operation that is applied to more than one user This op eration was referred to in previous Print Limit releases as Group level functions Bulk user operations are best described by example John is a network administrator at a local high school A number of students from each year level have been placed on the school newspaper committee The head teacher has requested that John allocated an extra 10 00 of printing credit to these students The stu dents are all in a network group called NewspaperCommittee John performs this opera tion as follows Clicking the Bulk user actions link under the Users section Selecting NewspaperCommittee as the group to perform the action on Selecting the Adjust credit by option and entered 10 00 in the amount field Entering a transaction comment of extra allowance for newspaper committee role E a ad Clicking the OK button to apply the change 66 Advanced User Management Bulk user operations apply changes to all users matching the selected group and other cri teria Settings under
203. e registered This step is not required with the configure cups script because the script registers the printers automatically 5 The printers should now be registered Log into Print Limit Pro as admin and verify that the printers are now listed under the Printers section Verify that the test prints sent previously were tracked correctly To delete a printer 1 Double click on the configure cups script or manually edit printers conf and choose to disable monitoring on the printer s to delete 2 Ifthe printer data is no longer required for reporting purposes log into Print Limit Pro s admin interface and select the Printers section then click on the printer to be re moved and select Delete printer from the Actions list 3 Test the changes by printing to the deleted printer and ensuring the printer does not re register itself in the system If it does verify that it is not being monitored using configure cups 75 Advanced Printer Management 6 2 The Template Printer The Information Technology field is a rapidly moving environment Change is driven by two main forces e Business and end user requirements e Technology advances It is change that often consumes a network administrator s time Print Limit Pro endeavors to alleviate some of the more mundane tasks via automation The New User Initial Set tings section under Groups assists with the creation of new user accounts The addition of new printers although
204. e server data backups directory as a timestamped zipped XML file Start the process of synchronizing the sys tem s group membership with the OS Network Domain s group membership The call to this method will start the synchroniz ation process The operation will com mence and complete in the background Start a full user and group synchronization This is equivalent to pressing on the Syn chronize Now button in the admin user in terface The behavior of the sync process such as deleting old users is determined by the current system settings as defined in the admin interface A call to this method will commence the sync process and the operation will complete in the background An advanced version of the user and group synchronization process providing control over the sync behavior A call to this meth od will commence the sync process and the operation will complete in the background Calling this method will start a specialized user and group synchronization process optimized for tracking down and adding any 265 Tools Advanced Method Description new users that exist in the OS Net work Domain user directory and not in the system Any existing user accounts will not be modified A group synchronization will only be performed if new users are actually added to the system api getTaskStatus Return the status completed flag and a status message associated with a back grounded task such as a sync o
205. ection and support multiple connections 2 Configure a shared print queue In this setup only one system connects directly to the device e g a server and in turn the device is shared on the network via a print queue Other systems on the network print to the shared queue rather than directly to the device Option 2 is regarded as a better solution on multi user networks as it provides a higher level of scalability allows for centralized administration and allows administrators to move or remap devices without needing to propagate changes to workstations Print Limit Pro requires a shared print queue as it works by intercepting the jobs as they pass through the server s queue CUPS CUPS is the print queue system used by Mac This is the same queue system used by many other UNIX based platforms including popular Linux dis tributions Apple is a major supporter of CUPS 225 Mac Printing in Detail IP Printing This is a generic term used to describe a number of print proto cols that are used to exchange print documents between a computer a server queue or a physical printer Note This term is also occasionally used incor rectly to describe the JetDirect print protocol discussed below IPP This is an acronym for Internet Printing Protocol This is the native print protocol used by CUPS and hence the Mac It s a modern protocol designed to work well on modern networks including local networks or even over the inter n
206. ed This is useful for situations where a particular service is not suitable for exposing to the users For example some organiza tions may like to disable the ability for users to transfer funds Each service is discussed in the following sections 4 3 1 Summary This page provides a summary of the information most important for a user including their current balance a summary of their printing usage and a graph of their balance history Summary x Activity Balance history for tom 5 May 12 May 19 May 20 May Figure 4 11 A user s summary information 4 3 2 Environmental Impact One of the primary aims of Print Limit Pro is to reduce printing levels by changing a user s printing behavior Implementing monitoring quotas and charging are a good way of draw ing a user s attention to their habits The topic of the environment global warming and waste management is currently an area of debate and interest to many Highlighting the environmental aspects of their activities is another good way of modifying a user s behavi or The Environmental Impact section appears on the Summary page and provides the user with feedback on the environmental impact or footprint associated with their activities In formation presented includes an indication on how their printing equates to trees CO emissions and energy 57 Services for Users For more information about how these values are calculated see Section 10 7
207. ed on Windows add the printer using Samba e g A DeviceURI like smb linuxuser password servername printer Please refer to the CUPS or distribution documentation to read more how to add a CUPS printer using an smb backend Install client software as discussed in Chapter Section 4 2 1 3 Deployment on Linux and Unix If users login to the workstations using a username that matches their Active Directory password no additional client configuration is required If users log in using a generic or non matching account use command line options or the con fig properties file to force the client to display under the user s domain identity See Section A 5 User Client Options for more information 18 2 8 2 Other Methods Use release station enabled globally at the print queue level See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations Host printers on a CUPS server running on Linux Install Print Services for Unix on the Windows server and use a LPR rather than CUPS or CUPS with an LPR backend 18 2 9 Linux Workstations in a lab environment with printers hosted on Linux CUPS server Many network administrators running Linux labs may be most comfortable hosting the printers on a Linux server running CUPS For convenience CUPS is set up without au thentication 18 2 9 1 Preferred Method Set up CUPS print queues on a Linux server 222 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks e
208. ed will be dis played Perform some checks of the user balances and restricted statuses to ensure they are set to the values from Print Limit Standard If the Print Limit Pro server is not running on Windows the Print Limit Standard database converter can be run manually on a Windows system and the resulting text file can then be imported in a process similar to the above To convert the Print Limit Standard user database manually 290 Upgrading from Print Limit Standard 1 Copy the appdir server bin win PCQuotaExport exe file from the server running the non windows OS to the Windows machine running Print Limit Standard Copy the exporter to the Print Limit Standard database directory usually c Program Files Print Limit Database Open the command prompt by running cmd exe from Start gt Run Change to the Print Limit Standard database directory e g cd c Program Files Print Limit Database 4 Run the converter with the location of the PCUserDB mdb as the argument For ex ample PCQuotaExport exe PCUserDB mdb gt user export txt If running the exporter from a different directory to the database the full path to the database should be provided 5 The above command creates a text file called user export txt that contains the user data from Print Limit Standard The file can be opened in a text editor to review the contents 6 The file can then be imported into Print Limit Pro First log in
209. ee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 237 19 13 Mac popup authentication dialog requesting username and password 238 1914 Add a printer seia aneri ae eee ae e 239 19 15 Option click for advanced printer addition types ceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 240 19 16 Windows printer via SAMBA sssesseseeseesirsesssssersrrrrrrssssrsrnrrrnssssrsrrrrrrene 240 19 17 Connecting to a Windows server essssssssssssssssrrireresssrsrrrrrrssssrsrrrrrrent 241 19 18 The PCClient share s connection string seeesesesssesressessrsrrrssssrsrrrreren 241 19 19 Command click and open the package ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeteeeeeeeeeeeaes 242 19 20 Double click to install the login NOOK 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 242 19 21 Turning on popup authentication at the user level sessen 243 19 22 Print Limit Pro client requesting for authentication Sorry Windows screen SHOU cistern shaven et on reise raed eatin da pened aera chat etree Aes 243 19 23 Windows Component Other Network File and Print Service 0 244 19 24 Adda DIMOT ele kee iene aii eben AD ies 245 19 25 Adding an LPR LPD printer cece ee eeeeeeeeeeceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaaees 245 19 26 Connecting to a Windows server 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 246 19 27 The PCClient share s Connection String ccceeeeeeeeeeeee eae eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 246 19 28 Double click to i
210. eeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeees 81 6 6 2 Controlling documents on slow Inkjets ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 81 6 6 3 Automatically deleting duplicate jobs 1 0 0 ee eeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeees 82 6 6 4 Force sensible USC ceeececceeeeee ce eeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeneaaees 82 6 6 5 Automatically deny documents based on file extension or name 82 6 6 6 Control who can print in color Advanced s 83 6 6 7 Advanced Setups 0 ccececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaenteneeeees 83 6 7 ChArgeRAleS smilti oan a eA E EEE 83 6 8 Popup Authentication sssrinin ii iia NNE N NE 85 6 8 1 Where Popup authentication is used cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 85 6 8 2 How does popup authentication Work ccccsseeeeceeeeeeeeeaaeeees 85 6 8 3 CONMPIQUIPATION eet e cece eee ee cece ai a aa diii 86 6 9 Color Detection IDAE ES AE E ae eae nie eas 88 6 9 1 Limitations of Page Level Color Detection cccceeeeeeeeeeees 89 6 10 Printer Quick Reference ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 90 d Shared ACCOUNTS ciasne viv eeu e a tee tent lev Peden ae 92 7 1 Creating a Shared Account 0cccececeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaees 93 7 1 1 The Template ACCOUNT 20 0 ee cece eeeeeeee aa eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 95 7 2 Account Naming Guidelines 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 95 7 2 1 Client Matter Naming Model
211. eeeeeaaeeteneeeees 282 C 1 3 Microsoft Active Directory Defaults ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 283 D Capacity Planning cceccccceeeeeeeeeeeee ee eee eeeeeeeeee ee aeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 284 D 1 Database Sizing and Growth ceccceceeeeeee cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 284 D 1 1 Internal database growth 00 2 eeeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 284 D 1 2 SQL Server database growth c ceceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 285 D 1 3 Sample database growth calculation cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 286 D 2 Network Bandwidth Planning ccceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeees 287 D 2 1 Bandwidth Estimates 0 20 00 cceeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeees 287 E Upgrading From a Previous Version cccceeeeeenneeeeeenaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 288 E 1 The recommended upgrade procedure ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 288 F Upgrading from Print Limit Standard 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeneeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 289 F 1 Upgrade process cccccccceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeseaaeeeeseaaeeeessaaeeeeseagees 289 F 1 1 Step 1 Stop and disable Print Limit Standard ee 289 F 1 2 Step 2 Install Print Limit Pro c ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 289 F 1 3 Step 3 Configure and test printers cceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 289 F 1 4 Step 4 Import the existing User Balances
212. eeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 31 3 4 The crumb trail highlighting the location sssseesessssrrsessrrsssrrirssrrrnssrreens 32 3 5 A red status message indicating a validation error sssseesireesrrreeerreens 32 3 6 A field highlighted indicating a validation error ssseseeseerrssrrssssrrressrreeses 33 3 7 Application navigation tabs 2 0 eee eeeeeenneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaanees 33 3 8 Adjusting a user s Credit up 10 00 2 cecccccccccccccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeees 36 3 9 A 40 discount applied to double sided printing eceeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeees 37 3 10 Printer Filters and Restrictions ccceeeeceseeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 38 3 11 A printer disabled for THOU cs rasrecssreritess retiros rnn ets TAr ean EEan EnA ENEE ieia S 39 3 12 The user client displaying the Advanced Account Selection Popup 39 3 13 The user client 00 aieia aE cece ener cece etree E A AEE AEEA 41 3 14 User 30 day account balance history 0 0 0 eee cece ee neeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 42 3 15 Printer utilization Chart serhan eee EEE EEEE EAEE AREE 43 3 16 Print page history for a single printer cece cece ee neeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaee ees 43 3 17 Printer report PDF Gresie terian EA E 44 3 18 PrinteruSage lo istika ENA ANEREN UAE KIEA EAE VE ASAAN EEN INAT 45 3 19 User account transaction log esinaise ieriee i koii iva kueka nay 45 4 1 The User
213. eeeeeeees 123 8 5 The Scheduled Reports page cccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeees 124 9 1 The Standard Release Station ccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeees 128 9 2 Web based release station Manager mode ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 129 9 3 Web based release station within the admin pages eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 129 9 4 End user web based interface listing held jobs 130 9 5 All documents easily identifiable by document and machine name 133 9 6 End user web based release interface Options eeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 139 10 1 User group synchronization Options ceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 141 10 2 Progress of a user group synchronization Process sseeeeeeseeeeeeeaneeees 142 10 3 On demand user creation options cceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeteeeeeeeeeeeaaa 145 10 4 The list of users and groups granted admin ACCESS ceeeeeeeeeeeeee enters 148 10 5 The list of users and groups granted admin ACCESS eceeeeeeteeeeeee anette 148 10 6 Options for a single system notification 2 0 00 cece ee eeeeee eset eee eeteeeeeeeeeeeaas 153 10 7 Printer error notification settings eee eeeeeenneeee cena eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 156 10 8 Error level event notification settings 00 0 eee ceeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 157 10 9 Draw a user s
214. eeeeeeees 183 13 4 1 Plain Text Print LOQ sesiis aa ea 183 13 5 Automation and Scripting ecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 184 13 6 Custom User Directory Information Providers cceseseeeeeeeeees 185 14 Licensing and Support 0ccceceeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 186 14 1 Installing a LICENSE aieia riian eae ieia eeee cena EE NIV 186 14 2 Technical Support amp Further Information c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeees 186 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS 0 ceececseeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 187 TSI OVERVICW Sot cee ccet stead Se eal oe a aut heat Ate amen tessa RM Saad kat 187 15 1 1 Why use an external RDBMS cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 187 15 1 2 Supported Databases cccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaenees 187 15 2 Upsizing to an External RDBMS 0 c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeneeeeeeees 187 15 2 1 Step 1 Stop the Print Limit Pro application ceee 188 15 2 2 Step 2 Perform a backup of the existing data ee 188 15 2 3 Step 3 Create a new database in the external RDBMS 188 15 2 4 Step 4 Change the Print Limit Pro connection details 189 15 2 5 Step 5 Initialize the new database cceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 191 15 2 6 Step 6 Load the data into the new database 191 15 2 7 Step 7 Restart t
215. eeees 162 Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 11 3 1 Overview and Definitions ccc ce eeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 162 11 3 2 Using the Card Wizard 0 0 0 cece ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 163 11 353 PrintGard TIPS iiai nenia hee leant 167 TA USing a Gard MA a E E lala eene na aves alain a et vee 169 12 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers 171 12 1 Configuring a Windows Secondary Print Server a se 171 12 1 1 Step 1 Ensure primary server is set up correctly 0 171 12 1 2 Step 2 Ensure firewall software is set to allow access to port 9191 Seen facts tte Mathers ciate eect katt cen na iia ener Deh Os aos cl 171 12 1 3 Step 3 Install the print provider ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeees 171 12 1 4 Step 4 Configuration 2 2 0 0 ceeeeeeeee seas aa eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 172 124 52St6p 5 gt TOS incest e a e ive AEn 172 12 1 6 Automated Install 0 eee ena ene eiS 172 12 2 Configuring a Macintosh Secondary Print Server a e 172 12 2 1 Step 1 Ensure primary server is set up correctly 0 172 12 2 2 Step 2 Ensure firewall software is set to allow access to port 9191 Ait aa end ieee een Le ee Li 172 12 2 3 Step 3 Create the host user ACCOUNT 00 2 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 173 12 2 4 Step 4 Install the print provider ceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeees 173 12 2 5 Step 5 Configuration
216. efault It brings Print Limit Pro one step closer to the Zero administration goal It is recommended the administrators take a few minutes to configure the template printer on any network of more than 100 users 3 Printer List Printers Notification Optor Quick find Go Figure 6 1 The Template Printer 76 Advanced Printer Management 6 3 Copying Printer Settings Another way to quickly configure printers and have a consistent charging policy is to copy printer settings costs filters etc from one printer to another ig Warning Copying settings to printers is a one way operation and cannot be undone Al ways carefully consider the operation before proceeding If you are unsure of the function or behavior performing a backup prior to undertaking the opera tion is advised To copy printer settings from one printer to another 1 Navigate to the Printers tab N Select the printer you wish to copy the printer settings from The Printer Details screen appears Click the Copy settings to other printers action link Choose which settings to copy There is a choice of the cost and the filter settings Select the printers to copy the settings to oo e w Press Copy to perform the copy Copy printer settings Source p 7 5 Copy settings from Select the printer and type of a TTT nan information to copy waglus 101 Microsoft Office Document Image Whiter ca Copy cost settings z Copy
217. elete old logs delete old log data transaction print app log etc db tools is a command line application accessed via the Command Prompt on Win dows or a Command Shell e g bash or a terminal on Linux and Mac Example use on the Apple Mac cd Applications Print Limit Pro server bin mac db tools import db f Users bob printlimit backup zip db tools needs exclusive access to the database It is important that any Print Limit Pro services and processes are stopped before executing any commands Failure to do so will result in a database in use error message The db tools command is a powerful low level utility and its use on a production system should be carefully considered The avail able commands are discussed in detail below A 2 1 export db Command The export db command exports the data from the database The application server must be stopped before performing the export The syntax and options for the export db com mand are usage db tools export db options d dir lt dir gt Exports the database to the given directory f file lt file gt Exports the database to the given file h help Displays this help If no options are specified then the database export file is created in the appdir server data backups directory and the file is named export date time zip The dir option is used to override the default backup directory The filename will still be named export date time zip
218. en this schema type can be used The following defaults are used Config name Default value Idap schema user name field uid Idap schema user full name field cn Idap schema user email field mail Idap schema user name search uid 0 Idap schema group name tfield cn Idap schema group member field memberUid Idap schema group search memberUid 0 Idap schema posix groups y Table C 2 Unix NIS LDAP default settings C 1 2 Novell eDirectory Defaults If the LDAP server is a Novell eDirectory then the following defaults are used Config name Default value Idap schema user name field cn Idap schema user full name field fullName Idap schema user email field mail Idap schema user name search amp cn 0 objectClass person Advanced LDAP Configuration Config name Default value Idap schema group name tield cn Idap schema group member field member Idap schema group search amp member 0 objectClass group OfNames Idap schema posix groups N Table C 3 Novell eDirectory LDAP default settings C 1 3 Microsoft Active Directory Defaults If the LDAP server is a Microsoft Active Directory then the following defaults are used Config name Default value Idap schema user name field sAMAccountName Idap schema user full name field displayName Idap schema user email field mail Idap schema user name search amp SAMAccountName 0 objectCat egory person object
219. ences area and select Printing 230 Mac Printing in Detail Authenticated as chris to local directory Local Default C N I Preferences Qr Name Contains Overview Details Grouphame acio MM _quest 201 S papercut 101 S Students 1025 S Teachers 1026 Select one or more accounts and then click a preference below Preference is being managed for the selected accounts Preference is being managed for some of the selected accounts 1 of 4 groups selected Figure 19 4 Printing settings via the Workgroup manager Select Manage Always and add printer s set up in step 1 immo 3 Qr Name Contains Group Name CID S _quest 201 S papercut 101 Available S Students 1025 rie M Teachers 1026 li braryColorLaser Open Printer esp see ran ine l Allow user to modify the printer list Mac OS X v10 4 or earlier M Allow printers that connect directly to user s computer Require an administrator password CRever Cheni now 1 of 4 groups selected Figure 19 5 Add printer appropriate to the container users group or computer 231 Mac Printing in Detail 7 Save settings and exit e g click Done 8 Log onto another workstation and confirm that printer settings are being published as expected e Only publish the printer configuration after it s been tested e If you have problems with the manufacturer supplied driver try the Generic Postscript Printer
220. eneration process 11 3 2 8 Step 8 Printing Cards A new Microsoft Word document will open listing all 100 cards The cards are standard business card size suitable for printing on heavy paper and cutting with a paper cutter For a professional look consider forwarding a PDF version to your local printing shop See Section 11 3 3 PrintCard Tips for more ideas PrintCard PrintCard Value 10 00 Value 10 00 P 0503 0200 SAMPLE ONLY 8399 P 0503 3219 SAMPLE ONLY 0695 Valid Until December 31 2005 Valid Until December 31 2005 A PrintCard A PrintCard Value 10 00 Value 10 00 P 0503 5211 SAMPLE ONLY 3695 P 0503 6212 SAMPLE ONLY 0685 Valid Until December 31 2005 Valid Until December 31 2005 Figure 11 4 Cards ready for printing 11 3 2 9 Step 9 Importing The final step is to activate the cards by importing the number definition file in the Print Limit Pro admin section 1 Navigate to the Card section 2 Select the Import New Cards action 3 Click the Browse button and locate the number definition file as saved in step 5 166 PrintCards above 4 Click the Upload button Print Limit Pro css Users Groups User admin Help Logout Location Cards gt PrintCard Management Actions GP Import Q i 2 Dele a Delete used m 2 Dele o m O o m v Show Filter lt lt lt 12342 22 Card Number y P 0602 9999 9434 7 198 0076 P 0602 9
221. eps required to configure and manage a queue 9 1 Release Station Interfaces Print Limit Pro includes four different interfaces to manage hold release queues Three of these are variations of a web based interface and one is a software version that is typically used for dedicated release stations These interfaces are described below 9 1 1 Standard Release Station The standard release station is typically used on dedicated workstations located near by the printers It usually runs in a full screen mode that cannot be exited The release station can be run in a number of modes that changes its behavior depending on your needs These modes are described in Section 9 3 3 1 Release Station Modes For more information regarding deployment of the Standard Release Station see the appdir release README txt file For information regarding configuration of the Standard Release Station see Section 9 3 3 Standard Release Station Configuration The release station scenarios below describe which mode to use for different situations 127 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations amp Print Release Station Cancel All Refresh RQ Eres YIEE Time User Document Printer Machine Cost Pages Action 15 09 41 kelly http www slashdot org Win2003 HP Laser WinXP 88 00 176 Print Cancel 15 09 41 kelly Microsoft Word Docu linuxserver John s P My Computer 96 00 96 Print Cancel gt 15 09 41
222. er e cece eeeeeeneeeeeeecaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 59 4 16 A user s recent balance transactions ceeeececeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 59 4 17 Auser s recent printing 2 2 2 0 cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeesseaeeeessanees 60 4 18 The user s view of jobs pending release 00 cece eect eeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 60 5 1 AdGING rEMOVING GrOUPS 000 cece ceeee eee eeeeeeeeee cents iR EEKi EN ERES KEREN AKAPEEA 62 5 2 The Group Details screen 00 2 cece ceeeceeeeeeeceae cents eeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeees 63 5 3 Initial settings applied tO NEW users oo cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 65 5 4 Setting a user s overdraft to 20 00 ceeeeececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 68 xi Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 5 5 User printing disabled using a time latch eee cece cneeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 71 6 1 The Template Printer ccceceeeeee ce E ee ee A E ER EAR 76 6 2 Copy settings from one printer to Others cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeneeeeeeees 77 6 3 Printer disabled using a tiMe latCh eee cece eee eeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 78 6 4 Advanced differential charging example ce eeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 80 6 5 Some of the available printer filters and restrictions cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 81 6 6 Three charge rates defined at the print
223. er lt current_username gt lt new_username gt Rename the given existing user Use this method with care Renaming a user should be performed in conjunction with renaming the user in the OS Network Domain lt current_username gt the name of the user to rename lt new_username gt the user s new nam delete existing user lt username gt Delete a user account from the system Use this method with care Calling this will perminantly delete the user account from the user list print history records remain lt username gt the user s system username list user accounts List the names of all the user accounts in the system sorted by username one per lin shared account exists lt account_name gt Test to see if a shared account exists lt account_name gt the shared account name to test get shared account account balance lt account_name gt Get shared account s current account balance lt account_name gt the shared acount s full name get shared account property lt account_name gt lt property gt Gets a shared account property lt account_name gt the name of the user lt property gt the name of the property to get Valid properties include access groups the shared account s access groups a comma separated list access users the shared account s access users a comma separated list balanc the shared account s current balance comment option the shared account
224. er level eee eeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeees 84 6 7 Charge rates displayed in the Advanced Client Popup ccsseeeeeeaneeees 84 6 8 Turning on popup authentication at the user level cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 86 6 9 Print Limit Pro client requesting for authentication 1 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 86 6 10 The color detection setting for a printer ee eeee cece eeee tree ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 88 7 1 Selecting a shared account with the User Client popup eeseeeeeeeeeees 93 7 2 Creating a Shared account cceeeeeeeeeee ee aeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 94 Le The template lt aCCOUNL j ss sccldecustdecoteseelcccteadicertaeeddevendducotuseedcovteedseovtadehdeveses 95 7 4 Template ACCOUNT settings 2 2 cece eee ence cece ee eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeees 95 7 5 Client Matter Naming Model example ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaenteeeeeees 96 7 6 Searching accounts by client name in the client matter code naming model 97 7 7 Searching accounts by client code in the client matter code naming model 98 7 8 Searching accounts by matter name in the client matter code naming model 99 7 9 Searching accounts by matter code in the client matter code naming model 100 7 10 Project Phase Naming Model example cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 101 7 11 Searching accounts by project name or number in the p
225. er user Figure 7 21 Configuration allowing only selection of other user accounts Print Job Notification br Print Job Notification A Confirm the print and select the print action Print job details Document name Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation Printer inuxserver Canon 8J 2000 Cost 0 93 Pages 93 Print job actions C Perform print as another user Username chris Password IIIT Figure 7 22 Popup requesting the user to enter their username and password 7 6 Batch Shared Account Import and Update The batch import and update feature allows the administrator to import accounts and op tionally update existing account details by reading data from a simple text file or directory structure In addition to being able to create accounts it enables administrators to update the following account data e Account Name e Enabled disabled status e Account PIN Code e Credit balance e Restriction status e Users allowed to use the account e Groups allowed to use the account e Invoicing options e Comment options 112 Shared Accounts e Notes Examples of where the batch import feature is useful include e When importing account and balance data from another external system e g a project management or accounting system e To reset the account balances at the end of a billing period year term semester e To bulk update the users and groups who are allowed to use access the accounts security To
226. erdraft can be defined at two levels 1 Globally as a default affecting all users and shared accounts 2 Onan individual user or account basis The default overdraft is zero This can be changed by Options General Account Options Default overdraft limit Optionally a separate overdraft can be applied to an individual user or shared account using the following procedure 1 Click on the Users section 2 Select the user 3 Ensure the account is set as Restricted 67 Advanced User Management 4 Inthe Overdraft field select the option Individual overdraft 5 Enter a positive value in the adjacent overdraft balance field 6 Click Apply to save the changes Balance 1 70 adiust E Restricted Overdraft Individual overdraft v 20 00 Figure 5 4 Setting a user s overdraft to 20 00 5 6 Batch User Import and Update The batch import and update feature allows the administrator to import users user informa tion and optionally update existing users details by reading data from a simple text file In addition to being able to create users it enables administrators to update the following user data e Credit balance e Restriction status e Full name e Email address Department Office e Card ID Number e Card ID PIN e Notes Examples of where the batch user import feature is useful include e To set the user email addresses that are stored in another system like a student man agement
227. erformed and verified before proceeding further 1 4 3 2 Step 2 Creating the host user account Print Limit Pro runs and installs under a non privileged user account called printlimit The installation location for the application is the printlimit user s home directory Create a user account on this system called printlimit This is usually done by logging in as root and at the command prompt entering shell gt useradd d home printlimit printlimit The syntax for useradd and groupadd may differ slightly on different versions of Linux They may also be called adduser and addgroup The user s home directory the a option denotes the install location home printlimit is the recommended location Administrators may however also con sider alternate install locations depending on personal preference Alternates including e usr local printlimit opt printlimit e Important This quick start guide assumes the install location is home printlimit If an alternate home location is defined some of the paths listed in subsequent sections will require modification 1 4 3 3 Step 3 Download and installing Print Limit Pro is supplied as a self extracting and self installing archive The installation is done under the rights of the newly created printlimit and temporary root access will be required Please have the root password handy Administrators who are after a de tailed explination of the install process should al
228. esume documents in the queue This allows Print Limit Pro to have full control of documents without interference from users To do this 11 Introduction 1 Log onto the server hosting the printers as an Administrator 2 Open the printer configuration screen Start Printers 3 Right click a printer and select Properties 4 Select the Security tab 5 Select the CREATOR OWNER user and uncheck the Manage Documents permis sion See Figure 1 6 Configuring Windows print queue permissions 6 Press the OK button 7 Perform these steps for each of the monitored printers 5 HP LaserJet 6MP Properties og General Sharing Ports Advanced Securty Device Settings Group or user names CB Administrators MAESTRO Administrators CREATOR OWNER Everyone g Power Users MAESTRO Power Users Pennissions for CREATOR OWNER Allow Dery Print 0 o Manage Printers gp gp Hrage Documents E DD is Special Permissions For special permissions or for advanced settings dick Advanced Ahanced canei _ Figure 1 6 Configuring Windows print queue permissions 1 4 1 3 Step 3 Download and install Print Limit Pro is supplied as a standard Windows setup exe install program The latest version may be downloaded from http Awww genevalogic com After the download is com plete run the setup wizard as an administrator level user A system restart is usually not required but administrators are advised to perform
229. et or a WAN LPR LPR LPD is the traditional UNIX based print protocol JetDirect Socket This is a very simple print protocol used to transmit print jobs to a physical printer on a TCP network The printer simply accepts con nections on port 9100 In Windows this print protocol is often referred to as a Standard TCP IP Port and in some cases generally as IP Printing Al most all network printers support this method Bonjour Printing This is not a print protocol but instead is a way of publish ing printers on a network so workstations can locate the device queue Where possible we have designed Print Limit Pro to work with all print protocols however we do recommend some over others The following setup procedure highlights methods that have shown to work in most environments The Print Limit Pro compatible setup procedure can be summarized as follows 1 Step 1 Install the printers on the server using a compatible driver 2 Step 2 Enable Printer Sharing 3 Step 3 Set up the printers on the workstations to point to the server s shared queue Each one of these steps is discussed in detail below 19 1 1 Step 1 Installing the printers on the server Install the printer on the system running Print Limit Pro using a compatible driver For ex ample a driver supplied by Apple or the manufacturer If there is a choice of driver opt for a Postscript or PPD based driver Follow the manufacturer s suggested setup procedure If the manuf
230. eta2 HP Laserjet 6P 6MP PostScript HP Laserjet 8000 Series ie HP Laserjet 8100 Series More Printers Figure 19 25 Adding an LPR LPD printer 7 Define a user friendly name in the Name field and select the printer type 8 Click the Add button 9 Repeat for other printers as necessary To install the Print Limit Pro client software 1 Open the Finder 2 From the Go menu select Connect to Server 245 Mac Printing in Detail w Window Help Back I Enclosing Folder xt Computer oc Home OHH Network ORK J iDisk gt A Applications oxa for 3 Utilities oxu Recent Folders gt Go to Folder ORG Figure 19 26 Connecting to a Windows server Enter the pcclient share s connection details like smb server_name pcclient Where server_name is the name of the server hosting the Print Limit Pro server soft ware eeo Connect to Server Server Address smb 192 168 1 50 pcclient LO Favorite Servers Figure 19 27 The PCClient share s connection string Enter password information if requested Drag the PCClient package over to the local hard disk s global Applications folder The copy process will commence Control click on the newly copied PCClient application in the Applications directory Select Show Package Contents Browse to Contents Resources Double click on the install login hook command script 246 Mac Printing in Detail
231. f an architectural plan printed on draft quality paper may be charged at 50 normal rate Ad hoc discounting for selected customers circumstances Charge Rates are defined at the printer level that is the list of rates can vary depending 83 Advanced Printer Management on the target printer selected The rates are defined in the format Ratel 100 Rate2 150 Rate3 75 A comma separated list of rates in the format of Name and Rate separated by a colon A rate above 100 will add a premium to a job while one below 100 will discount the job accordingly The first rate listed in the default rate and is automatically selected in the Ad vanced Client Popup V Enable charge rates Charge rates Default 100 Discounted 50 Premium 150 The user must run the popup in advanced mode to access charge rates Format rate 1 100 rate2 120 Figure 6 6 Three charge rates defined at the printer level Pr Print Job Notification fe Confirm the print and select the print action Print job detas Document name Chapter 7 Shared Accounts Printer maestro Brother HL 2700CN Color PS Pages 4 Cost 0 40 Charge rate Photo Paper 200 0 All Accounts aft Paper 80 0 O Standard Paper 100 0 Search ransparency 130 0 account Marine park lobby Tortoise training wheels Wombat colocation ooon Distributer contacts General 00004 001 Intelectual property 00004 010 00001 Audt 00001 002 E
232. f letters and numbers The Alphanumeric format is a little less secure due to the reduced number of possible permutations however it does offer a shorter more convenient entry format Ay PrintLimit PrintCard Creation Wizard xj Batch ID Allocate a unique ID to this batch of cards Please allocate a batch ID to this card run ovals Oe es eras card use and sale Using yout organization s acronym combined year month combination is good practice Al cards in this batch are prefived with this batch ID Batch ID K Tip If you sell cards at mukiple locations consider using different batch ID to track the ongin Use a different batch run with different ID for each sale location cao EH een Figure 11 1 Entering a batch ID 11 3 2 4 Step 4 Card Attributes Ensure that the number of cards is set up to 100 and the value of each card is 10 00 By default the valid till date is set 6 months in the future We recommend defining an appropri ate date that corresponds to a fixed event such as the end of the year budget year term or semester 164 PrintCards kul PrintLimit PrintCard Creation Wizard x Card Attributes Select the number of cards and thair value Enter the number of cards to produce the card value and thew expiry date Number of cards fioo Value 10 00 Expe Date 2 10 2006 daj em Figure 11 2 Defining a valid till date 11 3 2 5 Step 5 Design To produce
233. field The LDAP field that contains the user s full name Idap schema user email field The LDAP field that contains the user s email address Idap schema user name search The LDAP search to retrieve the user The 0 in the search is replaces with when listing all users and username when searching for a specific user If no search is defined the default is userNameField 0 Idap schema group name field The LDAP field that contains the group s name Idap schema group member field The LDAP field that contains the group members Idap schema group search The LDAP search to retrieve the group The 0 in the search is replaced with for all group searches If no search is defined the default is groupMemberField 0 which means get all entries with at least one member Idap schema posix groups If y then the group member field contains 281 Advanced LDAP Configuration Config name Description the user s username If N then the group member field contains the user s DN Table C 1 LDAP Config entries C 1 LDAP Server Default Configuration When a particular LDAP server type is selected e g Novell eDirectory Print Limit Pro uses the following defaults to query the LDAP server These defaults can be used as a starting point for customizing the LDAP searches or for supporting other server types C 1 1 Unix NIS Defaults If the LDAP server is configured to support Unix based authentication th
234. fine fonts colors and sizes If the header include file exists the HTML in the header area of the pages is replaced with the contents of the file header inc If the footer include file exists the HTML in the footer area of the page is replaced with the contents of the file OOS 4 Sine login logo png If this file exists the logo on the web based login page is replaced with the supplied im age The file should be an image of size 250px by 64px in PNG format Table 13 2 Files used to customize the user web pages Any custom content placed in appdir server custom web such as ad ditional images can be accessed via a URL beggining with custom For ex ample if a file named header jpeg is placed in appdir server custom web it can be accessed via the URL custom header jpeg 13 3 Customizing Report Headers The standard Print Limit Pro report header logo can be replaced with an alternate image This can be used to include an organization logo and address for example which may be useful when attaching reports to customer invoices or just to make reports look more pro fessional 182 Advanced Customization Joe s Widgets Group list PO Box 123 Sometown G Schedule Period All Users 40 00 Yes 0 00 None Building 201 10 00 Yes 0 00 None Office Staff 100 00 No 0 00 None Figure 13 4 Example custom report header usage To use a custom report header logo place an image at app dir
235. fiter settings Target Select the printers that the above information should be copied to Please be careful as the operation is not reversible To printers Template w us 101 1 Step RoboPOF wgus 101 Adobe PDF wgus 101 Fax wgus 101 Intuit Internal Printer wlus 101 Microsoft Office Document Image Writer w us 101 PDF XChange 3 0 wQlus 101 Snaglt 7 CS CSCS iS o Copy Cancel Figure 6 2 Copy settings from one printer to others 6 4 Disabling printers with time latches A new feature introduced in Print Limit Pro is time latch based locks Time latches allow a printer to be disabled for a predetermined amount of time After the disable time has ex 77 Advanced Printer Management pired the printer is re enabled without the need for manual intervention Some examples of where time latches may be useful include Printer maintenance A printer may be consistently jamming and require maintenance The administrator can lock the printer for 24 hours until the maintenance is performed Users receive a notification message if they try to use the locked printer e Classroom management in schools A teacher may wish to disable printer use to force students to focus on their work for the duration of the class The printer can be locked for the duration of the class After the class has finished the printer is re enabled auto matically ready for the next class The disable option is located on each printer u
236. for some environments For example Windows XP Home edition has a limitation that ensures that all users list as guest when printing to a remote printer This limitation can be worked around with popup authentication 1 Nominate a system to host the printers and the Print Limit Pro server software 2 Windows XP only Turn off simple file sharing by opening Windows Explorer select 250 Running in a Workgroup Environment Tools Folder Options and un ticking the appropriate option on the View tab Folder Options ax General View Fie Types Offine Files Folder views You can apply the view such as Details or Tiles that you are using for this folder to all folders fH Advanced settings C Launch folder windows in a separate process A Managing pairs of Web pages and folders Show and manage the pair as a single file Show both parts and manage them individually Show both parts but manage as a single fie V Remember each folders view settings C Restore previous folder windows at logon C Show Control Panel in My Computer Show encrypted or compressed NTFS files in color Figure 20 2 Turn off simple file sharing On the nominated host system ensure that the Guest account is disabled To do this on a system running Windows XP a Open the Local Users screen Start Control Panel Administrative Tools Computer Management Local Users and Groups gt Users b Right click on the Gue
237. for users e Controlling user restriction levels e Managing shared accounts The server command program is a command line tool It accepts the commands as argu ments and outputs the results of the command on the console standard out For security reasons only users with read access to the server properties normally only the Ad ministrators group have rights to execute the commands Typical use on a Windows system Add 10 00 to a user named testuser C gt cd app dir server bin win C gt server command adjust user account balance testuser 10 00 Added 10 00 to your account 253 Tools Advanced Note backslash indicates text should be on the same line A 1 1 Available Commands A full list of commands is available via server command help Usage COMMAND ARGS COMMANDS server command COMMAND ARGS The server command name A list of arguments to supply to the command user exists lt username gt Test to see if a user exists th lt username gt usernam get user account balance lt username gt S Get a user s current to test account balance lt username gt E the us user property lt user Gets a user property name gt r s username lt username gt th nam of the u lt property gt balanc e th the nam user s of curre card number t th N user s c lt property gt
238. g a weekly backup The backup file is in the following directory app dir server data backups The weekly backups are performed at 20 minutes past midnight on Sunday morning or as otherwise defined by the schedule weekly config key E Tip In accordance with backup best practice the above directory should be regu larly backed up to offline media e g tape CD or remote server This will al low the data to be restored in the case the server hard drive is corrupted An example backup script called copy backups to remote server bat found at app path server examples scripting batch may help administrators automate the process of maintaining an off disk copy On larger networks it may be desirable to perform backups more frequently than the in built once a week period The server command tool may be used to execute the backup task at other times Simply write a script e g batch file to execute server command perform online backup Schedule the script to run at the desired intervals More information on server command is available in Section A 1 Server Commands server command 10 4 1 Performing an Online Backup In addition to the automated weekly backups it is also possible to manually initiate a backup This might be useful to back up the system before performing an upgrade To per form a manual backup 1 Navigate to the Options gt Backups page Press the Backup Now button A window will open
239. g tools that come with Print Limit Pro Using these tools has been discussed throughout this manual however this provides a reference guide to these tools and their use A Caution The advanced tools provided with Print Limit Pro are very powerful and offer opportunities for all manner of customizations and enhancements However if used incorrectly these tools could lead to unexpected results Many of the ad vanced tools are written for software and script developers It is expected that readers intending to use advanced tools are comfortable with using the com mand prompt and developing system management and server monitoring pro grams A 1 Server Commands server command The server command tool provides access to dozens of server operations ranging from user management system maintenance account manipulation and printer control The server command tool is ideal for controlling the Print Limit Pro Application Server via the command line or automating via scripts Some examples of how an Administrator may choose to use the server commanad tool Scheduling of online backups and data snapshots e Scheduling user and or group synchronization tasks e Automating the addition of new users after the accounts are added to the network e Performing account transactions such as adding funds quota to user accounts e Automating user account creation using custom scripts e Disabling Enabling printers e Disabling Enabling printing
240. ge 11 4 Using a Card The following information should be distributed to end users for example via the Print Policy page on your organization s Intranet site To redeem a PrintCard 1 Purchase a card from the appropriate person or place The network administrator cre ates cards specific for your organization In schools cards are often sold at the library general office or school cafeteria Open a web browser and navigate to the Print Limit Pro user login page After logging in your account status should display Click on the Redeem Card link on the left hand navigation bar Enter the Card Number in the Card Number box and press Redeem Card Take care to enter the number exactly as listed including any dashes If the card s number is valid the credit as listed on the card will be transferred to your account and this will list in your transaction history 169 PrintCards Print Limit Logged in as lopresti Use Card Use Card Enter the Card number and press the Use Card button NOTE All requests to use a cards are logged Figure 11 8 Using a card 170 Chapter 12 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers This section covers the setup of a secondary print server in Quick Start format For a de tailed explanation of the underlying technology and what s happening behind the scenes see the subsequent sections A secondary print server is a system t
241. hared queues on the workstations 229 19 1 4 Publishing the printer via Workgroup Manager n se 230 19 1 5 Unauthenticated systems e g Laptops 0 00 eeeeeeeeeeees 232 ix Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 19 2 Windows hosted print QUCUES cceeeeeeeeeeeeee ae eeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 233 19 2 1 Scenario One My Own Mac Single User eessen 234 19 2 2 Scenario Two The Multi User Mac with Popup Authentication 237 19 2 3 Scenario Three Multi user Macs using LDAP or Active Directory AUTH SALCALON sii tis ea een aed aad hice O E 243 19 2 4 Scenario Four Mac OS X Server ccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaae 247 19 2 5 Additional information and tipS ceceeeeeeeseeeeeeaaeeeeeeaneeees 247 20 Running in a Workgroup Environment ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 249 20 1 Option 1 Common username and passwords on all systems 249 20 2 Option 2 Authenticating Via POPUP c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaes 250 A Tools Advanced seene iren eeen ne eenen ee A A ie 253 A 1 Server Commands Server COMMANA ceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 253 A 1 1 Available Commands cccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 254 A 2 Database Tool Ab t0OIS saree essiri geni roueni cena eeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeees 259 A 2 1 export db Command ccceeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 260 A 2 2 import db Comman
242. hat directly hosts a printer In many situations it may be a dedicated server however a secondary server may also be a desktop system hosting a directly attached USB printer If this printer is to be controlled and tracked by Print Limit Pro a small monitoring component needs to be installed The monitoring component inter cepts the local printing and reports this use back to the primary Application Server A sec ondary server may either be 1 A server style system hosting many printers 2 Adesktop style system hosting printer s also shared to other network users 3 Adesktop style system with the printer used only for local users not shared The monitoring service is also referred to as a Print Provider as its task is to provide in formation back to the main Application Server The process of setting up a secondary print server depends on the operating system Read the section appropriate to the required operating system 12 1 Configuring a Windows Secondary Print Server This section describes the process of setting up a secondary Windows print server 12 1 1 Step 1 Ensure primary server is set up correctly Before installing a secondary server you should take some time to ensure the primary serv er central application server is set up and running correctly If it is not running fine now adding an extra server will only add an extra variable to the equation and complicate troubleshooting Take some time now to verify that the pr
243. he Print Limit Pro application server 192 15 3 Database specific Configuration e eee eeeeeenteeeeeecaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 192 viii Print Limit Pro 8 0 User Manual 15 3 1 Configuring Microsoft SQL Express 2005 ccceeeceeeseeeeees 192 15 3 2 Configuring Oracle and Oracle Express Edition 0 194 16 Microsoft Cluster Environment ccceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 195 16 4 About Clustering Ai is v treiee A tiie he a ae A eee ey 195 16 2 Microsoft Cluster Server ccceeceeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 195 16 2 1 Mode 1 Clustering at the Print Provider layer 08 195 16 2 2 Mode 2 Clustering at all application layers eeeeee 198 16 2 3 Clustering TIPS ee cece ee ceee cece ae eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaes 200 16 3 Veritas Cluster Server 0 cceccceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 201 16 3 1 Mode 1 Clustering at the Print Provider layer 008 201 16 4 Client Workstation Configuration cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeneeeees 204 17 Print limit Pro On LINUR sessa Bieter E E anaes 205 17 1 The Installation ProCeSs isre eosi irinen ES 205 TAA Manual extraction 2 ceisedel cecseetivostaestascerhtacetacdeleseteahivetarsiduees 205 17 1 2 The install ProCeSS seriis ee cece ceeeee cena ASEE EEN ERNEA 205 17 1 3 Linux Print Que
244. he balance window text color can also be set by adding a text color lt color gt line to the client config properties link color lt color gt Changes the color of the link on the client s balance window The colors are coded in 271 Tools Advanced Option Description standard hexadecimal RGB web colors see http en wikipedia org wiki Web_colors for an explanation E g to set the link color to a dark gray use Inka color ooon The balance window link color can also be set by adding a link color lt color gt line to the client config properties default selection lt option gt Specifies the default selected option on the account selection popup This option is useful when one particular charging option is the most common but other options are required on occasion For example applying a default selection of charge account list ensures that the option Charge to shared account is selec ted and the Account list is highlighted In this case the keyboard can be used to quickly navigate the account list saving a few clicks of the mouse for every print Valid options include charge personal Charge account list charge ac count pin and print as user This option can also be set by adding a default selection lt option gt line to the client config properties Table A 2 User Client command line options The command line arguments listed above are usually used in the are
245. he three conditions listed above are met before enabling page level color detection Page level color detection is a new and maturing feature that the development team continues to enhace If you do encounter any is sues please raise them with the development team 6 9 1 Limitations of Page Level Color Detection Page level detection works by inspecting the contents of the document looking for color use The aim is to track down simple black and white only pages so it can offer the user the grayscale discount on these pages There are a few situations that may cause a seemingly grayscale page to list as color referred to as a false positive These situations are rare and are discussed below e The use of some image formats even if they look grayscale may detect as color For example JPEG is a lossy format and artifacts as a result of compression may cause speckles of color Print Limit Pro will handle most of these situations but grayscale JPEG images in PDF files can cause false positives e The use of color white space in Microsoft Word can cause a false positive with some print drivers For example the user selects a color font enters a single space or new 89 Advanced Printer Management line and then changes back to black Print Limit Pro in most cases will correctly filter out the color space but may experience problems with some drivers leading to a false positive 6 10 Printer Quick Reference How do
246. henticated printer option on all printers 2 Ensure that all workstations have the client software installed This includes both au thenticated lab systems and laptops The client must be running to have printer ac cess 3 Instruct users that they will need to enter their username password in the client when requested Using Hold Release Queue Authentication 232 Mac Printing in Detail 1 Check the Enable the hold release queue option on all print queues Jobs will not print until a user has authenticated and released the job 2 Setup release stations or ensure the Jobs pending release option is enabled in the end user web interface 3 Instruct users on how to release their jobs This procedure must be followed by all users 19 1 5 2 Laptop Only Policy Advanced One problem with the network wide policy discussed above is that it the authentication method e g client popup or hold release queue also applies to authenticated systems In some ways this is a positive i e provides a consistent policy while in other ways it can be viewed as an unnecessary on trusted authenticated systems This section discusses a solution appropriate for larger sites The solution is to set up two servers One server hosts a set of queues for authenticated systems while the other server provides queues for unauthenticated systems Network router or firewall rules are used to ensure that only authenticated systems have access to the
247. hive The archive is simply a tar archive compressed with gzip and headed with a shell script to facilitate self extracting After extraction is complete the installation script named in stall is executed to begin the install process Some system administrators may like to in spect the contents of the archive and possibly the installation process itself prior to the ac tual install The self extracting installer takes a number of command line arguments The e argument will extract the archive into the current working directory ready for inspection Further options and documentation is available via the help option Usage pcng setup sh ISEI Pax bn Erste e Extract the files and then exit without installing i Install after extracting the files default 1 List the contents of the archive and exit without extracting v Verbose Print the names of the files as they are extracted list The list of files to extract 17 1 2 The install process Even though the majority of the installation process is completed under the identity of the non privileged user account called printlimit most administrators would like to know what the install process does The main steps are outlined below 17 1 2 1 Extraction The first stage in the install process extracts the archive to tmp or a location as defined by an environment variable TEMDIR The command line programs tar and gunzip are 205 Print Limit Pro on Linux used dur
248. ical perspective behind the scenes 1 When the teacher John prints his 150 page print jobs his workstation transfers the print job to the server and places it in the print queue Introduction Lexmark 1522 PS3 on sglus 004 Printer Document View Help Document Name Status mT EOE Error Paused 64 9 KB 64 9 KB oa http wew2 officesupely iink co 2 44 4KB oa http 172 24 254 1O HRDOoumE 106 KB aa Intuit 73 7 KB Print Limit_styleGuide_01 O6_INT 1 54 MB lt 5 document s in queue Figure 1 3 The Windows print queue 2 The Print Limit Print Provider intercepts the print job in the queue prior to printing and analyzes the information determining a Who printed the document b The number of pages in the document c Other information such as duplex grayscale mode paper size etc 3 The Print Provider submits the job s information to the Application Server to process the business logic 4 The Application Server determines that John needs to select the account to charge It notifies the Client Software on John s desktop 5 The Client Software displays the Popup requesting the account After John selects the client account the Application Server is notified of John selec tion 7 The Application Server charges the appropriate account logs the job and instructs the Print Provider to transfer the document onto the printer 1 2 3 Architecture Overview Print Limit Pro was devel
249. icated on the network when printing i e an Active Directory domain This allows the release station to enforce the secure printing so that users can only release documents they print 9 2 3 Pay per print e g Library or Internet Cafe Libraries and Internet cafes usually only allow printing once a user has paid for the cost of the printed document Previously implementing pay per print often involved deploying ex pensive card based payment solutions however Print Limit Pro release stations allow this to implemented in a more cost effective way An example of how print release stations would be used in this scenario is Users print documents from a workstation without any assistance from staff The printed documents will be held in the queue until released by a staff member The user goes to the staff desk and asks for the document to be released Pe G0 Nes The staff member opens a release station the program or a web page finds the user s job notes the cost and collects the payment from the user on The staff member presses the Print button allowing the job to be printed 6 The user then collects the printed document from the printer If the user never pays for a print then the print job will be automatically deleted without any staff interaction To implement a pay per print hold release queue e In Print Limit Pro enable the hold release option on the printer s See Section 9 3 1 Enabling hold release support
250. igate to the appdir server directory Open the file server properties Change the server port to setting to the desired port PON Change the server port in all providers installed on your network The server port is set in the print provider conf file in the provider directory 5 Change the server port in the user client config file appdir client config properties e Important If the client is installed locally on workstations then the config file will need to be changed on each workstation On Linux Unix systems the server runs under the privilege of a non root account Some systems may prevent non root users from binding to ports lower than 1024 An alternate option is to use kernel level TCP port redir ection e g iptables 6 Restart the application server See Section A 6 Stopping and Starting the Applica tion Server 10 6 2 Provider Connection Security The Print Limit Pro architecture as discussed in Section 1 2 3 Architecture Overview and Section 12 4 Print Monitoring Architecture involves having a central application server and multiple information providers that send data to the server to process One ex ample of a provider is the print provider which monitors printing and sends the printer activ ity to the central server Print Limit Pro supports an unlimited number of information providers and they can be loc ated on anywhere on the network By default Print Limit Pro allows
251. ilization of the resources available Example David is a network administrator at a local university The printer comparison charts in Print Limit Pro suggest that one of the printers on the 4th floor in the computer 78 Advanced Printer Management science wing is only used half as much as other printers Upon investigation he finds that students prefer to use the closer printer located in the corridor outside the lab David de cides to relocate the printer at the end of semester In the meantime he encourages its use by reducing the price thereby taking load off the other printers 6 5 1 Charging modes available Print Limit Pro offers a very powerful array of charging rule possibilities To help simplify configuration charging options are divided into modes 6 5 1 1 Simple Mode Simple mode is the default mode and is appropriate to all types of printers It allows admin istrators to define a simple cost per page setting only For example if the cost per page was defined at 0 10 50 pages would cost 5 00 6 5 1 2 Charging by Category Category based charging is the most commonly used mode for printers that support ad vanced print attributes including e Duplex or double sided printing Color or Black amp White printing modes e Multiple paper trays offering standard and large sizes Category based charging allows administrators to define costs based on the document s attributes Black and white grayscale documen
252. ils screen To configure quotas correctly it is important to understand how quota allocations work Users receive quotas for all groups they belong to For example consider the sitations where Students and Student Newspaper groups are defined in Print Limit Pro with 20 month and 10 month quotas respectively If a student belongs to both groups they will receive a 30 month of quota If they belong to only the Students group they will receive only 20 month If you configure a quota on the special All Users group then all users in the system will receive this quota in addition to quotas defined on other groups Credit will be assigned to group members at just past 12 00am midnight on the day of the schedule Administrators can verify that this has taken place by inspecting log entries in the Application event log and or users transaction logs Daily Allocations Applied at 12 10am every day 7 days a week Weekly Allocations Applied at 12 20am on Sunday Monthly Allocations Applied at 12 30am on the first day of the month Custom Allocations Applied at 12 10am on the given day after the daily allocations Table 5 1 Quota schedule times One potential issue associated with quota allocation in some organizations for example Schools or Universities is that users can bank up their quota allowance over time leading to excessive use at periods of the year such as the end of semester The Only allow ac 63
253. imary server is functioning cor rectly For example verify that e Printers on this server are being tracked e Users are allowed top login to user pages from their workstations e Administrators can access the system 12 1 2 Step 2 Ensure firewall software is set to allow access to port 9191 Secondary server needs to communicate initiate a TCP connection on port 9191 Admin istrators should ensure that any firewall software on the primary Application Server is not set to block any incoming local network traffic on this port 12 1 3 Step 3 Install the print provider 171 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers Install the print provider software onto the secondary server On a Windows server this is done by selecting the Secondary Print Server option in the installation wizard 12 1 4 Step 4 Configuration The Print Provider on the secondary server needs to know where the primary server is in stalled 1 Open a text editor such as Notepad 2 Open the file app dir Print Limit Pro providers print win print provider conf 3 Locate the line starting with ApplicationServer and change localhost to the name or IP address of the primary server 4 Restart the server so the new configuration is detected To avoid a restart an adminis trator may also choose to manually restart the Print Limit Print Provider service 12 1 5 Step 5 Test The secondary server should now b
254. imit Pro for their charging Amy is allocated 5 00 a week for printing and Internet use This week she has used all her allocation but still has one assignment to print on Friday She purchases a 5 00 Card from school canteen The card contains a 16 digit identification number She logs onto the schools intranet site enters the Print Limit section and enters the card s ID number Her account is automatically credited 5 00 11 1 2 The Administrator s Perspective Andrew is a system administrator at the same high school At the start of the term he used the Print Limit Pro card wizard to generate 500 PrintCard of 5 00 value These were gen erated in 2 batches The first batch was prefixed with C1 and the second batch L1 The C1 batch was sold at the school canteen and the L1 batch sold at the school library The cards are kept secured at these locations The card wizard generated a number definition file for each batch Andrew imported these numbers into Print Limit Andrew took the time to customize the look of the cards to include the school logo and simple instructions on how to redeem the card During the year Andrew is able to track the cards sold and uses the batch prefixes to track where students like to purchase cards Andrew also keeps an eye on the event log and has disciplined students attempting to guess card numbers 11 2 The Card System GenevaLogic has worked with a number of organizations to design the PrintCard system A n
255. imit providers print linux i686 samba print prov u Woy J way h woh m Wom p Tp s Wag a standard print command amp IMPORTANT The above information should appear all on the one line Note the use of the amp ampersand on the end of the line where standard print command is the command that would normally be called for printing The u p etc are Samba substitution variables These are replaced with content such as the username printer name etc and are used by Print Limit Pro in the reporting and logging The printer will register itself with the Print Limit Pro web interface after the first print is re ceived 17 1 3 4 1 Print Limit Pro Samba Architecture The Print Limit Pro Samba print command wrapper is a native compiled executable The Print Limit Pro documentation refers to it as a Print Provider t s responsible for analyzing the print job and then communicating this information to the Application Server component Communication is via an XML RPC based Web Services call This means that the com mand does not even need to be on the same server as the system hosting the Application Server component 209 Print Limit Pro on Linux 17 2 Advanced Configuration amp Logs The majority of Print Limit Pro configuration is conducted in the Application Servers web interface Some additional configuration options are available in the following configuration files Config File Comments serve
256. important pieces of information Examples of these notifications include Alerting a user when their account balance drops below a given balance e Displaying a message explaining why a print job was denied e g not enough credit the printer is disabled the print job contains too many pages e Alerting administrators or key IT support staff to problems such as printer jams or ap plication errors The message that is delivered to the user can be customized to suit your organization For example if the user is denied printing for some reason you may wish to direct the user to the intranet page that discusses printing policies and guidelines Important 6 Notifications are important to your users because they let them know why their print jobs were denied If notifications are not enabled users print jobs might be deleted without them knowing and they will not understand what happened They might then contact the Administrator or Help Desk for assistance If they received a notification then this situation is avoided System notifications can be delivered to the user in a number of ways and the administrat or can decide the preferred option The delivery options available include e Winpopup or net send this is useful in a Windows network but workstations running other operating systems may not receive these messages e User Client messages are sent to users running the Print Limit Pro User Client tool This op
257. in the About page Note The file supplied is simply a digitally signed and zipped text file containing your license information It s converted to ZIP format to minimize size If you re inter ested in viewing the contents of the file rename the file to zip and simply open itin any ZIP extraction utility If you have a question about your license or need assistance please email the GenevaLo gic technical support team and they will be more than happy to assist you 14 2 Technical Support amp Further Information The GenevaLogic technical support team is always happy to assist customers with further technical questions Please feel free to contact us for assistance Contact information is lis ted on our website at http Awww genevalogic com 186 Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS 15 1 Overview This section describes the process of running Print Limit Pro on an external relational data base and describes why an organization would choose to do this By default Print Limit Pro uses an internal database product known as Apache Derby This database engine was donated to Apache by IBM and was previously known as IBM Cloudscape 15 1 1 Why use an external RDBMS The internal Print Limit Pro database is stable scalable self maintaining and provides very good performance For this reason most organizations do not need to run Print Limit Pro on an external database system However there are some good re
258. ines default currency and date formats Location System Default B Next gt Figure 1 10 Print Limit Pro Configuration wizard Treat this password like your router modem management passwords It is in dependent of your domain accounts and needs to be kept secure 1 5 1 2 Default Print Cost This is the default cost per page assigned to the printers This setting can be changed on a per printer basis after installation Choosing a sensible cost now will help minimize future setup For example in the USA a value of 0 05 would be appropriate for many standard black amp white printers 1 5 1 3 Initial User Credit Users can be assigned an initial starting credit This ensures they have funds in their ac count as soon as the system is enabled An option also exists to control what happens when users run out of credit quota If you are evaluating Print Limit Pro it might be appro priate not to disable printing when a users funds run out This way you can be assured that user printing is not disrupted during the evaluation These settings may be changed after setup 1 5 1 4 User group synchronization Print Limit Pro extracts user information out of the System or Domain The options presen 18 Introduction ted here will vary depending on the Operating System and its environment During evalu ation most sites will opt to import all users from the system domain into Print Limit Pro An option also exists to im
259. ing Model substituting project for customer and phase for job 7 3 Client Security By default all printing is automatically charged to the user s personal account For a user to be able to select a shared account the user needs to be granted access to account selec tion popup Print Job Notification Print Job Notification van ganavalogk Confirm the print and select the print action Print job details Document name Print Limit Pro Users User List Printer wghs 101 Snaght 7 Cost 0 05 Print job actions Charge to my personal account Charge to shared account Account v Charge to shared account using PIN PIN Perform print as user Username Password Figure 7 13 Selecting a shared account from the popup Access to the account selection popup as shown in the above figure is controlled at the user level on the user s details page The Show the account selection popup option needs to be selected for each user that requires access to shared accounts System ad ministrators might find the Bulk user actions section under the User List screen conveni ent for applying this change to many users 104 Shared Accounts Account Selection Account selection can be used to alow the user to select what account is charged or even to Confirm print jobs before they are sent to the printer These options requre running the user cient tool on workstations d This setting requires this user to run the
260. ing this phase 17 1 2 2 Installation After extraction is complete the installation script is called The install script called in stall will present the EULA and request acceptance The script then determines the in stall location This is the printlimit user s home directory The home directory is de termined by the HOME environment variable or if not set the result of a call to getpw nam Files are then copied into the printlimit user s home directory Care is taken not to overwrite any existing data or configuration files if this is an install over the top upgrade 17 1 2 3 Permissions To ensure the default installation is secure by default permissions are applied to key files The following area of the application are restricted to the print limit user only server server properties Contains server configuration including the default admin password server data This directory contains application data in cluding database files Some of this data may contain sensitive information server bin linux i686 This directory contains a setuid root binary Even though the binary is no use to an end user or hacker good security practice stip ulates that we should only allow the printlimit user access to this directory Table 17 1 Secured Application Areas Permissions can be checked and re applied at any time post install by running the scripts server bin linux i686 setperms providers print lin
261. inistrator account Please keep this password secure Username admin Password Verify password Your system location is curently set to English United States If this not correct please change the setting below The location defines default currency and date formats Location System Default v Figure 1 9 Print Limit Pro Configuration wizard 1 5 1 The Configuration Wizard The configuration stages are explained below 1 5 1 1 Administrator Password This is the master password for the main in built admin account This password is inde pendent of the operating system or domain passwords Keep knowledge of this password secure This screen also sets the system s physical location Ensure the location and lan guage setting is correct 17 Introduction Setup Wizard Configuration Wizard c http localhost 9191 admin TA Apple 167 News 571 ase Configuration Wizard Welcome This wizard will help you configure inital options and ready the system for use F this is the first time installing the application we highly recommend reading the quick start guide in the user manual Open the user manual Type in the password to be assigned to the master administrator account Please keep this password secure i sesse Verify password sesse h Your system location is currently set to English United States If this not correct please change the setting below The location def
262. installation on live production systems during periods of low activity for example not during backup operations or other adminis tration activities Introduction i Setup Print Limit Pro Welcome to the Print Limit Pro Setup Wizard This wall stall Print Limt Pro 6 1 on your computer it is recommended that pou close al other applicabons before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to et Setup Figure 1 7 Setup wizard Select the standard install option and install Print Limit Pro onto a hard drive with ad equate free disk space The default options will suffice for most systems After the installa tion is complete a web browser will open to complete final configuration Please proceed to Phase II Section 1 5 Quick Start Guide Phase II Configuration and Testing 1 4 2 Installation on Apple Mac e Important This guide assumes that you are installing on Mac OS X 10 4 or higher either server or workstation hosting and sharing printers This guide will refer to this system as the server This represents the role of the system rather than the edition of the operating system Print Limit Pro equally supports both the serv er and workstation versions of Mac OS If you re upgrading from a previous Print Limit Pro version please refer to the directions outlined in Appendix E Upgrading From a Previous Version The following section assumes the reader has knowledge of general Mac OS X ser
263. ion Some high end printer models support other connection methods such as LPR IPP or even direct AppleShare or Boujour printing If the printer offers the option to disable these protocols e g via a web based configuration page take the time to turn these off This will minimize the chance of incorrect future configuration and minimize the chance of a work station user discovering the printer directly Some printers also support access control via IP addresses If available consider setting access control so only the server IP can submit print jobs to the physical printer 19 1 1 2 Notes amp Troubleshooting e If your printer does not support JetDirect Socket consider using LPR as the 2nd choice Some printers support proprietary connection methods e g selected Epson printers Always try Jetdirect Socket first and use proprietary methods as a last resort 227 Mac Printing in Detail e If you re not able to install or find a driver for your printer try the Generic Postscript Driver Printer 19 1 2 Step 2 Enable Printer Sharing By default locally installed printers are not shared as public print queues Printer sharing needs to be manually enabled If you re running the workstation version of Mac OS X this is done by enabling Printer Sharing under System Preferences On Mac OS X Server use the following procedure Open Server Admin and select your server Select Settings then Services and enable the Print servic
264. ion 6 1 Adding and Removing Deleting Ignoring Printers The system is not displaying the correct currency sign Print Limit Pro will format the currency based off the operating system s default re gional settings If the default regional settings are incorrect the format can be changed by defining your location under Options gt General Display Settings gt Location I ve setup a secondary print server The printers on this server are not listed and not being monitored What s wrong There are a number of possible explanations The first step is to open the Print Pro vider s log file on the secondary server This file will often contain error messages in dicating the cause or type of error On a Windows system the log file is located at app dir providers print win print provider log The file can be opened from any text editor such as Notepad Some common issues are 1 Verify that the secondary server s name is correctly defined in the print provider conf file Open a command prompt on the secondary server and use the ping command to verify that the server can be contacted under this name A server restart or a manual restart of the Print Limit Print Provider ser vice is required for any changes to the file to take effect 2 Ensure that firewall software on the primary server is not preventing the second ary server from connecting on port 9191 Firewalls should be configured to allow all local network traffic on th
265. ion is complex and can often prevent selected applications from running correctly 6 8 1 2 LPR LPD or CUPS The Line Printer Daemon print protocol often used in UNIX environments is a non authenticated system The username associated with the print jobs is passed through to the print queue however the name is not verified and can easily be forged An extra level of authentication is required CUPS the modern print system often used on Linux Apple Mac and some Unix systems is often implemented in a non authenticated fashion Although CUPS can support authen tication technical considerations such as the inability to interface with Active Directory do main authentication often prevent its use 6 8 1 3 Mac Print Queues Mac OS X server use the CUPS print system Current Apple implementations prevent ad ministrators from enabling CUPS authentication This is not usually a problem in an envir onment where logins can be controlled at individual workstation level It does however pose a problem if users have local admin access for example individual owned laptops Print Limit Pro popup authentication provides a way to work around the non authentication issue More information including a discussion of platform specific issues is available in Chapter 18 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks 6 8 2 How does popup authentication work The popup authentication works by authenticating the user via the Print Limit Pro clie
266. ions that can be performed The Actions list is always located in the top left hand corner of the application window Actions are adaptive and the list of actions changes depending on the area of the application being viewed 3 1 3 Buttons OK Cancet Apply Figure 3 3 Buttons to validate and save settings Changes made to options user settings or configurations are only validated and applied after submitting the change Screens that you can save in the application will have the fol 31 Quick Tour lowing buttons located at the bottom e Apply Validate and save the changes and return to this location object e OK Validate and save the changes and return to the data list ready to select and edit another object e Cancel Don t save and changes 3 1 4 Crumb Trail Users Groups Accounts Printers Location Printers gt Printer List gt Printer Details Figure 3 4 The crumb trail highlighting the location The crumb trail serves two purposes It maps out the navigation path followed by the user and provides a way to navigate up back the navigation path For example while editing a user s account the crumb trail provides a hyperlink up one level back to the User List 3 1 5 Status Messages Print Limit Pro caos pina Users Groups Accounts Bucur Location Printers gt Printer List gt Printer Detait pym y Reset count woes Printer Details wglus 101 Fax Delete e p x
267. iquely identify a user from the system s IP address The only secure option is to use the release station 18 2 11 1 Preferred Method e Setup Print Limit Pro on your preferred server this does not need to be the multiuser terminal system itself It could be another Windows or Linux server Ensure Print Limit Pro sources its user list from the same source as that used by the multiuser terminal server most likely an LDAP server Enable the release station option on all printers that will be accessed via users of the multiuser terminal system Important Enabling the release station option may be in compatible with objectives of other operating systems so it may be appropriate to set up a separate set of print queues See Further Recommendations below for more detail e Setup a release station This commonly takes the form of a dedicated terminal located near the printers however other options worth considering using the Print Limit Pro end user web interface to release jobs or the release station command line client See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations for details e Instruct users on how to use the release station 18 2 11 2 Other Methods 223 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks 1 No alternate methods 18 2 12 Further Recommendations 1 Decide on an authentication method and use it consistently throughout the organiza tion and network For example using pop
268. irst argument to all method calls is an authentication token authToken In the de fault setup the authentication token is the built in admin user s password This is password defined for the admin during the initial configuration wizard Optionally an alternative web service authentication token may be defined via configuration see below This token must be supplied with all method calls To specify an alternative web service authentication token to avoid the need to use share the built in admin user s password Login to the system Navigate to the Options section Click on the Config editor link in the list of actions Find the auth webservices auth token config setting Enter a new value that will be the new web services authentication token Press the Update button to the right to apply the change AO OT NS This authentication token can now be used in addition to the built in admin user s password A 4 SSL HTTPS Key Generation Configuring SSL can be a confusing experience of encryption keys certificates protocols and formats During the install process Print Limit Pro generates an unsigned key certificate issued for the host s name This is used by default when the system is accessed 267 Tools Advanced via HTTPS on port 9192 On some networks it may be desirable access the server via a fully qualified domain name rather than just the server s local name Most browsers will al low access to an HTTPS serve
269. irtue of their network group membership This alleviates the need for additional user setup inside Print Limit Pro To grant access to a shared account or all members in a given network group Log into the system as an administrator i e admin account Select the Accounts tab Select the appropriate shared account from the list Click on the Security tab Select the appropriate group from the drop down list Click the Add button OF SON EO NS 106 Shared Accounts g Account Details English Department Detai Security Transactio Print Histo a Control access to this account Alow the following groups to select this account without a PIN Groups O English Department Add Remove Selected Allow the following users to select this account without a PIN Users No users selected Add J Remove Selected J Figure 7 15 Setting up shared account security 7 4 The Account Selection Popup The account selection popup is a feature of the User Client that allows allocating printing to shared accounts There are two types of account selection popup e Standard account selection popup The standard account selection popup provides the basic features required to charge to shared accounts Advanced account selection popup The advanced account selection popup includes additional features that are suitable when shared accounts are used frequently and especially when many shared account
270. is chapter addresses Mac printer setup on both the client and server and presents solutions for common setup and deployment scenarios The Chapter is split into two sections e 1st Section Organizations hosting their print queues on a Mac e g Mac OS X Server e 2nd Section Organizations hosting their print queues on Windows Servers but support ing Mac clients In most cases only one section will apply on your network Jump to the relevant section as appropriate 19 1 Mac hosted print queues This section discusses printer setup on systems where the print queues are hosted on a Mac system For example Print Limit Pro is installed on a Mac system such as Mac OS X Server See the next section if your print queues are hosted on a Windows server This section assumes Mac OS X Server e g Leopard Server however Print Limit Pro also supports running on the workstation version of Mac OS X These notes apply in part to both operating systems The term server is used to represent the system hosting the Print Limit Pro software and not necessarily the edition of Mac OS X Before we delve into configuring server based print queues in a Mac environment we ll first take a few moments to discuss common terminology Note Print Queue There are typically two ways of providing shared multi system access to a printer 1 Configure each system to print directly to the device The device needs to be networkable e g have an Ethernet conn
271. is particular port A quick way to see if the secondary server can connect to the primary server is to use the command line telnet program Simply type telnet servernam 9191 ata command prompt e If you receive an error like Could not open connection to host then there is probably a network firewall issue not letting the connection through e If the screen goes blank then the connection was established successfully Press Ctr1 then type quit to close the telnet session 3 Check that the Print Provider process service is in fact installed and running On a Windows system this is located under Start gt Control Panel Administrat ive Tools Services 277 Troubleshooting amp Technical FAQ s The client software is not displaying the user s account balance and is displaying a network error How do fix this The client software needs to contact the application server For the technical readers the client makes an XML web services request to the server on port 9191 Most prob lems relate to either firewalls blocking access or the application server s name is not correctly defined Ensure that 1 Any firewalling software on the server allows local network access to port 9191 2 Theclient properties file a text file lists the correct server name or IP ad dress of the server If you ve used the zero install deployment option this file is located on the server in the directory app dir client client proper
272. k however individual faculties and departments also offer and manage some of the specialist IT infrastructure All major operating systems are in used on both the workstations and servers 2 3 1 Requirements 1 Centrally managed printers are hosted in a clustered print server environment The solution needs to support clustering 2 IT services wants to provide the option for department labs to also have their printers controlled via the central system 3 Client software needs to be optional It would be preferable for students to have ac cess to their account details via a web browser The design of the web interface should be customizable 5 The system must be secure and support SSL based encryption The system should run on top of a database system and allow data access to facilitate custom reports using packages such as Crystal Reports 2 3 2 Implementation 2 3 2 1 Initial Installation University wide deployments can be quite involved Most large universities that have de ployed Print Limit Pro have worked closely with the Print Limit Pro development team dur 25 Implementation by Example ing implementation A lot can be gained by arranging a teleconference or similar with the development team We re always happy to help our larger customers deploy the ideal solu tion 2 3 2 2 Requirement 1 Print Limit Pro supports clustering at all application layers including the print server the database server and the
273. kstations in a lab environment are often set up so users log in using a com mon generic or standard account For example macuser or student 18 2 4 1 Preferred Method Install client software See Section 4 2 User Client for more detail Add a domain network user account that matches the generic login account i e mac user This ensures that account will list in Print Limit Pro Set the Unauthenticated option on the macuser account Add the printer s so jobs list under the macuser account If the print queues are hos ted on Windows add the printer using Samba e g A DeviceURI like smb macuser password servername printer See Chapter 19 Mac Printing in Detail for an explanation on how to add a printer using this method 18 2 4 2 Other Methods 1 2 Use release station enabled globally at the print queue level See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations Consider setting up domain level authentication 18 2 5 Mac OS X systems using domain authentication via Open Directory Mac systems can be configured to authenticate users via a central Mac OS X server run ning Open Directory Each user has their own login account 18 2 5 1 Preferred Method Set up print queues on the Mac OS X Server Set up Print Limit Pro on the server either as a primary server or as a secondary server reporting to another primary server either Mac Linux or a Windows system See Sec tion
274. l nam the user s full name any text notes notes for the user any text office the user s office any text restricted whether or not the user is currently restricted TRUE or FALSI Cr th value to set s lt property gt for valid values adjust user account balance lt username gt lt adjustment gt lt comment gt Adjust a user s account balance 254 Tools Advanced lt us lt adj lt com adjust u Adju rname gt the us ustment gt the a ment gt a commen ser account bala r s username djustment amoun t to be associa nce if availabl st a user s acco lt us lt adj lt com adjust u Adju to lL rname gt the us ustment gt the a ment gt a commen ser account bala unt balance if r s username djustment amoun t to be associa nce if availabl number v N t asa ted wit e lt user there ise or Vv the transaction name gt lt adjustment gt lt comment gt nough credit available number v n tne t asa ted wit e leave remai lt userna ave the given a lt us lt adj lt lea lt com adjust u Adju happ lt gro lt adj lt com adjust u Adju back lt gro rname gt the us ustment gt t ve remaining gt ment gt a commen ser account bala st the accou ens in the backg up gt ustment gt ment gt E a co ser account bala
275. ld the Option key down Select Ad vanced from the top drop down list 088 AppleTalk b Bluetooth Windows Printing Canon I Network EPSON AppleTalk EE tame EPSON FireWire EPSON TCP IP HP IP Printing Lexmark Inkjet Networking Cancel Add Nar Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer mode 8 More Printers Figure 19 8 Option click for advanced printer addition types Leopard Control Click on the Toolbar and select Customize Toolbar Drag the Ad vanced icon to the bar Click the newly added Advanced button Select a Windows device type called Windows Printing via Samba on Tiger 5 In Name field enter a friendly and informative printer name Enter a Device URL in the form smb username password server_name printer_name Where username and password are the user s domain account login details serv er_name is the name of the server hosting the printer and printer_name is the 235 Mac Printing in Detail printer s share name nee Printer Browser O Advanced ay D Device Windows Printer via SAMBA E3 Device Name Science Lab Printer Device URI smb macuser passwd123 printer_server siclabl E Printer Model Generic i Cancel GD kk Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer mode _ More Printers _ Add Figure 19 9 Windows printer via SAMBA 7 Select the Print Model to install and configure drivers Click the
276. lease Stations Do you have problems with users forgetting to collect their print jobs or other users acci dentally picking up the wrong document With Print Limit Pro s secure print release station support administrators can alleviate many of these problems Print Limit Pro s hold release queues are also ideally suited to an education environments and Internet Cafes where per print approval or pay per print is required See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations for more information 1 3 7 Seven Text Print Logs Print Limit Pro maintains a real time tab delimited text log listing all printing activity in de tails The system already includes advanced analysis tools such as reports statistics and graphs however many organizations would like to use the data for their own ad hoc ana lysis The real time text print logs can be tapped and extract into applications such as ex ternal databases scripts and even Microsoft Excel See Section 13 4 Data Access and Custom Reports for more information 1 3 8 Eight 3rd Party Database Support Print Limit Pro ships with its own preconfigured and self maintaining database The system however is database independent and can be run on top of a number of leading database systems Maybe you have an existing Microsoft SQL Cluster and would like to take advant ages of this infrastructure No problem Print Limit Pro can be quickly configured to hook into your preferred database
277. less common is also inevitable Print Limit Pro helps administrators streamline new print setup using a concept of a template A template is a pattern or initial condition used as a starting point Print Limit Pro has a special virtual printer called the template printer This is not a real printer but a special printer used as a template for printers added in the future The template printer is best described by an example 1 Jane is a network administrator at a local business She has implemented a print policy across all printers as follows a The page cost for a standard page is 0 10 b Double sided printing is encouraged with a 40 discount c A filter exists on all printers to prevent jobs of over 100 pages This prevents users from holding up the queues with large single jobs 2 Jane has set up her policy on all existing printers and then adjusted settings on a print er by printer basis depending on the type and functions 3 She has also set up this policy on the template printer Two months later Jane adds 4 new printers No change in Print Limit Pro needs to take place as the printers automatically set themselves up based on the settings in the template printer 5 When Jane has spare time later in the month she fine tunes printer configuration as required As the example shows the template printer not only helps alleviate future configuration work but also ensures a consistent policy is applied on printers by d
278. lick on the appropriate user account The user details page will display Select the Transactions tab Click the Show Filters link Select the 1st of September in the from date and enter the 30th of September in the to date Click Apply Filter button Click on the Amount column to order the data by amount value Click on the Export Print button at the bottom of the list to produce the report 8 4 Scheduling and Emailing Reports The one click reports in the Print Limit Pro web interface are good for finding important data fast however sometimes it is more convenient to have important data pushed to in terested parties This can be achieved through the use of scheduled reports Print Limit Pro can schedule reports to run periodically and have them automatically sent out via email Scheduling reports can be used for a variety of purposes for example Sending a department manager a summary of the department staff s printing Sending a teacher a summary of printing for each student in their class Producing a regular CSV report for import into an external system such as an account ing package Producing a regular report for billing or invoicing purposes 8 4 1 Usage The scheduled reports page can be found at Reports Scheduled Reports 123 Reports e Important Before scheduled reports can be sent via email Print Limit Pro needs to know where to find the SMTP server outgoing email server For information a
279. lity to use LDAP as an authentication source Jobs will either list under a local Windows user identity or a guest account Print Limit Pro s popup authentication bound to LDAP can be used to work around this limitation 18 2 3 1 Preferred Method Set up the Windows server and install and share printers e Set printer permission to allow printing from a general guest type account This will usually take the form of the built in guest account or a local account with a known user name and password e g printuser e Configure printers on each workstation Ensure all workstation users can print and jobs list in the print queue under the guest account configured in the previous step e Install the Print Limit Pro software Select the LDAP server as your user group source Print Limit Pro will then use this source for the user list and authentication See Sec tion 10 2 5 Using LDAP for user synchronization for more information about LDAP e Set the Unauthenticated option on each printer print queue This will enable popup authentication See Section 6 8 Popup Authentication for more information e Install client software See Section 4 2 User Client for more detail 18 2 3 2 Other Methods 1 Use release station See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 219 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks 18 2 4 Mac OS X systems with generic user accounts Mac OS X wor
280. llocating the cost of a job to their account or of fering them access to shared accounts In a Window domain environment authentication is handled at the point of login using a username and password A web of trust is then estab lished between servers and services 18 1 2 Why does authentication pose a problem There are three common scenarios that cause authentication issues 1 Generic common or shared user accounts 2 Systems that auto login as a set user 3 Unauthenticated print queues or print protocols Generic or shared login accounts are seen in some computer lab and network environ ments In these environments administrators ask users to log into selected systems using standard user names such as student or user This practice is particularly common on the Apple Mac operating system as a single login helps streamline system and application management The use of the Window auto login feature also poses a similar problem au thentication is not enforced at the time of system startup An extra layer of authentication is required on these systems to correctly identify the person that performs printing Unauthenticated print queues also pose problems in cross platform environments In an ideal world all computers would talk the same protocols and happily work together in a single centrally authenticated environment We can come close to this goal in a 100 Mi crosoft Windows environment however if we mix in Unix Linux and Mac
281. ly release interface e In Print Limit Pro enable the hold release mode on the printer s and select the Admin Manager only release mode See Section 9 3 1 Enabling hold release support on a printer for more info e Itis not necessary to set up a dedicated release station near the printer because the web based release interface can be used from any machine on the network e Itis also a good idea to put a notice on the printer that tells users how to have their doc uments released 9 2 5 Unauthenticated printing In some environments it is not possible or very difficult to have users authenticated when printing This could be due to a technology constraint like using Macs in mainly Windows environment or could be for convenience like having kiosk computers in the library that people can use without logging in In these scenarios print jobs are printed under one name but charging should be allocated to another For example a job is printed by an generic library user but there is a need to charge to the user s real account In order to charge the correct user for printing Print Limit Pro needs to identify the user to charge and this can be achieved by using a release sta tion in Release Any mode This works as follows 1 The user prints from a workstation but is not authenticated so jobs are allocated to a generic user 2 The print job is held in the queue awaiting release 3 The user walks to the release
282. m with a comma e g joe domain org bill domain org E Tip Consider SMS alerts Error notifications are often important and require urgent attention Many organizations use an email to SMS gateway service to ensure technical staff can receive urgent messages from anywhere in the building via the text message service on their cell mobile phones 10 5 2 1 Printer error notifications Printer error notifications can be used to give advance warning when printers go into an er ror state Print Limit Pro detects a printer error if either the print queue or the job at the top of the print queue are in an error state This is equivalent to clicking on the print queue from the operating system and checking its status Some errors that might be seen on print queues or jobs include paper jam out of paper out of toner out of memory device is offline device door is open or a generic error The actual errors reported depend on the printer driver and which ones it supports The message can include information such as the name and location of the printer the reason for the error and how many jobs are pending in the queue an indication of the im pact 155 System Management Notify when printers are in error e g paper jam Time a printer has been in error before sending notification 10 minutes Recipients joe domain org A comma separated Ist of email addresses e g joe domain org bil domain org Notification message
283. m is the human interface Cards are a form of virtual currency Care should be taken to protect the cards from unau thorized access and disclosure e Ensure the generated Microsoft Word document is deleted or saved in a secure place after the cards are printed e Always delete the number definition file after importing the batch into Print Limit e Never leave the cards in an unsecured or visible location Consider sealing cards in en velopes e Check the Print Limit Pro application event log on a weekly basis for security mes sages Print Limit will log and trap unauthorized card use 167 PrintCards e Use the card log to track card redemption and allocation e Cancel Expire lost or stolen cards by batch number as soon as the problem is reported Important The cards are like a form of cash and should be treated with the same care Make sure the cards are carefully secured 11 3 3 2 Cards Design The Edit Template button in Step 4 of the card wizard opens the standard card template for editing The card wizard is able to use any standard mail merge design It s even pos sible to convert the template layout to letters rather than cards Microsoft s mail merge sup port is designed for Word power users Consider taking the step by step mail merge tu torial provided with Microsoft Word help if you do not have experience with Word s mail merge functionality Consider keeping your customizations initially
284. made up of mix of operating systems authentication methods print protocols and disparate net works This heterogeneous mix poses problems for system administrators working towards a unified and centralized print management system Print Limit Pro sports an array of tools to help administrators meet their unification goals Print Limit Pro s flexibility is however a double edged sword and the multitude of options also bring complexity This section dis cusses cross platform support in detail and hopes to arm the reader with the knowledge needed to make the correct architecture decisions Solutions are presented as recipes with the aim of directing the reader to appropriate procedures and other chapters The objectivity of a centralized and unified Print Limit Pro system in its simplest form is to offer all users irrespective of their operating system or access method access to the full array of features in a secured and authenticated way Print Limit Pro offers cross platform client software providing end user features on all major operating systems however the need for secured and authenticated access adds an extra somewhat complex dimension 18 1 About Authentication and Printing 18 1 1 What is authentication Authentication in a printing environment is the act of confirming the digital identity of the person who issued a print job Knowledge of the user s identity allows Print Limit Pro to of fer the user access to functions such as a
285. ment and office when synchronizing You may automate the synchronization process through scripting see Automation and Scripting in the user manual for details Import new users and update details overnight Figure 10 1 User group synchronization options If the Print Limit Pro server is a member of an Active Directory domain it is recommended to use this option The advantages over the Windows Standard include e Allows using Active Directory organizational units e Supports nested groups for simplified user management e Allows importing of users from other trusted Active Directory domains By default Print Limit Pro automatically re syncs the user and group information each night however the sync process can also be initiated manually To initiate a manual sync Navigate to the Options User Group sync tab 2 Press the Synchronize Now button 3 The sync process will start and a status window will open showing the status of the sync process 141 System Management http localhost 9191 Progress Mozilla Firefox fa IEA ugg User synchronization Starting User synchronization Synchronization process starting Synchronizing users and groups with the operating system N Retrieving users from the operating system Retrieving existing users from database Checking for new users to add Added 6 new users The system now contains 1852 users Synchronizing group information
286. model Instead users should charge to the relevant matter System administrators should set each top level account to be inactive disabled and all sub accounts to active as shown in Fig ure 7 5 Client Matter Naming Model example This will enforce use of sub accounts only gg Shared Account List Shared Account List Quick find Go Clear Name 4 Code Balance Restricted a Template Account 0 00 No af Envrotech 00002 0 00 No a Air Filter 00002 002 0 00 No gt Employee agreements 00002 010 0 00 No s General 00002 001 0 00 No E 00002 100 0 00 No E 00002 003 0 00 No E 00002 012 0 00 No a 00002 011 0 00 No s 00003 0 00 No E General 00003 001 0 00 No ff Hahitat nrecervatinn annn2nn en an Na Figure 7 5 Client Matter Naming Model example As shown in the example the shared account code is used as the client code for the top level client accounts and the matter code for the matter sub accounts In the account list the sub account codes are displayed as parentCode subCode For the shared ac count code to be visible the option Make shared account PIN code visible must be en abled For more information see Section 7 9 Advanced Shared Account Options By including both the client matter code and name users are able to search for a particular account by either client code matter code client name or matter name The following ex amples demonstrate this 96 Shared
287. n Starting the application server Starting Print Limit Application Server started pid 14254 Configuring Figure 1 8 The Linux install process The installation process will take between two and five minutes depending on the speed of the system A system restart is usually not required but administrators are advised to per form installation on live production systems during periods of low activity for example not during backup operations or other administration activities After the installation is complete you will need open a web browser to complete final con figuration Please proceed to Phase II Section 1 5 Quick Start Guide Phase II Config uration and Testing 1 5 Quick Start Guide Phase Il Configuration and Testing Application configuration is required after completing the platform specific installation tasks This is done via a web browser and must be completed before the system can be ac cessed The installation wizard should either directly open the browser or will guide you to the correct location The browser should open at 16 Introduction http localhost 9191 admin Configuration Wizard Welcome This wizard wil help you configure inital options and ready the system for use If this is the first time installing the application we highly recommend reading the quick start guide in the user manual Open the user manual Type in the password to be assigned to the master adm
288. n ning Print Limit Pro Q Print Limit Pro is not counting detecting pages correctly What s causing this A Print Limit Pro currently supports about 90 of printers on the market If a printer s language is not recognized Print Limit Pro will not detect any pages and record the print job as a zero page count This is usually accompanied with an error message in the Application Event Log We recommend you try the following problem resolution actions in this order 1 Many printers come with a variety of driver options Install the Postscript drivers if one is available for the printer Do this on both the Print Server and all network clients 2 Try the drivers included with the Windows CD Print Limit Pro supports the ma jority of drivers distributed with recent Windows releases 3 Try turning Enable advanced printing features as follows a On the print server Start gt Settings gt Printers b Right click on the printer and select Properties 276 Troubleshooting amp Technical FAQ s c Select the Advanced Tab d Turn off disable the Enable advanced printing features 4 If you re still having problems email GenevaLogic support The development team may be able to recommend a suitable set up or even supply a recent up date supporting your hardware How do ignore not monitor or delete a printer The Print Provider may be configured via its configuration to ignore a printer For more information see Sect
289. n activities Reduces overall printing cost by virtue of either making users aware of their own activ ity enforcing reasonable quotas or recovering full costs from end users Discourages overuse of IT resources Improve efficiency by allowing administrators to encourage use of underutilized print ers and or servers Improve network reliability by implementing rules to prevent printer queue jams queue hogging and inappropriate printing types 1 1 2 Key Features y Some of the key features of Print Limit Pro are Track all printing activity by user client printer and document metadata 1 Introduction Enforce per user quotas allowances or budgets Full differential print cost charging system allowing different costs to be assigned on a per printer basis with advanced options to charge different amounts based on docu ment type Hardware neutral solution support all major printer types and operating systems No hardware vendor lock in Both cross platform and multi platform support Run a mix of Windows and or Linux print servers and support clients ranging from Windows Mac Linux and Unix Provides end users with management options such as funds transfers usage tracking and reporting Provides end users with advanced options to allocate print jobs to shared accounts cost centers faculties or departments Single sign on user authentication with native integration with Active Directory or the system s un
290. n the preceding section More information about shared accounts can be found in Chapter 7 Shared Accounts and information about client software deployment is covered in Section 4 2 User Client 3 6 Interface Levels Print Limit Pro provides two layers of system access Admin and User 3 6 1 Admin Access Admin access provides access to the system for administration and management This level is usually only granted to selected individuals in the organization such as network ad ministrators or management staff To assign admin rights to an individual or group of users see Section 3 7 Assigning Administrator Level Access 3 6 2 User Access 40 Quick Tour End users are granted access to a set of basic web pages providing them with access to e View their account balance e List recent account activity e Use tools such as PrintCards and funds transfers to other users The User Client Tool Print Limit Pro User Client Software compliments the web pages by providing users with a quick view of their current account balance e Important Access to the user area like the admin area requires authentication that is the user must enter their network username and password Authentication is required because user information such as print history is confidential Access to the user s funds transfer feature also needs to be protected This is particu larly important in schools Students can rest assured that should
291. n the task try icon or when running on Mac or Linux via a right click popup menu Option Click access via the icon on the balance window The Login as option is made available if the client starts as an unauthenticated user This option allows users to authenticate or quickly switch user identity 6 8 3 4 Advanced Popup Configuration The login box displayed to the user offers the choice of how long their authentication de tails should remain active An administrator can control the options presented to the user by modifying the following system configuration keys These configuration keys are edited under Options Actions gt Config editor Advanced Config name Description client config auth ttl values A comma separated list of values to display in the popup authentication login box 1 denotes infinity and 0 denotes only this job client config auth ttl default minutes The default time to live value automatically selected when the login authentication win dow displays cli Determine if the client should request au ent config auth popup on startup if unauthe thentication when the client starts if the op nticated erating system user is unauthenticated Set to y yes enabled or N no off Table 6 1 User Client Popup Config Keys 87 Advanced Printer Management 6 9 Color Detection The color detection setting determines the method used by Print Limit Pro to analyze docu ments for
292. nal configuration Please proceed to Phase II Section 1 5 Quick Start Guide Phase II Configuration and Testing 1 4 3 Installation on Linux Important The following section assumes the reader has knowledge of general Unix Linux system management including using the command line creating users editing configuration files and understanding file permissions 1 4 3 1 Step 1 System Requirements Introduction Before proceeding with the installation the system administrator should take a few mo ments to verify system requirements Is the operating system version supported and are patches up to date Take a few minutes to verify the system is current and supported see Section 1 1 3 System Requirements Are printer s installed and hosted on this system and are they exposed to the network either via CUPS or Samba Administrators should ensure that the print queues are set up and working as expected before attempting to install Print Limit Pro In a multi user environment printers are often shared with other network users Other workstations should connect to these printers as Network Printers Ensure workstations are configured to print to the shared print queues For example a Windows workstation may connect to a samba exposed printer via samba_server printer Other Linux or Mac workstations will use IPP via CUPS If the printers are currently not installed and configured this task should be p
293. name format For example if you want to use the Employee Number field then the field name entered into Print Limit Pro should be mployeeNumber as shown on the Employee Number attribute page here ht tp msdn2 microsoft com en us library ms675662 aspx 143 System Management e Important If the field name is entered incorrectly the synchronization will fail It is there fore important to test your configuration changes To test the changes press the Test Settings button If the card number is retrieved correctly then they will be listed as the 4th user field in the test output 10 2 2 2 Importing the Card Identity number from LDAP LDAP provides a very flexible way to store a variety of user related information The fields available depend on LDAP server being used and how that is configured Many LDAP servers also allow administrators to create custom fields to store additional custom user in formation It is recommended you consult your LDAP server s documentation or talk to your LDAP administrator to understand which LDAP field your stores the user card ID number By default Print Limit Pro uses the employeeNumber field to retrieve the card number This is a standard LDAP field but id this is not suitable you can choose any valid LDAP user field e Important It is important to test the card numbers are being retrieved correctly To test the changes press the Test Settings button If the card number is re
294. names to a more user friendly name For example print jobs might appear in the release station as 192 168 1 100 or win pc0076 but would be more meaningful for the user to appear as Public PC 1 These aliases are defined in the app path release client machine aliases properties file The entries are in the format machine alias It is also valid to have multiple entries that map to the same alias So to add aliases for the example above the following lines would be added to the client ma chine aliases properties file 192 168 1 100 Public PC 1 winpc0076 Public PC 1 9 3 3 4 Job timeout If a user does not release their held job after a defined time their job will be automatically deleted This is to prevent a buildup of old abandoned jobs in the hold release queue The default timeout is 30 minutes and can be changed as follows 1 Navigate to the Options tab 2 In the section Release Station Security find the option Delete held jobs if not re leased after 3 Enter the number of minutes to wait for users to release their job before it is deleted 4 Press Apply 9 3 4 End User Web Based Release Interface Configuration Configuration options for the end user web based release interface can be found in the ad ministrative interface at Options General User Features These options control the availability of the Jobs Pending Release option available to end users The available op 138 Hold Release Q
295. nder the printer configuration area Summary Agvar ygn te t Jol Statistics Configuration gt t sae i Hosted on Simple printer configuration options Advanced options covering this printer wakus 101 are located under the appropriate tabs Location Department Library B W printer Page cost emale Enable Disable printer 4 Disabled unti Feb 15 2006 3 15 40 PM Enable Figure 6 3 Printer disabled using a time latch 6 5 Managing printing using differential charging In a quota based or charged environment one of the most important tools at the adminis trator s disposal is the ability to charge different amounts for different types of documents or on different types of printers Printers are designed for a particular task and a particular work rate For example an inkjet color printer is ideal for photos or the occasional color page but should not be used print 1000 page black and white documents when the heavy duty laser printer is located just down the corridor Print Limit Pro allows administrators to e Charge different cost per page amounts for each printer e Charge different amounts based on the type of document including e Discounts for black and white printing e Discounts for double sided or duplex printing Different amounts based on the size of the page Administrators can use differential charging to encourage users to use the correct printer and printer settings for the task at hand This ensures maximum ut
296. needs to be nominated as the primary server This sys tem runs the Application Server software responsible for providing the user interface stor ing the data and managing the application logic The system nominated for this task is usually a print server but could be any server It needs to be a system with spare capacity to run the Print Limit Pro application server software This system should have good per formance have at least 500 Mb of free hard disk space and be included in an off disk backup routine Other print servers are known as secondary servers These servers run the Print Provider component and communicate back to the central server The following diagram illustrates this setup Primary Server Secondary Server Central server hosting data and Running Print Provider component application logic reporting back to Application Server XML over HTTP Running Print Provider component only Client software deployment and remote administration via primary server PC Macintosh Linux Unix Workstations Workstations Workstations Workstations Figure 12 1 Secondary server reporting back to primary server application server When a client prints to a secondary server the Print Provider intercepts the print job and forwards the information to the central server for processing Communication is via XML Web Services over HTTP on the Print Limit Application Server s nominated port normally port 9191 The web services protocol
297. ng Overdralts ict iwllveen ctl nee allel Lt eee dads 67 5 6 Batch User Import and Update 0 2 0 0 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 68 5 6 1 Batch User Import File Format cceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaee ees 69 5 7 Disabling user printing with time latches 2 0 00 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 71 5 8 User Management Quick Reference ccceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 71 6 Advanced Printer Management ccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 73 6 1 Adding and Removing Deleting Ignoring Printers ceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 73 6AA On WIndOWS sisinio Line lide ae dhe eee es 73 PAPALO DNIE lo weston ei lhe ARS 74 SS ON LINUX zinea ea eed Aeon A E E e 75 6 2 The Template Printer cccccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee seca eeeeeeeeaaeeeeseneeeeenaees 76 6 3 Copying Printer Settings ccecceeceeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 77 6 4 Disabling printers with time latches 200 0 cece eeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 77 6 5 Managing printing using differential Charging eeeeseeeeeesneeeeeeaaeeees 78 6 5 1 Charging modes available 0 c ccceceeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeneeteeeees 79 6 5 2 How duplex discounts are calculated ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 80 6 6 Using filters and restrictions 20 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 80 6 6 1 Reduce printer JAMS cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeee
298. ng on both sides of a sheet paper If a document contains an odd number of pages the duplex discount is not applied to the last page For example if a 11 page document is printed as duplex the duplex discount is applied to the first 10 pages but not the last page Some printers allow multiple copies of a document to be printed as a single job Print Limit Pro will calculate the cost using the above rules i e If a copy contains an odd number of pages it will not apply the discount to the last page of each copy 6 6 Using filters and restrictions 80 Advanced Printer Management Print Limit Pro offers advanced filter options to provide network administrators with the abil ity to filter or restrict print jobs using a set of rules Filtering options available include Detect and delete duplicate print jobs Define the maximum cost of a single print job Define the maximum number of pages allowed in a single print job Filter documents based on the file extension or name Allow only selected paper sizes Set a printer to allow only color or black and white documents Each printer has its own set of restrictions The rules can either apply to all users or re stricted users only the filter scope You access these settings by selecting the appropri ate printer in the charging list and clicking the Filters tab ONC Fiters Filter Scope Specify how fiters should be applied to users Maximum Cost Filter by document c
299. nglish Department shared accounts The account name should be unique and pi descriptive al EMG123 Access to the account is controled either via a simple Mide pin PIN or via group level control as defined under the Security Balance tab 60 00 fachust Restrict the use of this account when balance drops to zero Figure 7 2 Creating a shared account By default shared accounts default to an unrestricted status This means that the account s balance is allowed to drop below zero Many organizations use shared account to track printing expense A common strategy is to start the account off at a zero balance and let it count down into the negative By setting the account to restricted and allocating an initial starting balance shared accounts can be used as a budget control system as printing to the account is denied once credit is exhausted Print Limit Pro has support for advanced parent child account structures The subsequent account naming conventions section covers many of the common practices See Section 7 2 Account Naming Guidelines for more details Each account can also be assigned a PIN Code that helps uniquely identify an account Many users use the codes to represent cost centers clients projects etc These codes are often also used in other systems like the accounting system to identify these accounts consistently across the organization Once defined these codes can be used in the client software to
300. nio a A E E EAE XV T About THIS GUIDG 2 cei itia ia EE a r LE aA aed XV 2 Expectations amp Prerequisites assssesrrseeerrsreernrnennrnnnnrnrnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne XV 3 Terminology used in this document ssssssssssssrrssssrrrssrrrrssrrrrssrrrrssrreen XV A NOUCE ainnean a AA a a ee ee ees ee xvi A sINtrOduCtiOn AEA E E EAA el E E tae Le E i E 1 1 1 What is Print Limit Pro sssssseseseesssessssesssrsrrrrsrssssrsrrrrrrsssrrrnrnrreresrsrnnne 1 Valea BEMGItS 2 24 Sern r E 1 1 1 2 Key Features riyna aN ARE EE EEA ee A eee ae 1 1 1 3 System Requirement 0 cccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaees 2 1 2 How does Print Limit Pro work esssssssssssssirsissssssssrrrrrresssrrrrrnrresesrsrnnne 3 1 221 Key G neeptS siiani ed eaa aea iaai 3 1 2 2 Understanding the print process flOW sssssesseeeeessrrssserreserrnn 4 1 2 3 Architecture Overview ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 6 1 3 The Top Ten Hidden Features asssssssssseerrsessrrrresrrnnssnrnnennrnnernrrennnnennn 7 1 3 1 One Remote Administration ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanaaeeees 7 1 3 2 Two Secondary Servers and Local Printers ccccsseeeeeeeeees 8 1 3 3 Three Shared Accounts cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 8 1 3 4 Four Customizable Web Interface cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeees 8 1 3 5 Five XML Web Services and Command line Control
301. nistrators and developers with the ability to programmatically remotely control integ rate and manage the application The possibilities are endless some of our users now have their library fines hooked into the Print Limit Pro system In addition to the Web Services API s system administrators may hook into the inner work ings of Print Limit Pro via our advanced server command application This simple but powerful command line tool provides command based access to dozens of system func 8 Introduction tions Maybe you have batch files or scripts managing back ups account creation or sys tem maintenance With server command you can quickly integrate Print Limit Pro into your existing infrastructure Some ideas 1 Schedule online backups to coordinate with your existing backup processes No need to take the system down to take a data snapshot 2 Create users in Print Limit Pro automatically and as part of your exist user creation scripts 3 Automatically import sync list of accounts from a file 3rd party system or existing dir ectory structure Great for Engineering and Architecture firms 4 Automatically schedule user group synchronization with Active Directory or another environment Have full control of how and when synchronization takes place See Section A 3 The XML Web Services API and Section A 1 Server Commands server command for more information 1 3 6 Six Hold Release Queues and Re
302. nly printed when the user arrives at the print area and confirms his or her identity This ensures the user is there to collect the job and other users can t accidentally collect the document e Approved Printing In some organizations it may be appropriate to hold jobs until they are approved by selected individuals A good example would be a teacher approving printing on an expensive color printer e Authentication Hold Release queues can be used as a form of authentication in an un authenticated environment Users must authenticate prior to releasing their jobs allow ing Print Limit Pro to confirm their identity Print Limit Pro provides the framework and software interface to implement hold and re lease queues Users can interact with the Hold Release Queues e g release their jobs in a number of ways This normally takes the form of a Release Station a dedicated computer terminal located next to the printers however other interaction methods include access via a browser based interface Hold Release Queues are used for a wide variety of purposes de pending on the requirements of the organization This section outlines a number of these scenarios and also how to install and configure the release interface The simplest way to get started with hold release queues is to read through the scenarios below see Section 9 2 Hold Release Usage Scenarios and decide which best suits your needs These scenarios will outline the st
303. nstall the login NOOK 00 eee eeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaee ees 247 20 1 Turn off simple file SNArING 200 eee cece eee cece ee eeeeee cae a E 250 20 2 Turn off simple file sharing cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 251 20 3 Enable perform printing as other user eee eeeeee cece eeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaee ees 252 D 1 Database growth using the internal database cceeeeeceeeeeeeeaneeeeeeaaeeees 285 D 2 Database growth using a Microsoft SQL Server database ceeeeeee 286 xiii List of Tables 5 1 Quota schedule times irnia eane a aaka Ean 63 5 2 User Import File Format rarei iarna noris en Anae REE na ka EERE e ERA 70 6 1 User Client Popup Config KeyS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 87 7 1 Shared Account Import File Format ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 116 83 1 Report Formats seire det vice elk iit eet dein eel A tt eet dete 122 8 2 Scheduled reports delivery times 2 00 02 eee eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeneeeees 126 8 3 Advanced Reporting Config Keys ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 126 9 1 Standard Release Station config settings ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeees 136 9 2 Standard Release Station modes cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 137 10 1 Fields available in printing notifications
304. nstallation process The copy of the print provider conf file is used during the install process to en sure the installation is aware of the location of the main application server e Fora full list of command line arguments see Section A 7 Automating Streamlining Installation on Windows 178 Chapter 13 Advanced Customization Print Limit Pro is an important part of network infrastructure at many thousands of organiz ations Having the ability to seamlessly integrate Print Limit into an existing network is im portant There are a number of ways to ensure end users see the system as part of the network rather than an add on These include e Changing the URL or link on the User Client window Customizing the look and feel of the use web pages e Using the Print Limit Pro back end data in other procedures such as custom reports This section covers some of the customization options available within Print Limit Pro For general information about the user client see Section 4 2 User Client 13 1 Customizing the User Client Tool window The pc client exe program displays a small window highlighting the current logged in user s current account balance This window contains two links One called Details that takes the user to the User Pages login The other defaults to the GenevaLogic website The link to the GenevaLogic website can be replaced Some suggestions include linking to your organization
305. nstaller is available from the Apple website at http www apple com support downloads java2se50release3 html 4 2 1 2 1 Single User Install This method is suitable for a Mac computer used by a single user For example a personal Mac desktop or laptop The installation process simply involves clicking on the client local install program This copies the PCClient application into the over to the sys tem s Applications folder and starts the client in the confirm network identity mode The simplest way to run the install process is to connect to the server s pcclient share over the network however alternate methods such as copying the folder contents via a USB key or drive are also possible 51 Services for Users To install the Mac client from the server s share Start and Log into the Mac computer Ensure it s connected to the network 2 Open the Finder From the Go menu select Connect to Server Window Help Back sl Enclosing Folder eT Computer OHC Home OHH Network ORK b iDisk gt A Applications oxa for gt Utilities osu Recent Folders gt Go to Folder TG Figure 4 6 Connecting to a Windows server 4 Enter the pcclient share s connection details like smb server_name pcclient ean Connect to Server Server Address smb 192 168 1 50 peclient O Favorite Servers Figure 4 7 The PCClient share s connection string Enter password information if requeste
306. nt software The client software pops up a window requesting the user s username and pass word The password is sent to the server via an SSL encrypted connection and is valid ated On successful validation a session is formed that associates the user with this work 85 Advanced Printer Management station The session is valid for a length of time as selected by the user the default being 5 minutes or until the user logs out 6 8 3 Configuration The following sections cover how to enable popup authentication on either the user ac count level or the print queue level 6 8 3 1 Popup authentication and generic user accounts The following notes explain how to enable popup authentication when a user logs in under a generic user account for example student Add the account to the domain called student You may already have such as ac count set up Perform a User Group Sync or print a job from this account so the username is listed in Print Limit Pro Select the generic user and set the account to a zero balance and a restricted status This will ensure that users can t charge against this account Check the Unauthenticated option and click on the Apply button to save the changes Advanced Options Advanced options including overriding printer level settings and changing authentication behavour ix Unauthenticated user enable popup authentication Figure 6 8 Turning on popup authentication at the user le
307. nt discipline Under some circumstances it might be useful to disallow printing for a student who has been misbehaving in class abusing computer resources or for other disciplinary reasons The user s printing can be disabled for the duration of a class or indefinitely Once the time period has passed printing will automatically be enabled for this user e Classroom Management Using the bulk user actions screen printing can be disabled for a group of users This can be useful to stop a classroom from printing for a period of time e User Management If a employee or student is away for an extended period of time and may return printing can be disabled so that their details and balance is unchanged but no one can use their account for printing The disable printing option is located on each user on the user details screen SQ User Details Amy Jones amy Detais Details Username General information about this user To send emai notifications to users their email 97 address must be entered Full name Amy Jones Email Enable Disable printing Printing disabled until Jun 28 2006 6 24 01 PM Enable Figure 5 5 User printing disabled using a time latch 5 8 User Management Quick Reference How do add credit to a user Select the user from the groups list and click on the adjust link next to the credit or select the Adjustment amp Charges tab 71 Advanced User Management How do add a new user to the
308. nt spooler service and provides information about the print events to the Print Limit Pro Application Server At a minimum in a cluster environment the Print Provider component needs to be included and managed within the cluster group The Application Server component The 195 Microsoft Cluster Environments Standard Install option in the installer is set up on an external server outside the cluster Each node in the cluster is configured to report back to the single application server using XML Web Services over TCP IP 16 2 1 1 Step 1 Application Server Setup Install the Application Server component Standard Install option on your nominated sys tem This system will be responsible for providing Print Limit Pro s web based interface and storing data In most cases this system will not host any printers and is dedicated to the roll of hosting the Print Limit Application Server It may be one of the nodes in the cluster however a separate system outside the cluster is generally recommended An existing do main controller member server or file server will suffice 16 2 1 2 Step 2 Installing the Print Provider components on each node The Print Provider component needs to be separately installed on each node involved in the print spooler cluster This is done by selecting the Secondary Print Server option in the installer Follow the secondary server set up notes as detailed in Chapter 12 Configur ing Secondary Print Servers
309. ntication e g Active Direct ory Windows NT LDAP or local system accounts Sites with more than 500 users should consider a server class system with more than 512MB of RAM and 500 MB of free disk space Print Limit Pro supports approximately 90 of printers on the market Where possible we recommend printers that support one of the two major printer language standard Post script or PCL On workstation clients All supported Microsoft Windows platforms Windows 98 and later e Macintosh OS X 10 3 9 or higher recommended e Most modern Linux Operating Systems Java 5 0 required for optional client tool 1 2 How does Print Limit Pro work Before explaining how Print Limit Pro works at a technical and end user level the reader should be familiar with the following key concepts 1 2 1 Key Concepts 1 2 1 1 Print Server A print server is a system responsible for hosting print queues and sharing printer re sources to desktop clients workstations Users on the workstations submit print jobs to a print server rather then directly to the printer itself A print server may be a dedicated serv er but on most networks this server may also perform other tasks such as file serving 1 2 1 2 Print Queue A print queue is first in first out queue listing all jobs pending on a given printer 1 2 1 3 User ID Username In a multi user environment users log on to a network or computer using a username and password These are often manage
310. o the LDAP server Please ask your LDAP administrator what values to use for the various options e LDAP Server Type Determines which LDAP fields are used to get user and group in formation LDAP Host address The hostname or IP address of the LDAP server e Use SSL Indicates if an encrypted SSL connection should be used to connect to the 145 System Management LDAP server The LDAP server requires SSL support to be enabled and should accept connections on the standard LDAPS port 636 e Base DN This is the Base DN of the LDAP server This is the equivalent of the suffix config setting of the OpenLDAP server For example if the domain hosted by the LDAP server is domain com then the Base DN might be Dc domain DC com The format of the Base DN can differ significantly depending on configuration Some examples DC myschool DC edu DC au DC myorganization DC com OU OrgUnit DC domain DC com DC local e Admin DN The DN of the user who has permission to connect to and query the LDAP server This is typically an administrative user although it can be a user that has full read access to the LDAP server An example of the DN of the Administrator user on a Windows AD domain domain com would be CN Administrator CN Users DC domain DC com The exact format of the DN depends on the LDAP server Some examples e Windows Active Directory CN Administrator CN Users DC domain DC com Windows Active Directory in
311. o the Scheduled Reports page 124 Reports Click Schedule a new report if the panel is not already displayed Choose the report Type of Shared account printing user summary Under Optional parameters Account name enter Joe s faculty shared account name Science Change the report title to Science Faculty Account Printing Leave the report Format as PDF Make the report deliverable every week by setting Send report to Weekly Enter Joe s email address under Recipients Press Add OMONDA The report is now scheduled to run every week and should now be shown in the table be low Joe will receive an email every Sunday showing the previous week s printing in his faculty To find out exactly when the report will be sent see Section 8 4 2 Details To see an example of what the report will look like press show example next to the report To manually run the report generate it and email to Joe now press run now The The run now operation also provides a convenient way to resend the previous period s report if the original delivery failed or if the email was accidentally deleted 8 4 1 2 Example 2 Division based reporting in business Mary is head of marketing division at a company She would like to see which printers her staff use most to make decisions about printer redistribution and purchasing Also of in terest are the sizes of paper being used and how much color printing is being performed To
312. o the service s start up type should be set to manual On each node navigate to Control Panel Administrative Tools Services locate the Print Limit Application Server Stop the service and set its start up type to Manual Repeat this on both nodes 16 2 2 5 Step 5 Create a new cluster group The Print Limit Pro Application Server should be designated to run inside its own cluster group Create a new cluster group containing the two nodes Add an IP Resource and a Network Name resource Give the network name resource an appropriate title such as PCAppsrv The need for a new cluster group is not hard and fast It is however recommended as it gives the most flexibility in terms of load balancing and minimizes the potential for conflicts 16 2 2 6 Step 6 Adding the Print Limit Application Service as a resource managed under the new cluster group 1 Open the Cluster Administrator 2 Right click on the cluster group hosting the spooler service and select New Re source 3 In the new resource wizard enter a name of Print Limit Pro Application Service and select a resource type of Generic Service Click Next Click Next at Possible Owners page 5 Click Next at Dependency page On the Generic Service Parameters page enter a service name of PCAppServer and ensure the Use Network Name for computer name option is checked Click Next 7 Click Finish at the Registry Replication page 16 2 2 7 Step 7 Bring the cluster
313. oiding the need to manage a separate database of users and groups If a user is added to the domain or is removed from a group then Print Limit Pro will automatically synchronize this information without any intervention from the admin istrator For example Jason configures Print Limit Pro to assign an initial credit of 10 to users that are mem bers of the Students windows security group At the start of the new school year Jason the system administrator has just added 100 new students to the Windows Active Directory Jason also adds all the users to the Students Windows security group When Print Limit Pro next synchronizes with Active Directory the 100 new users are added to Print Limit and automatically assigned the 10 of initial credit This was done automatically without any additional work by Jason 10 2 1 Synchronization Options The synchronization options are located on the Options User Group sync tab There are five options to select Sync source this selects where the users groups should be imported from Active Directory Windows NT Domain LDAP or Custom provider Import users from Group use this setting to import a subset of users from a single group rather than the whole domain directory Delete users that do not exist in the selected source deletes users from Print Limit Pro if they no longer exist in the selected synchronization source 140 System Management Update users full
314. oject phase client or account e Track printing by client matter popular in legal and accounting firms In a school or university Budget staff use via shared faculty or department accounts e Provide share accounts for classes or subjects e Track printing costs by subject areas Shared account scenario East Beach High School has implemented Print Limit Pro to control their printing Students are allocated a 5 00 a month budget Pre paid cards are sold at the library for students who need extra credit above this allowance Teachers and staff are given a small personal budget to cover casual printing with cur riculum material to be allocated to share accounts Shared accounts exist for each faculty The network administrator has granted staff members access to the share account popup Access to faculty accounts is controlled via Active Directory group membership Sarah is a Science and English teacher at the school When she prints she is able to alloc ate the print job to either her personal account or either the Science or English shared ac count via a drop down list 92 Shared Accounts Print Job Notification Print Job Notification www gen Confirm the print and select the print action Print job details Document name Print Limit Pro Users User List Printer wgks 101 5nagit 7 Cost 0 05 Print job actions Charge to my personal account Charge to shared account Account age Eea ELU Charge to
315. on How do tell Print Limit Pro to ignore not monitor a printer By default on Windows systems all printers are tracked by Print Limit Pro The Print Pro vider can be instructed to ignore a printer by setting the IgnorePrinters attribute in the print provider conf file A restart may be required for this to take affect Note This setting only stops monitoring The printer will continue to be listed under the printer list sec tion until it is manually deleted via the Delete printer action For more information see Section 6 1 Adding and Removing Deleting Ignoring Printers What can I use the printer notes field for The Notes field under each printer is useful for tracking all manner of information Typical uses include e Tracking configuration changes 90 Advanced Printer Management e Recording maintenance and or toner replacements e Documenting problems e Leaving notes comments to assist other administrators 91 Chapter 7 Shared Accounts Print Limit Pro has two types of accounts personal accounts and shared accounts Each user has a personal account This is the default account charged under normal operation In some organizations and businesses it may be useful to provide users or selected users with the option to charge printing to a shared account Some uses of shared accounts in clude In business e Allocate and budget printing by business areas e g cost center e Track printing by pr
316. on Account selection can be used to allow the user to select what account is charged or even to confirm Automatically charge to a shared account print jobs before they are sent to the printer These options require running the user chent tool on Charge to account workstations Science Department e g Scence Department or Acme Corp Reports When shared account is selected Charge shared account O Charge personal account and allocate to shared account for reporting Figure 7 20 Account selection option to automatically charge to a shared account 7 5 Account Selection Non Domain Environments Workgroups Many small networks may not be controlled via a central domain server These networks are sometimes referred to as Workgroups or peer to peer networks On these networks users may not log on to their desktop or computers may be shared by multiple users The Allow users to charge to other users option may be useful in non domain logon environ ments User accounts can be set up in the system hosting the printers and users can se lect their account using usernames and passwords for each print job irrespective of what user account is currently logged onto the workstation 111 Shared Accounts Information to show in popup Cl Allow user to charge to their personal account LJ Allow user to select shared accounts iiom list C alow user to select shared accounts using a PIN r Aow user to perform printing as anoth
317. on a printer e In Print Limit Pro setup the staff to be a hold release queue manager This will allow them to log in to the manager mode release stations See Section 9 3 2 Hold Release Queue Managers e On the staff desk workstations run the release station in Manager mode See Sec tion 9 3 3 1 Release Station Modes There are two release interfaces to choose from e Standard Release Station in Manager mode requires minimal setup 131 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations e Web based release interface requires only a web browser 9 2 4 Expensive Printers Approved Printing At times it is necessary to restrict access to an expensive printer like a color laser printer or other printer that should only be used with an administrator s permission Instead of lock ing the printer away where no one has access to it the printer can be configured so that only administrators or hold release managers can release print jobs In this situation 1 The user prints the document to the restricted printer 2 The document is held in the queue awaiting approval by an authorized person 3 The user talks to the administrator or approved user who would decide whether the user should be allowed to perform the print 4 The administrator logs into the web based release interface from any machine on the network and Release or Cancel the job as appropriate To implement admin manager on
318. on can bring in groups OU s and users from both domains The list of domains is semicolon separated This list should contain the name of the domains in DNS dot notation and should include the name of the current domain if im porting from this domain is desired Trust domain relationships are a complex area and administrators are advised to use the Test button to verify that the settings result in the desired behaviour The total num ber of user accounts is a good measure 10 2 5 Using LDAP for user synchronization LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol directories usually store information about user and groups in an organization One of the most common uses of LDAP is to provide single sign on on a network that comprises multiple platforms and applications When a network consists of only Windows computers then an Active Directory domain can be used But when there is a mix of Windows Apple and Linux machines then LDAP can provided the single source of user group and authentication information It is worth noting that both Active Directory and Novell eDirectory implement the LDAP protocol Print Limit Pro can use an LDAP directory for user authentication and as a source of user and group information LDAP can either be enabled at installation time or by changing the user source option in Options User Group sync When enabling LDAP a number of configuration settings must be specified to allow the application to connect t
319. on the usage patterns and therefore differs signific antly from site to site The best way to predict database growth is based on the rate of print jobs performed Although there is some overhead for other data like users groups print ers etc this data is static and does not grow over time The majority of database growth is caused by print and transaction logs The growth calculations performed below provide an indication of growth per 1000 or 10000 print jobs Then using these numbers and your estimate of the rate of printing in your organization a growth estimate can be made See Section D 1 3 Sample database growth calculation for an example of this calculation D 1 1 Internal database growth Most Print Limit Pro installations use the internal database This database is suitable for most organizations however some prefer to run using an external database as discussed in Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS The following graph shows the database size increase with the number of print jobs 284 Capacity Planning DB Growth Internal DB DB Size MB on S amp S n 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 Print Jobs Figure D 1 Database growth using the internal database These results show that the internal database grows by approximately 8 5MB per 10 000 print jobs D 1 2 SQL Server database growth 285 Capacity Planning DB Growth SQL Server oa
320. onments are common on small networks They differ from a domain envir onment in that they are not centrally authenticated via a server Users may use a system that automatically logs in as a user or maybe they just log in locally on their workstations See Chapter 20 Running in a Workgroup Environment for more information on the ways in which Print Limit Pro can be installed in a workgroup environment 2 4 2 4 Requirement 3 All users can be set up as unrestricted In this mode users can start of with a zero bal ance and count down as they print Their balance indicates their printing value to date 2 4 2 5 Requirement 4 27 Implementation by Example Shared accounts can be created to represent the current projects with sub accounts used to represent areas under these projects sub projects The client popup software can be enabled on user accounts forcing users to allocate printing to the project client In addition the advanced client popup will allow premiums to be charged for special printing such as reporduction of expensive mylar film Selected staff can run monthly or quaterly invoice reports at any time to quickly determine printing associated with a given client project More information on shared accounts and re porting can be found in Chapter 7 Shared Accounts 2 4 2 6 Requirement 5 Print Limit Pro records data in real time Full print logs and reports are available at any time and can be accessed using a standa
321. oped using the latest software development strategies a strong influence being Service Oriented Architecture SOA The Print Provider Application Serv erand Client Software all communication uses XML based web services over HTTP Introduction mux Samba and or CUPS Application Server Print Servers Running Print Limit Pro Windows Server L Ronaning Padtiant Po Print Provider component secondary server XML over HTTP Database Server optional Workstati int via shared lorkstations print via shar e nie printers hosted on print servers XML over HTTP RMJ Print Provider vu O Macintosh Linux Unix Local Desktop Printer Workstations Workstations Workstations Workstations Figure 1 4 Print Limit Pro Architecture an advanced configuration A more detailed explanation of the architecture and how it relates to a multi server installa tion can be found in subsequent sections 1 3 The Top Ten Hidden Features Print Limit Pro sereas Much of Print Limit Pro flexibility and usefulness comes not from the features you can see but from the advanced hidden features Print Limit Pro is packed full of handy tools utilities and options and you will read about these throughout this guide To provide a quick over view now the most popular hidden features are 1 3 1 One Remote Administration Print Limit Pro is a 100 web based application Full system administration can be per formed from
322. or two reasons e For fast reporting and search performance e To ensure Print Limit Pro is a good network application and does not overload domain controllers with group membership requests Many large networks may contain hundred of groups and or organizational units In many cases only a small percentage of these groups are pertinent to Print Limit Pro manage ment To ensure administrators are not overwhelmed with all groups Print Limit Pro only lists the groups selected as relevant by the administrator To add a group to Print Limit Pro e Navigate to the Group section e Select the Add Remove Group link at the bottom of the groups list e Select the group s required on the left hand side and click the Add arrow e Click the OK button to add the group s 61 Advanced User Management Select the groups from the network that ave required for management tasks such as group level operations security and reports Large numbers of groups may have a performance impact so only add groups required for system Operations Available Selected DnsUpdateProxy a Administrators a Domain Admins Backup Operators Domain Computers Domain Controllers Domain Guests Enterprise Admins Exchange Domain Servers Finance Group Policy Creator Owners amp Guests v Figure 5 1 Adding removing groups Print Limit Pro includes one built in group called the all users group This group is not related to any existing network grou
323. ore than one shared account There are occasions where the same task needs to be performed on mul tiple accounts With a large number of shared accounts it may take too long to perform the task manually on each one this is where bulk account operations are useful Bulk account operations can be found in the Actions list while on the Accounts tab Some examples of where bulk account operations might come in useful include e Shared account balances need to be reset at the start of a new billing period e A new printing policy or account model is being introduced and needs to be rolled out across all shared accounts e Shared accounts are to be temporarily disabled For example over the holiday period when there should be no shared account based printing ig Warning The bulk account operations are one way and cannot be undone Always care fully consider the operation before proceeding If you are unsure of the function or behaviour performing a backup prior to undertaking the operation is ad vised The following tasks can be performed through bulk account operations e Adjust of set the accounts credit perform a transaction e Change the accounts restriction status e Disable the accounts for a specified period of time e Change the invoicing option e Change the comments option 7 9 Advanced Shared Account Options It is possible to customize the functionality of shared accounts to suit a wide range of uses There are
324. oring silent monitoring with a zero page cost will also achieve this e The printer may not be supported by Print Limit Pro and may need to be ignored The Print Provider component is responsible for locating and tracking the printers To in struct it to ignore a printer 1 Open the file app_dir providers print win print provider conf in a text editor such as Notepad 2 Locate the line IgnorePrinters and enter the full name of the printer on the right hand side of the equals line For example IgnorePrinters Office Printer 73 Advanced Printer Management Note This is the printer s locally assigned name and not the name of its network share If you have multiple printers to ignore then separate the each printer name with a comma For example IgnorePrinters Office Printer Copy Room Printer 3 Restart stop then start the Print Limit Print Provider component under Start Control Panel Administrative Tools Services 4 If the printer data is no longer required for reporting purposes log into Print Limit Pro s admin interface and select the Printers section then click on the printer to be re moved and select Delete printer from the Actions list 5 Test the changes by printing to the deleted printer and ensuring the printer does not re register itself in the system It if does verify the name assigned under the Ignore Printers setting is correct 6 1 2 On Mac The list of monitored p
325. ost This filter is used to prevent users from accidently using an excessive amount of ther alowance in a singe document Page Count Filter by the number of pages within a document This fiter may help accomplish tasks such preventing large documents on slow printers or small documents an specialist high volume printers Color Mode Alter documents by ther color grayscale mode This fitter used in conjunction with system access permissions can to prevent selected users from printing in color Ony apply filters to restricted users D Dery print jobs based on document s total cost T Deny print jobs based on number of pages Minirnum 0 Maximum 10q C Deny print jobs based on color mode Figure 6 5 Some of the available printer filters and restrictions The printer restrictions provide network administrators with advanced control over printer usage Some common examples include 6 6 1 Reduce printer jams Many printers expect print jobs to be on single size of paper or maybe two sizes if the printer has multiple paper trays A non standard size will cause the printer to enter a manu al load state causing the queue to halt Print Limit Pro Filters section allows Administrators select the allowed sizes Non standard sizes are automatically deleted before they re sent to the printer It s an effective way of reducing one of the most common causes of queue jams 6 6 2 Controlling documents on slow Inkjets Inkjet p
326. ost per page inside Print Limit on the printer at 0 10 Matt s 5 page document costs 0 50 5 Matt s account balance is now at 4 00 He may continue to print until his account drops to zero Introduction The teacher s perspective allocation to accounts 1 John is a science and mathematics teacher at the same local high school 2 John needs to print out a presentation consisting of 122 page science worksheet for his next class 3 The network administrator has granted John access to charge to either his personal account or to either the Science Department or Math Department s shared accounts John presses the Print button in the application 5 The Print Limit client tool displays a popup and presents John with information about the print jobs and requests an account selection In this case accounts represent De partments but could also represent projects or other work areas 6 John selects the science department s shared account from the list e Print Job Notification Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the pnnt action Print job details Document name Print Limit Pro Accounts Account Details Engish Depart Printer wohss 101 Snaglt 7 Cost 0 05 Pages 1 Print job actions Charge to my personal account Charge to shared account Account aeaaea Aa Figure 1 2 The User Client account selection popup 7 The print job is charged to the science department s account The techn
327. osted on 257 Tools Advanced lt printer_name gt the name of the printer lt property gt the name of the property to get Valid properties include disabled whether or not the printer is currently disabled print stats job count the total print job count for this printer print stats page count the total printed page count for this prin set printer property lt server_name gt lt printer_name gt lt property gt lt value gt Sets a printer property lt server_name gt the name of the server the printer is hosted on lt printer_name gt the name of the printer lt property gt the name of the property to set Valid properties and values include disabled whether or not TRUE or FALSE lt value gt the value to set s lt property gt for valid values the user is currently disabled reset printer counts lt server_name gt lt printer_name gt lt reset_by gt Reset the page and job counts associated with a printer lt server_name gt the name of the server hosting the printer lt printer_name gt the printer s name lt reset_by gt name of the user script process resetting the counts disable printer lt server_name gt lt printer_name gt lt minutes_disabled gt Disable a printer for a set period of time lt server_name gt the name of the server hosting the printer lt printer_name gt the printer s name lt minutes_disabled gt the
328. other languages such as Perl or Python will need to use an XML RPC library to call the methods directly All methods are exposed via the URL hnt tp server_name 9191 rpc api xmlrpce 266 Tools Advanced Tip All the XML Web Services commands are also accessible via the server command program An alternative to using a full programming environment to automate Print Limit Pro via Web Services is to use the server command program to call the commands via a script such as a batch file or shell script This may be a simpler solution for common automation tasks such as schedul ing a User Group synchronization each night More information on the server command program can be found in Sec tion A 1 Server Commands server command A 3 2 Security The Web Services API s provide full access to the system s internals and hence need to be secured Print Limit Pro secures access using two security layers 1 IP address level security 2 Authentication tokens required for each method call The IP address level security is used to control which systems denoted by IP address are allowed to connect to the server and call the API s By default this is restricted to Local host 127 0 0 1 only If the program script making use of the API s resides on another system then this system s IP address will need to be added to the list of approved ad dresses under Options gt General Allowed XML Web Services callers The f
329. ource ceceeeeeeeeeeeae ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 197 16 3 Cluster service parameters Configuration cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 197 16 4 Stopping the service and setting to Manual startup c ecseeeeeeeneeeees 202 18 1 Print Limit Pro client requesting authentication eee eeeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeees 217 19 1 Setting up a printer direct on Leopard server using Jetdirect 227 19 2 Enable IPP on each queue via Server Admin 0 0 c ceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 228 19 3 Setting up a workstation printer ON Leopard cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 229 19 4 Printing settings via the Workgroup manager ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 231 19 5 Add printer appropriate to the container users group or computer 231 19 6 Print Limit Client on Mac OS Xo eeccceceeeeeee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 233 19 7 Add a Printer cctv incite wel bale ee a Dee Dee eee 235 19 8 Option click for advanced printer addition types cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 235 19 9 Windows printer via SAMBA 0 00 ee eee ceeeee cece cece eee e ee ae eeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 236 19 10 Connecting to a Windows server cceceeeee ee eeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 236 19 11 The PCClient share s connection String cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaae 237 19 12 Add PCClient as a Login Item cece cecece
330. ow authenticate proving his identity and release the job He chooses to do this via the command line release station client 4 John enters the command release print job This command was set up by the system administrator 5 John enters his username and password confirms the job s name cost and page count and releases the job for print The following is an example of the output seen Please enter your username john Please enter your password Current balance 8 00 18 04 13 Name Configuring Linux Pages 2 Cost 0 40 Print this job yes Released 1 job s 6 The job prints and John s account is charged Enabling the release station on a printer is a global option it affects all jobs from all users In some environments it may not be appropriate to have all jobs controlled via a release station for example jobs originating from Windows systems are already authenticated and should print directly An alternate strategy is to have two queues for the same printer The first queue does not use the release station option and only allows printing from au thenticated workstations users while the other queue has the release station option en abled Print Limit Pro managed print queues can be exposed for access via LRP LPD using vari ous methods The optional Windows system component Print Services for Unix can be used if the queues are hosted on a Windows system An LPD interface is available for CUPS if the queues
331. p Print Limit Logged in as matt Jobs awaiting approval prior to printing are listed below Release Ai aet v primer Ee cient poges cost faction Microsoft Word Documenti print cancel Apr 12 2006 linuxserver Canon BJ sauce 2000 laptop 148 74 00 Apr 12 2006 3 44 21 PM Apr 12 2006 3 44 18 PM Win2003 HP Laserjet SMP Printserver He LaserJet SMP Microsoft Word list doc Other test document Server 192 168 1 1 print 4 4 00 cancel print 260 132 00 cancel Local intranet Figure 9 4 End user web based interface listing held jobs 9 2 Hold Release Usage Scenarios This section describes various usage scenarios discussing why and how to use a hold release queue They provide a good starting point for your own implementations 9 2 1 Saving paper and toner A large source of wasted paper in organizations are documents that were never collected from the printer Some of these uncollected documents are caused by accidental printing and others were just forgotten But the majority of these documents end up in the bin If the document is not printed until a user walks to the printer to collect it then this source of waste can be mostly eliminated To implement a release station to save paper e Set up a low end workstation near the printer s e Run the Standard Release Station in the default mode Release Any mode More in form
332. p alive heartbeat During print activity up to 0 5kb may be consumed depending on cli ent popup settings 287 Appendix E Upgrading From a Previous Version This appendix describes the Print Limit Pro standard upgrade procedure Print Limit Pro supports upgrades using a simple install over the top procedure We recommend review ing all steps prior to commencing the upgrade procedure E 1 The recommended upgrade procedure 1 Download the Print Limit Pro installer for your platform In accordance with best prac tice we recommend that you archive your install programs just in case you need to re install in the future or roll back to a previous version Schedule approximately 10 minutes downtime It is suggested to choose a time of day with minimal network activity If there is a large volume of data in the system for ex ample if the system has been running for more than a year or there are more than 5 000 users the upgrade may take longer With very large installations it may be ap propriate to schedule an hour or more of downtime Take a point in time backup of the data by pressing the Backup Now button located under Options Backups This will ensure you have a copy of the important data As a precaution on very large systems we recommend backing up the whole Print Limit Pro directory Existing overnight backups may have taken care of this task however take a few moments to grab an up to date backup now For exampl
333. p and simply is a catch all group that represents all users list in the Print Limit system It is similar to the Everyone special group in Win dows 5 2 Setting up quota allocations In many organizations Print Limit Pro is used to control and restrict users to sensible use by allocating a quota or allowance a budget For example a user may be allocated 10 00 a week This type of control is particularly popular in schools and universities The process of quota allocation can be automated via the Groups section To allocate a 10 00 a week to members of the Students group Navigate to the Groups section Add the Student group via Add Remove Groups if not already listed Select the Student group Pon gt Under the Quota Scheduling section select a period of Weekly and enter 10 00 in the Schedule amount 5 Click the Apply button to save the change 62 Advanced User Management amp Group Details Support Details een NiS The izat rit o group or organization unit s name RPA uota Schedulin g y Period Quota can be added to users accounts on a Weekly v scheduled basis either daily weekly or monthly If Only alow accumulation up to is not selected Schedule Amount the user s balance wil accumulate ndefinately 0 00 If Only alow accumulation up to is selected the user s balance will only accumulate to the amount Only allow accumulation up to specified 10 00 Figure 5 2 The Group Deta
334. pecialized user and group synchronization process optimized for tracking down adding any new 258 Tools Advanced users that exist in the OS Network Domain user directory and not in the system Any existing user accounts will not be modified A group syncronization will only be performed if new users are actually added to the system is task complet Returns TRUE if a long running task such as perform group sync perform user and group sync or add new users has completed get task status Returns status information such as progress completion status and error messages on the current or last run long running task such as perform group sync perform user and group sync or add new users batch import shared accounts lt import_file gt lt test gt lt delete_non_existent_accounts gt Import the shared accounts contained in the given tab delimited import file lt import_file gt the import file location relative to the application server lt test gt TRUE or FALSE If TRUE perform a test only The printed statistics will show what would have occurred if testing wasn t enabled No accounts will be modified lt delete_non_existent_accounts gt TRUE or FALSE If TRUE accounts that do not exist in the import file but exist in the system will be deleted If FALSE they will be ignored get config lt config name gt Gets the value of the given config
335. peration started by the performGroupSync API This method returns a struct hashtable map containing elements with keys completed and message This method may be polled to determine if a sync has completed api batchImportSharedAccounts Import the shared accounts contained in the given tab separated import file located on the server api getConfigValue Gets the value of a configuration settings api setConfigValue Sets the value of a configuration setting NOTE Take care updating config values You may cause serious problems which can only be fixed by reinstallation of the ap plication Use the setConfigValue API at your own risk Table A 1 XML Web Services Methods A 3 1 Web Services Example Code The best way to demonstrate how to use the Web Services interface is using example code Print Limit Pro ships with example code located in app_path server examples webservices The C Ruby and Java examples also include a full documented Proxy class a proxy is a common program design pattern The Proxy wraps and exposes the Web Services meth ods as standard methods The setup and use of the underlying XML RPC library is all handled in the proxy class meaning you can just focus on calling the methods Please see the README txt files in the examples directories for more information The Java example includes full JavaDoc style documentation under examples webser vices java docs api Developers using
336. pi deleteExistingUser api listUserAccounts 263 Adjust the account balance for all users in a group by an adjustment amount but not above the given limit An adjustment may be positive add to the user s account or negative subtract from the account Set the balance on a user s account to a set value This is conducted as a transac tion Set the balance for each member of a group to the given value Reset the counts pages and job counts associated with a user account Disable printing for a user for selected peri od of time Triggers the process of adding a new user account defined by a given username As suming the user exists in the OS Net work Domain user directory the account will be created with the correct initial set tings as defined by the rules set up in the admin interface under the Group s section Calling this method is equivalent to trigger ing the new user event when a new user performs printing for the first time Rename a user account Useful when the user has been renamed in the domain dir ectory so that usage history can be main tained for the new username This should be performed in conjunction with a rename of the user in the domain user directory as all future usage and authentication will need to use the new username Delete remove an existing user from the user list Use this method with care Calling this will perminently delete the user account from the user list p
337. ple maybe a re port from the accounting application consists of 400 pages Users may not be aware of this and accidentally print the report expecting only a few pages Print Limit Pro can be con figured to match this document via its name and automatically deleted it from the queue Use the Filters keyword filter to implement this functionality Additionally it s also possible to filter documents based on file extension by entering a keyword like htmor pdf To filter a document name based on a regex regular expression enclose the keyword in forward slashes Note that the regex matches the entire document name For example e To disallow printing of any documents ending in htm atm e To disallow printing documents of the form account 12345 pdf account d pdf e Important 82 Advanced Printer Management This is not a security option It is easy to circumvent the filter by simply renam ing the document Some systems may not even report type information 6 6 6 Control who can print in color Advanced By combining Print Limit s ability to restrict color printing allow only grayscale and stand ard printer access permissions it s possible to control which users have access to color printing To implement 1 On the print server install the drivers for the printer twice Call one printer Grayscale Only and the other Color You will now have two printer icons logical printers each connected
338. pooler is still running in Act ive Passive Virtual servers cannot share the same service on any given node For this reason if the vir tual servers share nodes you ll need to manually install the Print Limit Pro Print Provider service a second time under a different name Use the following procedure 16 3 1 2 1 Step 1 Set up one Virtual Server Set up one virtual server using all steps in the preceding section After this virtual server is tested perform the steps below to set up the 2nd virtual server 16 3 1 2 2 Step 2 Create a 2nd instance of the Print Limit Pro Print Provider on each physical node A 2nd copy of the Print Limit Pro Print Provider needs to be created on each physical node This is required so that a separate service can be installed and configured to bind to the 2nd virtual server Copy the following directory and all its contents C Program Files Print Limit Pro providers print C Program Files Print Limit Pro providers print2 Repeat this step on both physical nodes 16 3 1 2 3 Step 3 Configure the copied instance to bind to the 2nd virtual server Add the following lines or uncomment the example lines to the file C Program Files Print Limit Pro providers print win print provider con ServerName VIRTUAL SERVER NAME 2 PrintServerName VIRTUAL SERVER NAME 2 Where VIRTUAL SERVER NAME 2 is the network name associated with your 2nd virtu al serve
339. port a subset of users from a given group This option is pertinent when it is known that only a subset of users will only ever use the printers ae User group synchronization The system wil synchronise user and Group information from a network domain or computer Please select the user information source User source Windows Active Directory Import al users Import a subset of the users e g a group or org unit This wil be selected on the next page lt Previous Next gt Figure 1 11 User sync configuration wizard page 1 5 1 4 1 Windows Options on Microsoft Windows include Windows Standard Active Directory or LDAP In a domain enviroment Active Directory is the default option as this offers access to Or ganization Units Nested Groups and other AD features 1 5 1 4 2 Apple Mac Options on Mac OS X include Mac Standard PAM Local NetInfo etc LDAP or Samba Select Mac Standard if the user accounts are setup and defined on the local system as standard Unix accounts or mapped into the system from a central directory service such as LDAP Most large established networks will use this option The LDAP option is appropriate for large networks with existing LDAP domains This in cludes networks running Mac OS X Server with Open Directory and Windows domains running Active Directory More information on LDAP is available in Section 10 2 5 Using LDAP for user synchronization The Samba option is appro
340. port on a printer To allow users to release jobs via the end user web based release interface also en able Release Any mode for the web tools interface More information can be found at Section 9 3 4 End User Web Based Release Interface Configuration To implement unauthenticated printing using the browser interface e In Print Limit Pro enable the Hold Release mode on the appropriate printer s See Section 9 3 1 Enabling hold release support on a printer e Ensure end users have the ability to view held jobs and can release any job charging to their account More information can be found at Section 9 3 4 End User Web Based Release Interface Configuration 9 3 Release Station Configuration This section describes various aspects to configuring release stations Some additional installation notes can also be found in the release station README file located here appdir release README txt 9 3 1 Enabling hold release support on a printer By default print jobs will be sent directly to the printer and will not be held To turn on hold 133 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations release support on a given printer Log on to the administration section Navigate to the Printers section Select the printer Select the option to Enable hold release queue aFon Choose the appropriate release mode for your needs The two release modes available are e User
341. priate on medium to small networks currently operating in a Windows Domain environment 1 5 1 4 3 Linux Options on Linux include Unix Standard PAM NIS etc LDAP or Samba Select Unix Standard if the user accounts are setup and defined on the local system as standard Unix accounts or mapped into the system from a central directory service such as LDAP or eDirectory via nsswitch conf and PAM Most large established networks will use this option Select Samba if the central user directory is a Windows Domain The Samba option is only available if Samba is installed on the system The Samba option is appropriate on medium to small networks currently operating in a Windows Domain environment 19 Introduction The Samba option requires additional information such as the name of a domain server and login credentials for an Administrator level account This information is requested on the subsequent wizard screen Take care to ensure this information is complete and cor rect More information on user group synchronization on Linux is available in Chapter 17 Print Limit Pro on Linux 1 5 1 5 Wizard Completion After completing the configuration wizard you will be presented with a user synchronization status screen and an option to Login Take some time to log in and browse the interface There are many options and now is a good time to have a look at some of the key areas of the application Take some time to explore 1 5 1 6
342. print activity 3 4 Basic Printer Operations All printers managed by Print Limit Pro are configured under the Printers section Printer 36 Quick Tour configuration may include e Setting a cost per pages or defining more complex charging rules e Defining advanced filter and restriction rules For example configuring a printer to deny jobs of a selected size or automatically removing duplicate documents e Controlling the enabled disabled status via time latches To define a basic cost per page of 0 10 Log in as the build in admin user Select the Printers section Click on the printer who s page cost is to be defined Enter a page cost of 0 10 under the configuration section aoFon Press the Apply button to save the change To define an advanced cost model offering a 40 discount for duplex double sided print ing Under the Printers section select the printer whose cost model is to be modified Click on the Advanced Charging tab Select a charge type of by category Enter 40 in the duplex discount field and select Percent less from the dropdown list Click the Apply button to save the change OF RO Nee Advanced Charging Charging type by category v Charging by Paper Size Category This charging model provides the abl ty to io ue Base cost 0 05 control cost based on cat Sood at the base per Large paper surplus larger than Legal or 150 A4 Documents printed on large paper can be
343. printer management can be grouped into the following high level concepts e Activity monitoring e Encouraging appropriate use e Managing the addition of new printers This section addresses these management areas and covers tools available in Print Limit Pro to assist administrators 6 1 Adding and Removing Deleting Ignoring Printers 6 1 1 On Windows Print Limit Pro tracks all print queues ocal to the system by default Local print queues are those that have been set up on the server running Print Limit Pro with a local port such as a TCP IP connection to a network printer an LPR connection or a printer attached locally via USB or LPT Standard Windows print queues that are hosted on a different system or re shared are not tracked these queues may be tracked by setting up a secondary print server see Chapter 12 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers New print queues added to the system should show up automatically in Print Limit Pro however in some rare situations the printer may only show up after the first print job has been sent Under some situations it may not be desirable to track all printers Some examples of why an administrator may choose not to monitor a printer include e The printer is a virtual printer such as a PDF generator FAX or document manage ment program e The administrator may wish to offer free printing on a selected printer and not be con cerned with monit
344. printers should be approved by teachers 4 The teacher for each grade level should have access to activity reports in order to track the class s printing volume 5 The school principle needs a summary report of class printing activity at the end of each semester 2 1 2 Implementation 2 1 2 1 Initial Installation Print Limit Pro should be installed on the school s file and print server The initial installa tion process is covered in Section 1 4 Quick Start Guide Phase Installation 2 1 2 2 Requirement 1 The monthly budget can be automated by applying a 50 00 monthly quota to the A11 Users group The domain login accounts used for each year level are automatically placed in the All Users group See the following areas for more information 22 Implementation by Example e Section 5 1 Groups in Print Limit Pro e Section 5 2 Setting up quota allocations 2 1 2 3 Requirement 2 Teachers can be warned when their class s balance has reached a low balance limit The notification can be via email The notification option is located under Options Notifica tions Low Balance Notifications Enable the email option for email notifications 2 1 2 4 Requirement 3 The system administrator can set up the printers so only selected users i e teachers can approve jobs issued to color printers By selecting the Only managers can release option on a given printer jobs are held in a queue Teache
345. ps should be implemented A staggered approach is likely to minimize disruption allowing network administrators to focus on the tasks at hand 2 5 2 2 Requirement 1 Print Limit Pro supports Microsoft Clustering Services The installation process is docu mented at Chapter 16 Microsoft Cluster Environments 28 Implementation by Example 2 5 2 3 Requirement 2 The print servers at the remote locations can be installed as secondary servers reporting back to the primary server All data will be stored in one location The services communic ate using XML Web Services and only consume a few bytes per print job Hence the sys tem will work well over the WAN 2 5 2 4 Requirement 3 Print Limit Pro has a fail open design This means that if a failure occurs such as the net work fails between servers printing will continue as normal 2 5 2 5 Requirement 4 The consulting division can make use of the share accounts feature to track their printing by client More information on shared accounts is available in Chapter 7 Shared Accounts These advanced users would benefit from using the advanced popup The advanced popup offers advanced searching features allowing end users to quickly located the appro priate account and enter job comments as required 2 5 2 6 Requirement 5 Secured print release can be facilitated by setting up a terminal a low end PC will do in the finance department s utility room When a member of the finan
346. quickly search for accounts and can also displayed in account based reports The account PIN code can be entered on both parent and sub accounts For example it is common to use parent accounts to represent clients and sub accounts to represent projects for those clients In this scenario the parent account code would represent a client code and the sub account code would represent the project code 94 Shared Accounts 7 1 1 The Template Account The Template Account is designed to save time by applying the most common set tings to all newly created accounts The Template Account can be found on the Shared Account List page of the Accounts tab gt Shared Account List Shared Account List Batch I t ate Acco Quek fnd Name Balance Restricted 50 00 a Finance 0 00 No Figure 7 3 The template account Any settings applied to the template account will be applied to new accounts when they are created g Account Details Template Account Detais Se Details amp Balance Balance Selected users may charge to shared accounts 50 00 The account name should be unique and descriptive C Restrict the use of this account when balance drops to zero Access to the account is controlled ether va a simple PIN or via group level control as defined Enable Disable under the Security tab Enabled v Figure 7 4 Template account settings Some examples of where the template account might prove useful incl
347. r Note that the PrintServerName must be prefixed with two back slashes Repeat this step on both physical nodes 203 Microsoft Cluster Environments 16 3 1 2 4 Step 4 Manually install the a 2nd instance of the PCPrintProvider service Services need a unique name We ll install a 2nd instance of the service under the name PCPrintProvider2 This is done by typing the following commands at the command prompt cd C Program Files Print Limit Pro providers print2 win pe print exe PCPrintProvider2 install Repeat this step on both physical nodes 16 3 1 2 5 Step 5 Add this service to the resource group associated with the 2nd virtual server Repeat steps 5 through 8 in the preceding section this time using the service name PCPrintProvider2 rather than PCPrintProvider The recommend unique name for the cluster resource in step 6 is Print LimitPrintProvider0l 16 4 Client Workstation Configuration In a clustered environment the behaviour of Print Limit Pro on the workstations is identical to that of a non clustered environment The one exception however is in terms of configur ation The clients need to be configured to connect to the Virtual Server rather that directly connecting to a node i e network connections need to be made via virtual server s desig nated IP address The changes necessary are 1 Update User Client s configuration file config properties with the Virtual Server s details as per Se
348. r client is discussed in Section 13 1 Customizing the User Cli ent Tool window The behavior of the user client such as where on the screen it pops up or which option is selected by default can be customized This is discussed in Section A 5 User Client Options 4 2 1 User Client Deployment 4 2 1 1 Deployment on Windows The Print Limit Pro client software may be deployed to workstations using a variety of de ployment methods The deployment options are covered in details in the appdir client README txt file Options include 1 If you re after a manual setup wizard style installer run the program client loc al install exe located in the network share PCClient You can access this share by typing the following address into Windows Explorer lt MyServer gt PCCClient win where MyServer is the name of the server where Print Limit Pro is installed 2 Administrators looking for an automated install deployment option should consider the zero install strategy See below for details The recommended approach with Windows Domains is the zero install strategy This in volves configuring the workstations via group policy or otherwise to run the client execut able directly off the PCClient share a share set up during installation This avoids the need to undertake a separate installation process on each workstation and ensures the cli ent software is automatically updated in conjunction wi
349. r ecce 148 T04 System Ba KUPS k a a a a ie AA ae 149 10 4 1 Performing an Online Backup c cceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeees 149 10 4 2 Restoring a BackUp eee eere aiar EEEE LE ERSS 150 10 4 3 Performing Offline Backups 00 ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 150 10 5 System Notifications sisirain ienna aae aaas iaa 151 10 5 1 Configuring Notifications 2 0 0 0 ccc ccceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 151 10 5 2 Error Notifications for Administrators 1 0 0 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 154 10 5 3 Testing Notification Methods cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 157 10 6 System Security Options 2 0 0 cceecceceeeeeeeee cess ae aa eeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 157 10 6 1 Application Server Connections ccccceceseeeeeeeaneeeeeeaaeeees 157 10 6 2 Provider Connection Security 0ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 158 10 7 Environmental Impact en eris eeen een eet eer ESE ER REEERE 159 LEA aTa OET O E E A E A S OT NT 161 11 1 Cards by Example ccceceeceeee eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 161 11 1 1 The User s Perspective 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeees 161 11 1 2 The Administrator s Perspective ccceeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeees 161 11 2 The Card System ecccccececeeeeeeeee cece ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeees 161 11 3 Creating New Cards cccecececeeeeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneee
350. r pages from their workstations e Administrators can access the system 12 3 2 Step 2 Ensure firewall software is set to allow access to port 9191 Secondary server needs to communicate initiate a TCP connection on port 9191 Admin istrators should ensure that any firewall software on the primary Application Server is not set to block any incoming local network traffic on this port 12 3 3 Step 3 Account setup On the secondary server create a user account called printlimit The printlimit user s home directory should be set to the desired install location This is normally home printlimit 12 3 4 Step 4 Install the Print Provider Install the Print Provider software onto the secondary server by copying all files and direct ories from the primary Application Server s directory app_dir providers print linux i686 To the location home printlimit providers print linux i686 on the secondary server Perform the copy operation as the printlimit so files are owned by the printlimit user This process can be summarized with the following com mands shell gt su printlimit shell gt mkdir p providers print linux i686 shell gt scp primary server home printlimit providers print linux i686 providers print linux i686 After the copy operation is performed execute the setperms and roottasks scripts as root shell gt sh providers print linux i686 setperms shell gt sh providers print linux i686 roottasks so
351. r server properties Contains server configuration including the default admin password the server s TCP port and external database connection parameters providers print linux i686 pri The Print Providers configuration file used nt provider conf by both the Samba and CUPS Print Pro viders This file defines items such as the Application Servers IP address and port process timeouts and other Table 17 3 Advanced Configuration Most important application logging is available via the Application Log section of the Ap plication Servers web interface Some additional advanced level logging is maintained in standard text files located at server logs providers print linux i686 print provider log Administrators may wish to consult these logs when attempting to diagnose or troubleshoot problems 17 3 Backups amp System Management Suggested backup procedures are detailed in Section 10 4 System Backups Common system management functions are covered in Chapter 10 System Management Administrators managing Linux servers should also consider adopting the following man agement policies e Regularly check for Print Limit Pro updates Updates can be applied with a simple in stall over the top procedure e Remember to add the Print Limit Pro backend or command when configuring new print ers e Always check Print Limit Pro s functionality after a system updates i e new versions of CUPS or Samba or
352. r the operation Both instances use a share data source in the form of an external database see Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS Large sites should consider using a clustered database such as Microsoft SQL Server 16 2 2 1 Step 1 Application Server Installation On one of the cluster s nodes install the Print Limit Pro Application Server component by selecting the Standard Install option in the installer Follow the setup wizard and complete the process of importing all users into the system 16 2 2 2 Step 2 Convert the system over to an external database The system needs to be configured to use an external database as this database will be shared between both instances of the application server Convert the system over to the 198 Microsoft Cluster Environments required external database by following the procedure detailed in Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS The database may be hosted on another system or inside a cluster As per the external database setup notes reference the database server by IP address by entering the appropriate connection string in the server properties file 16 2 2 3 Step 3 Setup of 2nd Node Repeat steps 1 and 2 on the second cluster node 16 2 2 4 Step 4 Decouple service management from the nodes By default the Print Limit Pro Application Server component is installed under the manage ment of the node It needs to be managed inside the cluster s
353. r under a different name however the user will be notified of a domain mismatch error The tool create ssl keystore can be used to re issue the key certificate stored in a keystore file under a different hostname eliminating the mis match error An example of the command s use cd app_path server bin win create ssl keystor f myserver fullname com More information is available via the help command line option Usage create ssl keystore f k FILE SYSTEM_NAMEF f Force Overwrite any existing keystore file k FILE Defile a keystore file location If not set the keystor is created in the default location server data default ssl keystore SYSTEM_NAME The name of the computer server used to generate keystore If not defined the current computer name is used A 4 1 Using a custom SSL Key Large organizations may wish to use their own SSL key signed and trusted certificate au thority CA Such trusted CAs include AddTrust Entrust GeoTrust RSA Data Security Thawte VISA ValiCert Verisign beTRUSTed among others A Caution Configuring SSL and generating signed keystores is complex The following documentation assumes that the reader has a good understanding of the SSL HTTPS process and has configured SSL on other web based application serv ers such as Apache IIS or secured mail servers A good summary of the process of generating a Print Limi
354. range Common date ranges such as last 30 days and the previous month can be accessed via the appro priate link The ad hoc reports may be used to generate the reports over user defined date ranges Report Parameters Largest print users Ad hoc Parameters Report Title Enter the report parameters to Largest print users Ad hoc fiter the report data as required From Date 20 Aug 2005 7 To Date 20 Sep 2005 7 Report Format pees ice Choose the output format to PDF v create for the report Figure 8 1 Selecting ad hoc date ranges for reports 8 1 Report types The one click reports accessed under the Reports section can be grouped into the follow ing areas 8 1 1 User Reports These are reports producing information about users They range from a list of users their names and current account balance to detailed reports listing all print jobs printed by a user over a particular time frame 120 Reports 8 1 2 Printer Reports Printer reports produce information on printers including configuration usage summaries and statistics 8 1 3 Print Log Reports The print log is a detailed list of all printing performed on the network The print log reports allow administrators to produce reports list all jobs over a given date range with simple one click version for today s print jobs and largest print jobs Largest print jobs Last 30 days For the period of Dec 31 2006 to Jan 30 2007 Date Printer Usem
355. rd web browser The manager can log into the administration interface and access the reports at any time 2 4 2 7 Requirement 6 All reports and activity lists can be exported to Microsoft Excel To access the Excel data click on the small Excel icon located next to the report name or the icon at the bottom of the print log 2 5 Scenario The Medium to Large Business SandComp is a large manufacturing company consisting of 3000 employees spread over 4 sites All sites are connected via a fast Wide Area Network WAN Printers are hosted on local servers with the largest site hosting printers in a Microsoft Cluster environment 2 5 1 Requirements Must support a Microsoft Cluster environment Must centrally store print data on a server located at the main office Must not cause disruption if the WAN link goes down between offices ESO Dates The consulting division needs to be able to track printing by project client matter format so costs can be passed back to their clients 5 The finance department needs secure print release on their shared printers stored in the utility room 2 5 2 Implementation 2 5 2 1 Initial Installation The implementation of Print Limit Pro in this environment would best be managed using staggered or step by step approach First the software should be installed and tested on the central offices clustered environment then rolled out to the other offices and finally the secure printing and client popu
356. re all users have an account username and password on the server or domain hosting the Print Limit Pro software e Install client software on all systems See Section 4 2 User Client for more detail e Enable popup authentication by selecting the Unauthenticated option on the corres ponding generic user account e See Section 6 8 Popup Authentication for more detail 18 2 1 2 Other Methods 1 Use release station in Release Any mode See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 2 Consider implementing domain level logins 18 2 2 Windows laptops that do not authenticate against a domain Portable systems may spend most of their time outside the organization s network and hence setting up domain authentication may not be desirable The laptops notebooks are often owned by a single individual and are not under the control of a central administrator 18 2 2 1 Preferred Method e Teach the user how add their domain username and password to their Stored user names and passwords 1 Start Control Panel User Accounts Select the user s laptop login account Click Manage my network passwords Click Add Enter the name of the server and the user s network domain username and pass word ON oP 1G e Teach the user how to add a network printer in the form server printer e Optional Locally install client software using the client local install exe install program This is located on th
357. rged at the printer s standard rate Currently Print Limit Pro can perform page level color detection with most PostScript PCL5 and HPGL printer drivers with PCL6 support coming soon Many manufacturers of fer PostScript and PCL drivers as well as proprietary ones check your printer manufac turer s website for availability Important To use page level color detection 1 Ensure the printer is using a PostScript or PCLS printer driver on both the server and workstations 2 Apply the page level detection option for the printer in Print Limit Pro 3 On Windows based servers the Print Provider service will be notified of the set ting change every 2 minutes This can be sped up by manually restarting stop and starting the Print Limit Pro Print Provider service via Control Panel gt Administrative Tools Services Linux and Mac systems will pick up the change immediately 4 For Windows based servers disable the setting Enable advanced printing features on the Advanced tab of the printer s Windows Properties page This option needs to be changed on the print server This forces documents to spool in the driver s native PostScript or PCL language that Print Limit Pro can analyze 5 Print a few test documents with both grayscale and color pages and ensure Print Limit Pro is correctly charging the document The Print Log under the Printers tab is a good place to monitor the detection in real time e Important Ensure that t
358. rint Log In addition to storing print log information in the database a real time plain text log is also written into the directory appdir server logs print logs The log file is in a tab delimited format and a new log is created for each day Files are named with the format printlog_yyyy_mm_dd log and files are archived for 30 days The tab delimited file can easily be imported into programs such as Microsoft Excel Mi crosoft Access or other database Field Description Field 1 Date in format yyyy MM dd th mm ss 183 Advanced Customization Field Description a p Field 2 Server Name Field 3 Printer Name Field 4 User who printed the document Field 5 Account charged usually the user s per sonal account but could be a shared ac count Field 6 Client Workstation Name Field 7 Document name Field 8 Total number of pages Field 9 Total number of color pages Field 10 Number of copies this has already been used to calculate the total pages Field 11 Cost Field 12 Duplex status Field 13 Grayscale status Color mode Field 14 Paper Size e g Letter A4 Field 15 Paper Height in Millimetres divide by 24 5 for inches Field 16 Paper Width in Millimetres divide by 24 5 for inches Field 17 Print job size in KB Field 18 Printer Language Table 13 3 Text print log file format 13 5 Automation and Scripting Print Limit Pro provides a detailed set of server commands and Web Services API
359. rint and transaction his tory records remain List all user accounts sorted by username starting at offset and ending at limit This can be used to enumerate all user ac counts in pages When retrieving a list of all user accounts the recommended page size limit is 1000 Batching in groups of Tools Advanced Method Description api isSharedAccountExists api getSharedAccountProperty api setSharedAccountProperty api setSharedAccountAccountBalan ce api adjustSharedAccountAccountBa lance api setSharedAccountAccountBalan ee api addNewSharedAccount api deleteExistingSharedAccount api addSharedAccountAccessUser api addSharedAccountAccessGroup 1000 ensures efficient transfer and pro cessing E g LOQO ae 1000 1000 listUserAccounts 0 listUserAccounts 1000 listUserAccounts 2000 Test to see if a shared account exists in the system database Gets a shared account property Properties include access groups balance comment options disabled status notes pin and re striction status among others Sets a shared account property Properties include access groups balance comment options disabled status notes pin and re striction status among others Sets a shared account s current account balance Adjust a shared account s account balance by an adjustment amount An adjustment may be positive add to the account or negative subtract from the account
360. rinters have very low throughput rates A large color document can hold up a queue preventing other users from getting their fair share of print time By setting an upper page 81 Advanced Printer Management count via the printer s Filters section network administrators can prevent large print jobs The page count forces users to split up large documents and allows other users access to the printer 6 6 3 Automatically deleting duplicate jobs Print Limit Pro can also monitor the print queues and automatically delete duplicate print jobs This option is useful on networks with novice users New users often double click an application s printer icon causing two identical print jobs to be sent to the queue This wastes paper and users print quota Network administrators can enable duplicate job de tection via the Filters section A popup message warns the user and the duplicate job is removed from the queue e Important This option can affect multiple prints from Microsoft Excel and some other ap plications Users wishing to print multiple prints from Excel may need to reprint the document 30 seconds apart 6 6 4 Force sensible use Restrictions can be set to define a maximum cost per job This will prevent users from acci dentally spending all their credit quota in one print job 6 6 5 Automatically deny documents based on file extension or name There are many reasons why users should not print certain files For exam
361. rinters is configured when installing Print Limit Pro To change the list of monitored printers run the script at Applications Print Limit Pro Control Printer Monitoring command Please read the script s instructions care fully and ensure that the Print Setup Utility is closed quit when running this script After running the script the printers should now be registered Log into Print Limit Pro as admin and verify that the printers are now listed under the Printers section Perform a test print on each printer and verify that the jobs are tracked correctly Note At the technical level Mac systems use the Common UNIX Printing System CUPS Print Limit Pro tracks printing by integrating with CUPS For system administrators familiar with CUPS Print Limit Pro integrates by wrapping or proxying the CUPS backend The Control Printer Monitor ing command script simply edits the file etc cups printers conf and prefixes the DeviceURI with printlimit enabling monitoring on the selected print er System administrators experienced with the terminal may prefer to edit the printers conf file directly with a text editor See Section 6 1 3 On Linux for more details To delete a printer 1 Doubleclick on the Control Printer Monitoring command script 2 Choose to disable monitoring on the printer s to delete 3 Ifthe printer data is no longer required for reporting purposes log into Print Limit Pro s admin interface and select the
362. rinting and a number definition file suit able for importing into the Print Limit Pro system Card Number All cards are designated a random unique number Print Limit uses this number to identify the card and its value Users enter this number to allocate the credit to their account An example number P0409 1945 4833 5750 4452 Batch ID A batch ID is a user defined ID or number assigned to all cards in a batch The batch ID will prefix all card numbers and are used to identify the source of a card A unique number should be assigned to each batch Valid Till Date Expiration Date Define the date on which a card can no 162 PrintCards Term Definition longer be used It s analogous to a use by date on a gift certificate Expiration dates ensures cards only remain in circulation for a limited period of time A six to 12 month period is recommended In a school envir onment it may be useful to define an expir ation date as the last day of the semester Mail Merge Mail merge is an advanced feature of Mi crosoft Word The mail merge feature takes a design template and a data source and merges the two together to construct a composite document In the card wizard s case the number list is the data source and the design template is the template Mi crosoft Word document The number definition file contains informa tion on all cards in a batch including a list of card numbers their expiration
363. rkstations Workstations Workstations Workstations Figure 12 2 Print Limit Pro Architecture an advanced configuration 12 6 Automating Secondary Server Deployment on Windows The secondary server installation process can also be automated via command line switches issued to the installer program This may be useful when there is a need to install the Print Provider on a number of desktop systems hosting local attached printers To automate the installation 1 Copy the windows installer program pcng setup exe into a directory accessible to the target systems i e A network share or mapped drive 2 Copy the print provider conf file from main server This file is located at 177 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers app dir providers print win Place the file in the same directory as the in stall program as performed in step 1 3 Edit the print provider conf file and define the correct server name or IP ad dress of the main application server in the line starting with ApplicationServer 4 Use a batch file or equivalent to start the install program as follows pceng setup exe COMPONENTS prov_print SILENT Note The installer requires administrator level needed to install a system service Note The executable name of the installer program may vary depending on the version e Replacing the SILENT option with VERYSILENT will suppress all visual output during the i
364. roject phase code nam mng model niorse setae a aneeaci suiee Seed sabadeera ieee a dea Suc satgedect A 102 7 12 Searching accounts by phase in the project phase code naming model 103 7 13 Selecting a shared account from the popup cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeees 104 7 14 The user s popup settings under User gt User Details eerie 105 7 15 Setting up shared account security ee ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaneeeeees 107 7 16 The standard account Selection POPUP eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanees 108 7 17 Client popup options defined on a per user basis 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 109 7 18 The print job confirmation dialog no account selection options 109 7 19 The advanced account Selection POPUP eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanees 110 7 20 Account selection option to automatically charge to a shared account 111 7 21 Configuration allowing only selection of other user accounts 008 112 7 22 Popup requesting the user to enter their username and password 112 8 1 Selecting ad hoc date ranges for reports cceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeees 120 8 2 Printerlog PDF report necete rareste baein E RAA OTE ARES EEOAE 121 8 3 Report icons of available report formats PDF HTML CSV Excel 121 8 4 Filters applied to the shared account print log 2 0 0 eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
365. ronment is an advanced operation This chapter assumes the reader has a high level of expertise in system and cluster configuration The cluster environment should be operational before undertaking the Print Limit Pro installa tion Readers should also have a good understanding of Print Limit Pro s Service Oriented Architecture specifically its two main components the Application Server and the Print Provider and how they work together Section 12 4 Print Monitoring Architecture In a cluster environment Print Limit Pro can be set up in one of two possible configura tions Mode 7 is the simplest configuration and is suitable for most organizations It imple ments clustering in the front line that is the printer and print monitoring layer Mode 2 im plements clustering on all levels of the application for maximum fault tolerance Mode 2 is somewhat more demanding to configure and should only be attempted by organizations with staff experienced with advanced cluster and database management Please refer to the subsequent sections for an explanation on how to set up Mode 7 or Mode 2 in your environment 16 2 Microsoft Cluster Server This section discusses both Mode 1 and Mode 2 configuation in Microsoft Cluster Server Sites using Veritas Cluster Server should jump to the following section 16 2 1 Mode 1 Clustering at the Print Provider layer The Print Limit Pro Print Provider is the component that integrates with the pri
366. ropriate Oracle version 3 Download the driver file for JDK 1 4 or later The filename is usually called oja bel4 jar 4 Copy the downloaded file into the appdir server lib ext directory This will allow Print Limit Pro to make use of the driver Once the driver is installed into Print Limit Pro the standard upsizing procedure can be fol lowed See Section 15 2 Upsizing to an External RDBMS 194 Chapter 16 Microsoft Cluster Environments 16 1 About Clustering Print Limit Pro is designed to scale to 60 000 users To ensure reliability on networks of this size network architects may adopt strategies including e Load balancing spreading tasks across multiple servers e Clustering building in redundancy by implementing a failover strategy Print Limit Pro is a cluster compatible application It supports clustering using two different technologies Microsoft Cluster Server and Veritas Cluster Server at all levels of the ap plication including e Clustering at the print spooler service layer by integrating with clustering services e Failover based clustering at the Application Server layer using clustering services Print Limit Pro s Application Server is web and web services based and hence can support other failover methods such as heartbeat driven DNS e At the database layer by utilizing cluster aware databases such as Microsoft SQL Serv er or Oracle Setting up Print Limit Pro in a cluster envi
367. rough 6 Take some time to print from the workstation and confirm that printing succeeds ho Bluetooth AppleTalk Advanced More Printers Protocol Internet Printing Protocol IPP Address 192 168 1 2 Invalid or incomplete address Queve printers LibraryColorLaser Leave blank for default queue Name Library Color Printer Location Library Room 2 Print Using Generic PostScript Printer Figure 19 3 Setting up a workstation printer on Leopard 229 Mac Printing in Detail If you have problems obtaining a driver for your printer try the Generic Postscript Driver This option will work with most printers If after a test print the printer stops with a connec tion error check the printer sharing permissions on the server or try the alternate method discussed below 19 1 3 2 Alternate Manual Setup LPD LPR Log onto a workstation Open the Printer Setup Utility or if on Leopard System Preferences Print amp Fax Click the add new printer button or Select IP as the type and select LPD as the Protocol OW eR Gee Enter your server name or the server s IP Address in the Address field and the print er name in the Address field The name of the printer will be the same as configured on the server 6 Select the appropriate printer model If this is not listed you may need to install the manufacturer s driver then repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Take some time to print from the workstation
368. rs e Understanding of client server relationships e Understanding of basic security concepts such as permissions groups and users 3 Terminology used in this document To make reading this manual easier the names of all the screens tabs and actions from Print Limit Pro are marked up in a different font The User Details screen for instance A sub screen or tab is indicated with an arrow User Details Adjustments means se lect Adjustments amp Charges tab from the User Details screen User Interface Buttons are indicated like this Press OK to continue System output and keyboard input is indicated with a different font as well Field labels are indicated like this Username e Important Important notes are marked like this Tip XV Preface Tips provide useful advice to make your life easier A Caution Indicate situations where you have to be careful what you are doing F gt Warning Where extreme care has to be taken 4 Notice While every effort has been taken to ensure the accuracy and usefulness of this guide we cannot be held responsible for the occasional inaccuracy or typographical error If you do find an error please let the GenevaLogic Development Team know Information in this document is subject to change without notice The names of companies products people characters and data mentioned herein are fictitious and are in no way in tended to represent any real individual
369. rs are hosted on a Linux server and exposed to Windows users via Samba At the technical level the Samba support is implemented as a set of Perl script wrappers around standard Samba commands such as net and smbclient Administrators should ensure these Samba commands are on the printlimit user s path 17 4 3 Custom Some large networks particularly those found at established universities may have cus tom user directory and authentication services not directly supported by Print Limit Pro To support these networks administrators can use scripting and other technologies to build a new custom User Directory Information Provider Print Limit Pro works by handing off user group and user authentication tasks to a separ ate program process The external process must accept a set of commands as command line arguments and return the answer in a tab delimited prescribed format on standard out More information on the format can be found in Section 13 6 Custom User Directory In formation Providers The source code for the standard Print Limit Pro supplied User Dir ectory Information Provider are also supplied as part of the installation and these may prove to be a good example The source code is provided in server bin linux i686 src server bin linux i686 sambauserdir server bin linux i686 authsamba 17 5 Unix Command Line Release Station Client In a modern Linux environment the most commonly used print system is usually CU
370. rs can then approve the student print jobs by accessing the web based release software accessed via the URL http server_name 9191 release Where server_name is the name of the organization s print server 2 1 2 5 Requirement 4 Teachers can view print activity and account balance by connecting a web browser to http server_name 9191 user Where server_name is the name of the organization s print server Access to the end user pages is covered in Section 3 6 Interface Levels 2 1 2 6 Requirement 5 Summary reports can quickly be generated by any user with Print Limit Pro s system ad ministrator access Granting administrator access and running reports is discussed in Sec tion 3 7 Assigning Administrator Level Access 2 2 Scenario The Large School North Shore High has a student population of 2000 students Their network consists of e Three student Windows PC labs and one Macintosh lab with other computers scattered around the school for student use A mixture of Mac and Windows laptops used by staff A Windows Active Directory environment hosted on a number of servers e Printers are hosted on two separate Windows servers e Some teaching staff have desktop printers attached locally to their workstations e Each lab has a black and white laser printer e Two high end color copier printers and large format printers are located in a print room situated away from the computer labs Students have their own
371. ry Option click on the PCClient icon and select Show package contents The user client can also be configured by passing command line parameters to the pro gram This is described in Section A 5 User Client Options 13 2 Customizing the User web pages The user pages display information about the user s account and provide access to fea tures such as PrintCards The visual design of these pages can be tailored to make them 180 Advanced Customization fit into the look and feel of an existing internet or intranet site This gives the pages an offi cial look ensuring your users see the system as an important part of your organization s network Broperlin wed Toots Micraselt bateraet Explorer Be Gat Bem Frote Too Hep deak gt D A Al Creat adien E ro exorcist x x en ui Logged in ea Chita fh flora hill My Details User List hte Summary Use Brin Cond Jump to user Search Transfer Furcts htcPrint sks Pages 1 hitcNiet age hte Trnnanctions i Poges Netdma Net tee Usereame Credit printed sred wood Privilege Admin administrate 13 0 LIMB Aihe Unrestricted s H aon Heme chuis 130 0 LIMB LHe Restricted Usar List Oher Charges chrissesing 5066 0 JMB AOH Restricted Qud Pepots duties gussi 1 3 0 0MB OOH Restricted Adhoc Reports E _ Repani Prirt Jobe ma siw 0 LIMB LOHrs Restricted Recent Net Usages EA RA n mauser si 0 QOMB O
372. s Staff laptops or desktops used in education 19 2 1 1 Requirements e Printers hosted and shared from a Windows or Linux server e Mac systems used by a single user or small group of known users e Each user has a domain account and password The username associated with the account on the Mac matches the domain username either the account used to login or the account set up as the automatic log in account e Running Mac OS X 10 3 or higher 19 2 1 2 Installation Check the user account information Start up the Mac and ensure the system is connected to the network From the Apple Menu select System Preferences Select Accounts Click MyAccount Uae ee ea Ensure that the Short name associated with the account matches the user s domain account username If not create a new working account as appropriate 234 Mac Printing in Detail Set up the printers that the user requires access to Open the Printer Setup Utility from Applications gt Utilities 2 Click the Add button to add a new printer Panas teen a e008 Printer List as eon P Na Status Kind 192 168 1 125 seas Printing Generic PostScript Printer 1 HP Laserjet 5000 Series PS Generic PostScript Printer HPLaser Generic PostScript Printer Laserjet Generic PostScript Printer win2003 Generic PostScript Printer samba Generic PostScript Printer Figure 19 7 Add a printer 3 Tiger Option Click More Printers Important Ho
373. s Figure 10 9 Draw a user s attention to their environmental impact The Environmental Impact section is available to end users via their web summary page See Section 4 3 2 Environmental Impact for more details Administrators also can view the impact of a user and a printer via the details pages in the admin interface The meaning of the reported values and how they are calculated are detailed below Field Description Trees This value corresponds to percentage of a tree that has gone into making the paper The value assumes the user is printing on standard A4 or Letter sheets and 80 500 sheets make up a tree This value is set by the config key envir onment sheets per tree Carbon This value corresponds to greenhouse gases released in the production of the pa per CO equivalent The value assumes 159 System Management Field Description that the user is printing on standard A4 or Letter sheets and one sheet equals 8 6g cane The default value takes in account CO produced as a byproduct of the paper pro duction only It does not take into account the power consumed by the printer or power associated with the ink toner use and production Finding referenced figures on these values is difficult and one could argue that the printer power consumption is not a function of the user s usage as the printer would be there consuming power even if they choose not to use the device This
374. s These services may be used to automate common operations and management tasks Some ex amples of where an administrator may choose to use scripting automation include 184 Advanced Customization e Automate tasks such as backups and domain user group synchronization e Integrate account creation and management into existing scripts or processes e Manage account balances and transactions outside the application The automation and scripting tools are written for software and script developers It is ex pected that readers intending on using these tools are comfortable with developing system management and server monitoring programs The server command and Web Services API s are included as standard with Print Limit Pro More information on using these tools is detailed in Appendix A Tools Advanced in Section A 1 Server Commands server command and Section A 3 The XML Web Ser vices API 13 6 Custom User Directory Information Providers Print Limit Pro is a modern application designed with a modern architecture It supports plug ins and extensions at a number of different levels One such layer is the User Direct ory source Organizations with very complex domains such as those seen in large uni versities can be accommodated either with the standard options or if the standard options are not sufficient via a custom plug in For example a University may have multiple domains one running Active Directory
375. s To change this click on the show hide details link to the right of Management s entry 6 Deselect all access rights for Management except Access reports section When finished click Apply to save the changes 7 Test by logging into the administrator interface as a user in the Management group and checking that access is allowed just to the Reports section d The scheduled reports feature can automatically deliver selected reports via email to interested parties See Section 8 4 Scheduling and Emailing Re ports for more information Secur ity Admin users The Admin users list defines the user chris john mary who are alowed to administer the r application 2 comma separated Ist of usernames The Allowed remote providers lock down access so that onil bset of network addresses can submit print jobs to the server a comma separated Ist of server IP addresses used tO Allowed remote provider IP addresses Callers is that only a Allowed XML Web Services callers can cal the 127 0 0 1 The Allowed Web dow comma separated Ist of IP addresses Subnet ack the forma Figure 10 5 The list of users and groups granted admin access 10 3 2 Assigning Administrator Access to a User Assigning access to an individual user is suitable when the access rights are specific to that user For example the junior system administrator mary might be assigned access to all functionalit
376. s exist e Automatically charge to a single shared account This is a special mode that allows automatically charging all printing to a selected shared account without any user interaction or popup 7 4 1 Standard Account Selection Popup The standard account selection popup offers four account selection types Charge to personal account Charge allocate to a shared account selected by a PIN Charge allocate to a shared account from list taking into account security settings BS ONS Perform print as another user username and password required 107 Shared Accounts 8 Print Job Notification g ir Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action f Print job details Document name lether odk Printer maestro Canon ColorPASS Z500e Color PS Pages 2 Cost 0 20 Charge to shared account Account O Charge to shared account using PIN Code PIN Code Perform print as user Username Password C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 16 The standard account selection popup When a user selects the a shared account there is the option to 1 Charge the print to a shared account 2 Charge the print to personal account and allocate to shared account for reporting The option to charge a to personal account allows printing to be tracked against shared ac counts while allowing the use of user based quotas When this option is selected the cost of
377. s navigate to Printers Notification Options Field Description Auser The username of the user receiving the message date The date time that the message was sent balance The user s current balance Cost The cost of the print job printer The printer the job was printed to document The name of the document printed pages The total number of pages in the print job copies The number of copies of the document printed paper size The a of the paper used to print the doc ument Table 10 1 Fields available in printing notifications 10 5 1 2 Low Balance Notification To change low balance notification options navigate to Options Notifications and scroll down to the Low Balance Notification section 152 System Management Notify the user when a print is denied because they don t have enough credit Enable notification PRINTING DENIED To the user cient tool Not enough credit You have tried to By Winpopup print tpagest pages costing tcost g By Email f address is known You have balance in your account 3 y By custom delivery Not available Figure 10 6 Options for a single system notification Using the notification options shown above the notification can be enabled the notifica tion text can be changed and the delivery type can be modified Field Description user The username of the user receiving the message date The date time that the message was
378. s a relatively simple task All the ad ministrator needs to do is prefix the existing DeviceURI with printlimit For example the entry DeviceURI socket 192 168 1 200 9100 would become DeviceURI printlimit socket 192 168 1 200 9100 The printer will register itself with Print Limit Pro on the first print event 17 1 3 2 1 Print Limit Pro CUPS Architecture The Print Limit Pro CUPS backend is a native compiled binary In Print Limit Pro docu mentation it is referred to it as a Print Provider a component that provides print event in formation to the Application Server It s responsible for analyzing the print job and then communicating this information to the Application Server component Communication is via an XML RPC based Web Services call This means that the backend does not even need to be on the same server as the system hosting the Application Server component 17 1 3 3 Samba Configuration Overview If the print queues are exposed to network workstations using Samba Samba Website http Awww samba org and a print system other than CUPS is used e g BSD LPRNG SYSV etc the smb conf needs some additional configuration The print command needs to be replaced with a Print Limit Pro command 1 Openthe smb conf e g etc samba smb conf 2 Under the globals section insert the line print command home printlimit providers print linux i686 samba print provi u Wey J wag h en m Wom p Sp s Wash a
379. s a self install Java distribution for Linux and other major Unix platforms Ensure Java 5 0 is installed and the JAVAHOME environment variable is defined on the PATH 4 2 1 3 2 Step 2 Copy or Mount the Print Limit Pro user client files Like the Windows version of the client software the Linux Unix Java version is installed in 55 Services for Users the client directory on the server All files in this directory need to be copied or make available to the Linux Unix workstation Common methods include e Copying the files from the server using file transfer programs such as FTP or scp e If the server is Windows based connecting using smbclient or the Gnome or KDE smb file browsing tools The client files are shared via a read only share called server_name PCClient e If the server is Linux based consider exporting the printlimit client directory via NFS and mounting on the workstations The client can then be ran directly from the mount If the workstation is used by multiple users the client directory should be copied to a com mon location such as usr local printlimit client 4 2 1 3 3 Step 3 File permissions Open a command prompt and set execute permissions on the pc client linux sh file as follows cd usr local printlimit client chmod 755 pce client linux sh 4 2 1 3 4 Step 4 Testing Log on as a user a user listed in the Print Limit Pro system in your preferred Linux desk
380. s commenting option disabled whether or not the shared account is currently disabled invoice option the shared account s invoicing option notes notes for the shared account pin the shared account s PIN restricted whether or not the shared account is currently restricted set shared account property lt account_name gt lt property gt lt value gt Sets a shared account property lt account_name gt the name of the shared account lt property gt the name of the property to set Valid properties and values include access groups the shared account s access groups a comma separated list access users the shared account s access users a comma separated list balanc the shared account s current balance a decimal number comment option the shared account s commenting option One of NO_COMMENT no comment may be entered COMMENT_REQUIRED a comment must be entered COMMENT_OPTIONAL the user may enter a comment or not disabled whether or not the shared account is currently disabled TRUE or FALSE 256 Tools Advanced inv not pin res lt value gt oice option the shared account s invoicing option One of LWAYS_INVOICE print jobs will always be invoiced NEVER_INVOICE print jobs will never be invoiced USER_CHOIC N the user can choose default on yes USER_CHOICI FF the user can choose default off no
381. s performed as a generic user for example macuser student etc 2 In Print Limit Pro the macuser account is set up to use popup authentication by en abling the option Unauthenticated user See Section 6 8 Popup Authentication for further details 3 The popup requests the user to enter a username and password 4 The password is authenticated and printing is charged against the supplied account 19 2 2 1 Requirements e Printers hosted and shared off a Windows Mac or Linux server e Mac systems set up to login under a generic account name e g macuser student etc e The domain contains a user account matching the generic account 19 2 2 2 Installation Domain account set up 1 Log onto the print server or the domain controller 2 Open Active Directory Users and Computers or equivalent user management tool 238 Mac Printing in Detail from Start gt Administrative Tools 3 Add anew domain user called macuser 4 Define a password for macuser and set the password to never expire Mac account set up 1 Start up the Mac and ensure the system is connected to the network 2 From the Apple menu select System Preferences 3 Select Accounts 4 Create an account called macuser Ensure the account s short name is macuser 5 Set this account as the automatic login account or alternatively make the password known to all users Set up the printers that the user requires access to 1
382. s website or intranet site or linking to a page containing your organiza tion s network usage policy The logo used on the window can also be customized To change the link on the User Client window 1 Login to the system as an administrator e g the built in admin account 2 Navigate to the Options section 3 Click on the Config editor link in the list of actions 4 Inthe quick find are enter client config and press GO 5 Locate the key titled config client link url and enter a new value pointing to your new destination The link should be a complete URL including the http com ponent e g http www myorganization com printpolicy htm 6 Press the Update button to the right to apply the change 7 Locate the key titled config client link text and enter the text that should be displayed e g Print Policy Press the Update button to the right to apply the change 9 The next time the client tool is started on one of the workstations the new link will be displayed Balance for lopresti a Figure 13 1 Customized user client link 179 Advanced Customization There are other configuration keys that allow an administrator to customize the user client for their organization The table below outlines all of the client customization keys avail able These values are updated by following a similar process as described above Config name Description client config link text The text to appear on the
383. se The server parameter is the name of the server running the PostgreSQL database and must be resolvable from the Print Limit Pro server If the PostgreSQL instance is run ning on the same machine then localhost can be used The database parameter is the name of the PostgreSQL database you created in Step 3 above 15 2 4 4 Oracle Database Connection URL Format jdbc oracle thin server port SID The server parameter is the name of the server running the Oracle database and must be resolvable from the Print Limit Pro server If the Oracle instance is running on the same machine then localhost can be used The port specifies the port number that the Oracle services are listening on By default this is 1521 The SID specifies the Oracle service identifier used to identify the database The SID for Oracle Express edition is XE 15 2 5 Step 5 Initialize the new database The next step is to initialize the new database creating the required database tables and initial data To initialize the database 1 On the server open a command prompt 2 If running on Linux or Mac use su or equivilent to become the identitiy of printlimit e g Mac sudo su printlimit Linux su printlimit 3 Change cd to the server binaries directory e g Windows cd C Program Files Print Limit Pro server bin win Mac cd Applications Print Limit Pro server bin mac Linux cd printlimit server bin linux i686
384. sent balance The user s current balance Table 10 2 Fields available in low balance notifications 10 5 1 3 Configuring Email Notifications Before sending notifications via email the system needs to know the SMTP server to deliv er emails to The SMTP server can be internal or external to your organization however it must allow forwarding of emails to your users The SMTP server will typically be the same server that users set in their email application to send emails To set the SMTP server Navigate to Options Notifications Find the Email Options section Enter the SMTP server in the field provided It is also recommended that the subject and from address are changed to be applic able for your environment 5 Press the Apply button e Important Anti virus software running on the Print Limit Pro server can block disallow SMTP connections because it attempts to block SPAM sent by viruses and tro jans Ensure that any anti virus software is configured to allow Print Limit Pro to make SMTP connections e g add an exception or disable the SMTP block ing PON gt 153 System Management When anti virus is blocking email delivery Print Limit Pro will log errors like Mail server connection failed Software caused connection abort These errors are displayed in the application log or on screen when performing email notification tests If there are other SMTP connection problems you should
385. serveAMusic 6 1 printseve A15 16 printservenG2 printservenAdmin Secondary Copier 28 HintservenG1 26 printserveNESL 23 printservenA13 0 printservenA15 16 printserver A2 98 printserver A7 Colour 80 printserveriAdmin Secondary Copier 28 printserveriBO 0 printserveriESL 23 printserveriG1 26 printserveniG2 225 printserveriMusic 6 Figure 3 15 Printer utilization chart Under each individual printer the Statistics section provides information on all jobs printed on a given printer printserver Library Copier 260 240 220 200 180 a 180 S 140 amp 120 100 80 60 40 20 21 Aug 28 Aug 4Sep 11 Sep 18 Sep Day Figure 3 16 Print page history for a single printer 3 8 2 Reports Reports provide a tabular data display often in a printable format of system information ranging from activity histories summaries transaction details etc Reports are typically run to print a summary of user activity printer activity or group or account activity To stream line access to common reports Print Limit Pro provides a series of predefined one click re port links under the Reports section Most reports can be generated over a variety of com mon date ranges or user defined date ranges 43 Quick Tour Standard reports include e User Reports Print summary statistics grouped by user e Quick list of the most active print users Printer Reports e
386. server custom web report header png The image should be 250px by 80px in PNG format 13 4 Data Access and Custom Reports The default Print Limit Pro installation stores data in an internal database For the inter ested person the database is Apache Derby an open source database written by IBM and based on their DB2 Cloudscape Database The internal database is optimized for em bedded use is very robust ACID compliant and scales well The internal database however is not designed for multi application access To access the data from an exteral source such as a reporting program you ll need to consider running Print Limit Pro on an external database RDMS designed for multi user and multi applicaiton user access Common database solutions include Microsoft SQL Server Oracle and Postgresql For more information see Chapter 15 Deployment on an External Database RDBMS The Print Limit Pro data structure is relatively simple and people with Crystal Report or SQL experience should have no problems extracting data or written custom reports Report developers should keep in mind e Only access the data in a read only mode Modifying data directly underneath the ap plication may cause unpredictable behavior e Always test any custom reports after an upgrade as the underlying data format may have changed GenevaLogic developers try to minimize data structure changes but they are expected to occur in major upgrades 13 4 1 Plain Text P
387. several advanced options available throughout Print Limit Pro to control this cus tomization e Make shared account PIN code visible When this option is active the purpose of the shared account PIN is changed Usually the PIN is equivalent to a password and can be required before a user is able to 118 Shared Accounts charge to a shared account When this setting is active the PIN is treated as a code instead that is a unique identifier for a given shared account For example an organiz ation dealing with projects might allocate a shared account the project code 123 When this option is active it has several effects throughout Print Limit Pro including e The shared account list on the Accounts tab includes the shared account code e Reports dealing with shared accounts display the code e On the account selection popup dialogue of the user client tool the code is visible when entering i e it is no longer hidden by stars This allows charging to a shared account by code rather than scrolling through the dropdown list to find the correct account by name To activate this option e Go to the Options tab e Check the option Make shared account PIN code visible e Press Apply Apply to all documents in queue This option appears at the bottom of both the standard and advanced account selection popups When checked the settings being applied to the current print job will be ap plied to all waiting jobs automatic
388. so consult the background information in Chapter 17 Print Limit Pro on Linux 15 Introduction Log on as the newly created printlimit user and download and execute the installer shell gt su printlimit shell gt wget download url from GenevaLogic website shell gt sh pcng setup linux i686 sh Follow the installation instructions and enter the root password when requested Important Ensure you login as the user printlimit so that the user s environment is sourced so the home directory install location is correctly defined Do you agree to the above license terms yes or no hye Installing into shonesprintlimit 198989 block 1755 block Preparing file Applying default permi ion Setting pernissions on Print Linit Application Server files Setting perni ions on Print Linit Print Provider file The install needs to perform some tasks as root Task inc lude Setting setuid root on the authentication provider Installing a CUPS backend Configure the server boot script Would you like to perform these tasks now yes or nol U Enter root password when requested Passuord Setting authpan a etuid root Attempting to locate CUPS installation Found CUPS backed directory at usr lib cups backend Linking Print Linit Print Provider into CUPS backend directory Configuring encryption Keystore file succe fully created for debian un Creating client configuration file Config file successfully writte
389. st user and select Properties c On the General tab check Account is disabled d Press the OK button This should also be performed for any system running a release station On the nominated system set up user accounts for all users Install the Print Limit Pro server software and complete the configuration wizard Print from another workstation The job should list in Print Limit Pro under the user guest In the Print Limit Pro admin interface enable the account selection popup and turn off the Allow user to charge to their personal account option and enable the Allow user to perform printing as another user 251 Running in a Workgroup Environment Print account selection Show the account selection popup lt Information to show in popup C Abw user to Charge to their personal account C Allow user to select shared accounts from list Allow user to select shared accounts using a PIN E Allow user to perform printing as another user When shared account is selected Charge shared account O Charge personal account and alocate to shared account for reporting Figure 20 3 Enable perform printing as other user Install the client software on each workstation See Section 4 2 User Client When the user prints to the shared printer a popup will now ask users to enter their username and password 252 Appendix A Tools Advanced This appendix outlines the command line tools and advanced programmin
390. stance if re quired 16 3 1 Mode 1 Clustering at the Print Provider layer The Print Limit Pro Print Provider is the component that integrates with the print spooler service and provides information about the print events to the Print Limit Pro Application Server At a minimum in a cluster environment the Print Provider component needs to be included and managed within the cluster group The Application Server component The Standard Install option in the installer is set up on an external server outside the cluster Each node in the cluster is configured to report back to the single application server using XML Web Services over TCP IP 16 3 1 1 Single Virtual Server Active Passive Print Limit Pro supports both Active Passive and virtual Active Active in VCS This section discusses configurating Print Limit Pro on a single virtual server running Active Passive If your organization hosts mutliple virtual servers jump to the following section covering Act ive Active 16 3 1 1 1 Step 1 Set up the cluster print spooler and printers First set up and verify that the cluster and print server is working as expected The system should be fully configured and tested before proceeding to the next step and installing Print Limit Pro 16 3 1 1 2 Step 2 Set up the Print Limit Pro Application Server on a system outside the cluster Install the Application Server component Standard Install option on your nominated sys tem This sys
391. start on login via the login hook A login hook is an advanced Mac feature that works by running a script when a user logs in The PCClient package includes a command script resource that installs the login hook To install the client on a multi user system Start and Log into the Mac computer Ensure it s connected to the network Open the Finder From the Go menu select Connect to Server Enter the pcclient share s connection details like smb server_name pcclient Enter password information if requested D m p p NS Drag the PCClient package over to the local hard disk s Applications folder The copy process will commence 7 Control click on the newly copied PCClient application in the Applications directory Select Open Package Contents 53 Services for Users iMovieHD I vraie intemmet Connect iPhoto isync Fi iTerm F iTunes TA web Bont ungon ma Name PCClient LJ Office 200 Test Drive gt Kind Application Omniouttiner Size 1 8 MB on disk PCClient B Photo Boo Open 106 5 44 T Preview 106 5 44 Q QuickTi Show Package Contents Move to Trash Duplicate B skype Make Alias Stickies Create Archive of PCClient D stuff 10 System P Copy PCClient 7 TextEdit 3 Utilities Color Label x eeceeee Automator Enable Folder Actions Configure Folder Actions Figure 4 9 Control click and open the package
392. startup 16 3 1 1 6 Step 6 Add the Print Limit Print Provider Service as a Generic Service The Print Limit Pro Print Provider service needs to be added to the Veritas Cluster group associated with the virtual server This is to ensure that the service is managed within the same group as the print server and will fail over as part of the group Create a new Gener icServer resource called Print LimitPrintProvider01 Set the service name to PCPrintProvider The account password and domain can be left as defaults 16 3 1 1 7 Step 7 Set up dependencies The PCPrintProvider service must start after the print spool resource Create a de pendency link between Print LimitPrintProvider01 and the PrintSpooler using 202 Microsoft Cluster Environments the tools on the Veritas Cluster Resources tab associated with this virtual server 16 3 1 1 8 Step 8 Test Take some time to test and ensure printing is monitored as expected Use the Veritas Cluster administration console to simulate node failure and ensure monitoring continues after failure 16 3 1 2 Multiple Virtual Servers Active Active On large networks it is common to distribute load by hosting print spooler services under two or more virtual servers For example two virtual servers may each host half of the or ganization s printers and hence share the load This is sometimes referred to as Active Act ive clustering albeit not an entirely correct term as the print s
393. stem 0 10 1 45 Adjustment Bulk credit adjustment for group All Users May 21 2007 10 06 18 AM system 0 50 1 35 Printer Usage May 21 2007 10 02 36 AM system 0 50 1 85 Printer Usage May 21 2007 9 55 21 AM system 0 50 2 35 F May 21 2007 9 37 57 AM_ system 0 50 2 85 Pringi May 21 2007 9 35 21 AM_ system 0 50 3 35 Prin Printer windowsserver Canon ColorPASS Z500e Color PS May 21 2007 9 34 27 AM system 0 50 3 85 Prin e Pages 2 e Document OpenOffice New Document Cost 0 50 Export Print e User tom May 21 2007 9 34 04 AM system 0 75 4 35 P Figure 4 16 A user s recent balance transactions 4 3 7 Recent Print Jobs This page displays the user s printing history It allows a user to see the cost of their print jobs or to find a particular print job The filter criteria allows for many different views of 59 Services for Users printing and can be used to easily drill down to find the information required w Show Filter filter active remove A4 ISO_A4 Duplex No May 28 2007 Grayscale m Administration macserver HP Color LaserJet 9500 2 0 50 Microsoft Word list doc No Printed 9 43 17 AM P MAESTRO Postscript A4 ISO_A4 Duplex No Grayscale No 273 kb MAESTRO Postscript May 23 2007 English windoveserver Gestetner NRG 3 2 42 35 PM Department DSe424 Untitled OpenOffice org Writer Cancelled 0 75 Refunded A4 ISO_
394. system Print Limit Pro will automatically add users to the system the first time they print If your new user initial settings rules are defined correctly under groups section the user will auto matically be created with the designated starting credit and settings If you have added a large batch of new users you can force the addition of these users im mediately via the User group synchronization option under the Options section For more information see Section 10 2 User and Group Synchronization How should make a change to more than one user If you need to make a change to more than one user consider using the Bulk user ac tions link located under either the User or Groups section This allows bulk modification of user settings based on their network group membership See Section 5 4 Bulk User Op erations How do grant administrator access to a trusted person to manage a group of users Administrator level access can be granted to trusted individuals See Section 3 7 Assigning Administrator Level Access By using advanced access control rights adminis trators can be limited to a subset of users a group via the option Limit access to users only in group How can I prevent new users from being added automatically See Section 10 2 3 On Demand User Creation 72 Chapter 6 Advanced Printer Management This section covers some of the more advanced printer management tasks Advanced
395. t Pro compatible certificate key store is explained in detail on the Jetty HTTP Server website at ht tp jetty mortbay org jetty5 faq fagq_s 400 Security_t_ssl html To configure the Print Limit Pro Application Server to use the new key certificate 1 Copy your signed keystore onto the server running the Print Limit Pro Application Server The suggested location is in the directory app_path server custom 2 Open the file app_path server server properties with a text editor e g Notepad 3 Locate the section titled SSL HTTP Configuration Remove the hash comment maker from all server ss1 lines 5 Define the location of your keystore and the keystore and key password The file 268 Tools Advanced should look something like this server ssl keystore custom server my ssl keystor server ssl keystore password mypassword server ssl key password mypassword 6 Restart the Print Limit Pro Application Server and verify all is working If the server fails to start error messages will be recorded in logs located in the server s logs dir ectory A 5 User Client Options The user client is used to display user balances system notifications and request informa tion from the users This is discussed in more detail in Section 4 2 User Client The user client implements a number of command line options that change it s behavior Option Description silent The silent option tells the client
396. t group might be assigned access to reporting functionality only Groups in Print Limit Pro are mirrored from the domain directory server Before a group can be used it must be added to Print Limit Pro see Section 5 1 Groups in Print Limit Pro for more information By default Print Limit Pro synchronizes users group member ship with the domain directory server overnight If a user has been added to a group in the domain directory and requires group level admin access on the same day a manual synchronization should be run See Section 10 2 User and Group Synchronization for more information Example assigning the Management group access to reporting features 1 Log into the system as the built in admin user 2 Ensure that the Management group has been imported into Print Limit Pro see Sec tion 5 1 Groups in Print Limit Pro for more information 3 Navigate to the Options gt Admin Rights page 4 In the field titled Assign administrator access to this group select the Manage ment group from the list and click Add Group 147 System Management Assign administrator access Assign administrator access to this group Use the fields to the right to assign administrator Management v Add Group rights to given user or group Assign administrator access to this user Figure 10 4 The list of users and groups granted admin access 5 By default Management will have access to all feature
397. tations 60 Chapter 5 Advanced User Management This section covers some of the more advanced user management tasks On large net works managing users on an individual basis is not practical Management needs to be handled either via a level of automation or manually at group level Some common user management tasks that typically consume time on a large network include e Allocating user credit or quotas e Creating new user accounts e Performing administration tasks such as allocating additional allowances or applying different privileges Print Limit Pro offers a number of features to help automate these tasks 5 1 Groups in Print Limit Pro Groups are collections of users Print Limit Pro uses the network domain or computer s groups meaning administrators can take advantage of the existing network structure Groups in Print Limit are used in the following ways To control how quota credit is allocated to users on a regular basis To automate the addition of new future user accounts To assist with making modifications to user accounts by group Arepo UN Es For group based reporting Print Limit Pro mirrors caches domain network group memberships for performance reas ons Hence changes in group membership made at the domain level may not be immedi ately reflected in Print Limit The group membership can be refreshed at any time via the User Group Sync option under the Options section Groups are mirror cached f
398. te could be defined for manually loading photo paper charge twice the standard cost Other common examples of charge rates include Mylar Film draft pa per draft printing mode discounts for special customers jobs and extra for binding and manual handeling Charge rates are defined at the printer level and are docu mented in detail in Section 6 7 Charge Rates Option to not show a print job on invoices Sometimes there are print jobs that need to be allocated to an account but not appear on any invoice reports The advanced account selection popup has an option to alloc ate a non invoiceable print job to an account Print Job Notification x amp g Print Job Notification Confirm the print and select the print action Print job detais Document name P D Floorplan odg Printer maestro OK C9800 GA Color PS Pages 2 Cost 0 80 Comment Floorplan building C Charge rate Default 100 0 m All Accounts Preferred List Recent Selections C Remember Show on invoice Search 7 Remember Account Code Preferred My Personal Account a a Accounting ACC n Information Technology IT V Help Desk IT H oO Infrastructure IT 1 vy Projects P a Alpha P A o Bravo Ps D Deka PD Foxtrot PF O Sales SAL a General SAL G 0 Project SAL P D Support sup gp LCamanal A m C Apply to all documents in queue Jobs 1 Figure 7 19 The advanced account selection popup 110 Shared Accounts
399. tem will be responsible for providing Print Limit Pro s web based interface and storing data In most cases this system will not host any printers and is dedicated to the role of hosting the Print Limit Pro Application Server It may be one of the nodes in the cluster however a separate system outside the cluster is generally recommended An ex isting domain controller member server or file server will suffice 16 3 1 1 3 Step 3 Install Print Limit Print Provider on both nodes The Print Provider component needs to be installed separately on each node involved in the print spooler cluster This is done by selecting the Secondary Print Server option in the installer Follow the secondary server set up notes as detailed in Chapter 12 Configuring Secondary Print Servers and Locally Attached Printers Take care to define the correct name or IP address of the nominated application server set up in step 1 16 3 1 1 4 Step 4 Configure the Print Limit Print Provider Service to bind to the virtual server By default the Print Limit Print Provider component will associate itself with the physical node A configuration change is required to force it to bind to the virtual server Add the fol lowing lines or uncomment the example lines to the file 201 Microsoft Cluster Environments C Program Files Print Limit Pro providers print win print provider con ServerName VIRTUAL SERVER NAME PrintServerName VIRTUAL SERVER NAME
400. ter Win2003 Canon BJ 2000 Win2003 HP LaserJet SMP Win2003 HP LaserJet SMP Win2003 Xerox Color 1930 linuxserver HPLaser Win2003 Xerox Color 1930 john my file POF Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation my file PDF Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation my file POF Microsoft Word ist doc Client Pages Winxe 192 168 0 200 192 168 1 1 WinxP 192 168 0 200 WinxP 98 102 75 27 T ln User admin Help Logout Cost 49 00 102 00 38 00 14 00 53 00 66 00 Action orint cancel orint cance print cancel onnt cancel print cancel 56 00 print cancel print cancel Local intranet lmuxserver HP LaserJet SMP john Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation amp Apr 12 2006 3 36 13 PM 192 168 1 1 14 00 Apr 12 2006 3 36 13 PM my file POF 192 168 0 200 Figure 9 2 Web based release station Manager mode 9 1 3 Web based release station within the admin pages When logged into the admin pages an administrator can view all jobs held by release sta tions by e Navigating to the Printers section Selecting the Jobs pending release tab This interface is identical to the full screen web based release station but can be more convenient for users already logged into the administration pages Ej Print Limit Pro Printers Jobs Pending Release Microsoft Internet Explorer Jog Fle Edt View Favorites Tools Help 2 gt E
401. ter 8 Reports 3 2 6 9 Cards e Managed PrintCards e View card use and activity e Download and install the card creation wizard 34 Quick Tour Import new cards e Related sections e Chapter 11 PrintCards 3 2 7 Options e Access general system settings e Control administrator access and security e Perform network user and group synchronization tasks e Perform backup snapshots e Related sections e Chapter 10 System Management e Appendix A Tools Advanced 3 2 8 amp Application Log e View system audit security and application events e Related sections e Chapter 10 System Management 3 2 9 i About e List version and build information e Access update news e Install and view license information e Related sections e Chapter 14 Licensing and Support 3 3 Basic User Operations The user section is dedicated to user management Common user oriented tasks include assigning additional credit to users viewing a user s activity and controlling user priv ileges Users in Print Limit Pro can be assigned either e Restricted access where access to resources is denied once their credit drops to zero or to the overdraft limit e Unrestricted access meaning the user is never denied access To change a user s restriction privileges 35 Quick Tour Log in as the built in admin user Click on the Users section Select the user from the list or enter the user name in the quick find Scroll
402. th server updates The client can simply be run directly from the PCClient share setup on the server Two executables provide this launch functionality pc client exe pce client local cache ex pc client exe will launch the client directly off the network share The local cache version pc client local cache exe is a smarter version that first copies itself and associated files to the local drive and launches itself from there The local cache version has the advantage that any future startups will use the local copy and hence minimize net work traffic The cache is self managing and kept up to date ensuring that any new ver 50 Services for Users sions of the client are automatically and transparently copied down to the client Using pc client local cache exe is recommended on large networks It does however require a globally writable cache directory By default the cache is created in a dir ectory on the system drive normally C Cache An alternate cache can be specified with the cache command line switch Administrators should ensure than standard users have write access to the system drive or manually create the cache directory if required The zero install deployment option is not appropriate for all situations A local install is re commend on Windows Laptop systems that are not permanently connected to the network or centrally managed by network administrators The client local install exe pro gram c
403. the Groups section or shared accounts are not affected ig Warning Group level operations are one way and cannot be undone Always carefully consider the operation before proceeding If you are unsure of the function or behaviour performing a backup prior to undertaking the operation is advised Other bulk user operations available under Bulk user actions include e Adjust or set the users credit perform a transaction e Change the users restriction status e Modify account selection popup options e Reset the users count statistics e Apply user level overrides like print cost adjustments and disabling printer filters for a user e Disable printing for a specified period of time 5 5 Using Overdrafts The overdraft setting applies to restricted users and restricted Shared Accounts An over draft allows a user to continue to use services even though their account has dropped be low zero In essence the overdraft value moves the zero point allowing users to over draw the account to the agreed limit An overdraft can also be referred to as a credit limit Reasons for using an overdraft include e Provide users with flexibility between budget quote or allocation periods For example an overdraft will allow a user to draw on a portion the next month s quota allocation To Implement a credit system with credit limits rather than an up front pay system e Grant trusted users a loan on a case by case basis An ov
404. the presence of color Changing the detection method may require some addi tional printer configuration Please read this section in its entirety The standard way used by Print Limit Pro to handle color in documents is to see if the printer s driver has set the grayscale flag When this flag has been set on a document sent to a color printer the grayscale discount is applied Otherwise the document is charged at the printer s standard rate This may be an inconvenience for users when a large document is printed with just a few color pages For example a user prints a 21 page document to a color printer The document is all gray scale except for a color header on the first page When using standard color detection the user is charged for 21 pages at the color printer s standard rate As a workaround the user could send the document as two print jobs one with just the first page containing color and another with the rest of the document but this is an inconvenience An enhanced al ternative is to use page level color detection When this option is selected the user would be charged for one page at the color printer s standard rate and receive the grayscale dis count for the other 20 pages Print Limit Pro has three options for document color detection e Grayscale only for grayscale printers e Standard color detection also referred to as document level detection e Page level color detection The color detection setting is availabl
405. the system ad ministrator desires to provide users with cost confirmation prior to printing E Print Job Notification Print Job Notification Confirm the pnnt Print job details Document name ALSS LAAEN owen wed Printer wghes 101 Snagit 7 Cost 0 05 Figure 7 18 The print job confirmation dialog no account selection options 7 4 2 Advanced Account Selection Popup The advanced account selection popup allows charging to personal or shared accounts and has the following additional features 1 A searchable account list The account list can be searched by the account name or code making it much easier to find an account when there are many in the list The search can also be re membered for next time 2 Structured account list The account list is hierarchical that is sub accounts are shown indented from their parent accounts for clarity 3 A preferred list of accounts 109 Shared Accounts The most commonly used accounts can be saved to a list This is a useful feature when many accounts exist but each user mostly just uses a few of them A list of recently selected accounts The accounts that have been recently selected are saved to a list for quick selection Comments on print jobs The advanced account selection popup allows assigning a comment to a print job for future reference Charge rates Charge rates offer the ability to charge different rates per print job For example a 200 charge ra
406. they leave their workstation for a few minutes another student can t transfer their account balance to themselves To access the user pages via the User Client Tool 1 Start the client software if it is not already running On the server this may be started via the Client Start menu item See the client software section for details on how to start this on a remote workstation or desktop EJ Balance for lance a 7 x Figure 3 13 The user client tool 2 Click the Details link The web browser will open 3 Enter your username and password and click Login 4 The user page pages will display To access the user pages directly via a web browser 1 Open a standard web browser 2 Enter the URL http servername 9191 user where server_name is the network name assigned to the system running Print Limit Pro The login screen will appear 3 Enter your username and password and click Login 41 Quick Tour 3 7 Assigning Administrator Level Access Print Limit Pro sets up one administrator account called admin This is the master admin istrator account with access to all features whose password is assigned during the config uration wizard In large organizations it is likely that administrator level access will need to be granted to more than one person One solution is to give all persons the master pass word however the recommended approach is to assign administrator rights to these indi vidual s
407. ties B 1 General Questions Q A How do change the built in admin user s password The admin user s password is set up on initial install during the configuration wizard This password can be changed post install by logging into the application as the ad min user and navigating to the Options Advanced tab and selecting the Change internal admin password option If you have forgotton the internal admin password it can be reset by editing the ad min password property in the text file located at app_dir server server properties run a small peer to peer network and my users don t log onto the workstations Can still use Print Limit Pro Print Limit Pro is primarily designed for networks managed under a domain and or authenticated environments Peer to peer networks or Workgroups are however sup ported The first option should be to consider requiring users to log onto the worksta tions using their username and password If this is not possible an alternate option is to set up the user accounts on system hosting the printers system running the Print Limit Pro server software and configuring the account selection popup with the Charge to other users option selected Users can then enter their username and password in the popup that displays each time they print would like to start the user inquiry tool client software with the window minimized Is this possible Yes The client software can be started minimize
408. tion is guaranteed to work in all environments where the user runs the user cli ent e Email messages are delivered by email to the email address defined in the system This is a good alternative for low balance warning messages but is not recommended for real time messages like when printing is denied e Custom this allows you to develop your own message delivery mechanism This might be useful if your organization has an instant messaging infrastructure 10 5 1 Configuring Notifications 151 System Management Print Limit Pro provides flexible options for configuring the various notifications The admin istrator can choose to e Enable disable each of the notification types e Change the notification message to suit your organization e Choose the delivery method for each notification type Notification text can be modified to suit your organization s requirements The notification text is a template that can include some special fields that are replaced by the system when the message is sent They can be used to provide more detailed information to the user These fields are surrounded by percent characters 3 The default notification text in the application shows a variety of examples using these fields For a list of the fields available in each type of notification see the following sections covering each notification type in more detail 10 5 1 1 Printing Notifications To change printing notification option
409. tion of the globally writable cache directory on the system s locale hard drive The cache is used to minimize network traffic on future launches The default loca tion is C Cache Standard users will re quire WRITE and READ access to this dir ectory neverrequestidentity The client will use the username of the logged in user to identify itself with the server In a domain environment users al ways login using their network identity and the names will always match However on non domain systems where local accounts are used e g Laptops these names may not match The client will display a popup requesting the user to confirm their identity This option will suppress this dialog This option can also be set by adding a neverrequestidentity yY line to the client config properties windowposition lt position gt Specify where the client window should ap pear The valid options include top left top right boebom lett Of bottom ELGIN In addition to the above set of fixed posi tions co ordinates of the window can also be specified by setting the lt position gt parameter to xY lt x gt lt y gt The lt x gt value sets the x co ordinate of the window if neg ative the value indicates the distance from the right of screen The lt y gt value sets the y co ordinate of the window if negative the value indicates the distance from the bot tom of screen Some examples include e XY100 100 position the window 10
410. to the same physical printer Share the printers as normal Set Windows access permissions on each printer as required Users that require color access should be able to print to the color printer Other users should only be provided access to the black and white only printer Add the printers to Print Limit Pro and define appropriate costs Select Restriction for grayscale only printer Ensure that restrictions only allow black and white grayscale printing 6 6 7 Advanced Setups Print Limit Pro provides printer management features that can be easily extended to more advanced network setups including Environments with multiple print servers Monitoring of locally attached network printers Central monitoring over Wide Area Networks WAN or VPN These topics are an advanced subject and covered in subsequent sections 6 7 Charge Rates Charge Rates are used in conjunction with the User Client s Advanced Popup see Sec tion 7 4 2 Advanced Account Selection Popup They allow an administrator to define a user selectable list of different rates that can be applied to the current print job The rate defined as a percentage is applied to the print job s base cost Charge Rates are com monly used in the Engineering and Architectural Drafting fields Examples include Charging different rates for premium print material For example 150 for use of Mylar drafting film Offering a discount of selected situations A 2nd copy o
411. top GUI environment Locate and execute the file usr local printlimit client pc client linux sh The Print Limit Pro client should open displaying the user s account balance It is usual to configure the client as a Startup Program or AutoStart Program launched during login See your desktop documentation to see how to define a startup program A number of command line options are available to change the client s behaviour More in formation can be found in Table A 2 User Client command line options 4 3 User Web Pages The User Web Pages provide a range of services for users including e Summary A summary of usage and balance history e Rates The current costs for printing and internet usage e Use Card Add balance by using a topup pre paid card e Transfers Transfer funds to other users Transaction History A history of balance transactions e Recent Print Jobs A list of the user s recent printing e Recent Internet Use A list of the user s recent internet usage e Jobs Pending Release Print jobs pending release when using a release station The services available provide a range of functionality that empowers users to make the 56 Services for Users most of Print Limit Pro without requiring intervention from administrators The user web pages allows users to do what they need for themselves and quickly get back to what they were doing Many services can be switched on or off as requir
412. trieved correctly then they will be listed as the 4th user field in the test output 10 2 3 On Demand User Creation The On Demand User Creation setting defines if and when Print Limit Pro will create new users The settings applied to newly created users are defined by their group membership for more information see Section 5 3 New User Creation Rules By default new users are created automatically when they print for the first time start the user client tool or log into the user web tools This makes administration much easier as there is no need for ad ditional administration when new users come along they can use Print Limit Pro straight away In some situations it may be preferable to change the way new users are treated For ex ample when just one department is being tracked but there are other departments using the same printers it may be preferable to allow the other departments users to print but not to track them using Print Limit Pro There are three options available for the setting When the user does not exist 1 create the user on demand default users are created when they interact with Print Limit Pro for the first time E g when they print for the first time 2 do not create the user and allow usage users interacting with Print Limit Pro who do not already exist will not be created but their usage will be allowed The usage will not be logged 3 do not create the user and deny usage users
413. ts can be granted a discount over full col or An option also exists to discount and encourage double sided printing Discounts can be applied either as fixed amounts or as a percentage of document cost A practical example Mary has a color printer that supports letter and legal paper and du plex She would like to define rules to e Charge 1 00 per page for letter standard size color printing e Charge 0 40 per page if the users select grayscale black amp white a 0 60 discount for grayscale e Charge an extra 0 80 if they use large legal size paper e Offer a 50 discount for duplex to encourage double sided printing To accomplish this complex set of charging rules Mary should setup the Advanced char ging options for the particular printer as defined in the screenshot below 79 Advanced Printer Management Advanced Charging Charging type by category v Charging by Paper Size Base cost Category This charging model provides the ability to control cost based on categories Al jobs are charged at the base cost per page Large paper surplus larger than Legal or 150 44 Documents printed on large paper can be 0 00 Extra perpage charged at a higher rate a surplus while 7 WSE d z z 7 ada 7 pana and duplex documents offere Very large paper surplus larger than 11x17 or 150 A2 0 00 Extra per page Grayscale discount 0 00 Less per page Duplex discount 0 00 Less per page Apply j
414. twork do main groups to Print Limit Pro that represent the respective student groups system admin istrators can automate the allocation process See Section 5 2 Setting up quota alloca tions for further information 2 2 2 6 Requirement 5 The purchase of additional quota credit is best managed by the PrintCard system The sys tem reduces the data entry and management requirements associated with manual trans actions More information on PrintCard cards is covered in Chapter 11 PrintCards 2 2 2 7 Requirement 6 Print release in the print room is best achieved with the release station By running a spe cial full screen application on a dedicated terminal in this room students can release their jobs once they arrive at the room The release station and secure printing in general is covered in detail at Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 2 2 2 8 Requirement 7 Tracking and allocating staff printing to departments is best achieved by using Shared Ac counts When set up teaching staff are presented with a popup window asking them to se lect an account to charge Account access can be controlled via domain group member ship or via PINs More information on shared accounts is available at Chapter 7 Shared Accounts 2 3 Scenario The University West Face University has a student population of 10 000 full time students and off campus and part time students IT services are centrally control the networ
415. ude e Applying common security settings For example if the Staff group should have ac cess to all accounts adding the group to the template account will ensure group mem bers can also charge to future accounts e Applying a starting balance The starting balance might represent the standard depart ment print quota or the amount of free printing a customer has before they are billed for the excess 7 2 Account Naming Guidelines Administrators are encouraged to create accounts as logically related groups Doing so makes for easier searching and charging and better integration with existing accounting systems Different account models may be adopted by organizations depending on their require 95 Shared Accounts ments Three common models are e Client Matter model familiar to legal and accounting firms e Project Phase model familiar to engineering and IT firms e Customer Job model familiar to other customer based firms and common in account ing software The following sections describe how to configure Print Limit Pro to best match the three described models 7 2 1 Client Matter Naming Model The client matter model is one with which legal and accounting firms are familiar In this model e Top level accounts are created for each client e Sub accounts are created for each matter under the relevant client Usually charging directly to a client without a matter is not allowed in this
416. ue Integration ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeees 207 17 2 Advanced Configuration amp LOGS ccceceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeneeeeeees 210 17 3 Backups amp System Management cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeneeeeeeees 210 17 4 User Directory and Authentication 0 0 0 ce eececcceeeeeeeaneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 210 17 4 1 Standard UNIX ooo cece cece cece ae eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaes 211 17 4 2 Samba Windows Domain c ccceeeeeeeee esac aeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 211 TLAS GUSTOM pea tie iia nee di eaea ea de thane nae a aaa ola aiken hae 211 17 5 Unix Command Line Release Station Client ccceeceseeeeeeeeeeees 211 17 5 1 Installing the Command Line Release Station Client 212 17 6 Removing Print Limit Pro from a Linux Server sessen 213 Pe EaD A FAQ baci ites tec E E E 214 18 Print Authentication amp Cross Platform Networks 0 cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 216 18 1 About Authentication and Printing cece eeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeees 216 18 1 1 What is authentication 2 0 0 0 eee eeeeee cece ae eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 216 18 1 2 Why does authentication pose a problem ssec 216 18 1 3 How does Print Limit Pro address authentication 217 18 2 The Authentication Cookbook Recipes by example 0 c 217 18 2 1 Windows systems with generic logins aseeseen 218 18 2 2 Windows laptops that do not authenti
417. uestions Q How can I run the root installation tasks manually A If you opt not to run the root level tasks during installation or if they fail they can be manually run later by running the following shell scripts as root server bin linux i686 roottasks providers print linux i686 roottasks Q am unable to open a browser to http server_name 9191 admin What is wrong A The first step is to check to see if the Print Limit Pro is listening on the port The com mand netstat anp grep 9191 should list the pc app as the owner of the process on port 9191 If nothing is listed check that the application server has started e g ps ef grep pc app If the server is already running the next step is to ensure no IP filtering is applied to the port Some Linux distributions have strict iptables filters enabled by default Ensure that port 9191 is accessible from all local network systems Q would like to use a custom script to start the server Is this possible A The SYSV style start script included should work with all systems using an etc rc d style boot process Some administrators may wish to replace the app server with a custom script that better fits in with their Linux distributions style guide Administrators should consider storing this script outside the Print Limit Pro in stall structure so it s not overwritten in any further upgrade Q Can run install Print Limit Pro under an account other than printlimit
418. ueues amp Print Release Stations tions are E Allow users to view held release station jobs Users have permission to release their own jobs v Z Enable the Release AI and Cancel Al buttons Figure 9 6 End user web based release interface options Allow users to view held jobs this option enables the Jobs Pending Release screen in the user web tools When this option is disabled no related functionality is available from the user web tools interface Users have permission to this option changes which type of jobs users can see and or release The available options are view their own jobs only users may see their own jobs that are held in the hold release queue Jobs printed by other users are not displayed They may cancel their own jobs but cannot release them This is useful if users are required to be physic ally at the printer to release a job where a standard release station is running release their own jobs users may release or cancel their own jobs Jobs printed by other users are not displayed release any jobs charged to their account users may release or cancel any job that is being held including jobs from other users If a user releases a job that was sent by a different user the releasing user is charged for the job This option is equi valent to the Release Any mode used in Release Station and is ideal for authen ticating printing in a unauthenticated environment Enable the
419. ult After initial installation only the admin user defined during the setup process is permitted to administer the system To allow additional users to administer Print Limit Pro follow the instructions defined in Section 3 7 Assigning Administrator Level Access 10 6 1 Application Server Connections By default Print Limit Pro runs an internal web server on port 9191 All communication with the server uses HTTP to this port and includes connections by e administrators to connect to the administration interface e users to connect to the end user interface e the user client to communicate with the server to get the user balance and receive noti fications and 157 System Management e the information providers as discussed in Section 1 1 2 Key Features to send in formation to the server It is therefore important that all of the above clients can access this port on the server from across the entire network If your organization uses firewalls between departments or cam puses then it will be necessary to allow inbound HTTP connections on port 9191 to the Print Limit Pro application server The application server port can be changed from 9191 to any other value r Important If the application server port is changed the port number also must be changed in the applications that connect to the server i e the print provider and the user client To change the application server port On the server nav
420. umber of payment technologies were evaluated over the period of two years These technologies included vending machines smart cards micro payment systems and manu al processing The card system proved to be the most successful and cost effective solu tion The card concept is now the de facto standard in other industries such as pre paid 161 PrintCards mobile phones The Print Limit Pro card system is 100 software based There is no need for special hardware such as smart card readers or special vending machines The card system is included as standard with Print Limit Pro The system includes e Acard wizard application for assisting with the process of creating new cards e Aweb page for end users to enter card numbers e A security framework for tracking card redemption and implementing fraud prevention 11 3 Creating New Cards 11 3 1 Overview and Definitions Cards are generated using the Card Wizard The card wizard is a Microsoft Windows ap plication that integrates with Microsoft Word The card wizard install can be downloaded from inside the Print Limit Pro administration login under the Card section The download link is located in the Actions area e Important The Card Wizard integrates with Microsoft Word Please ensure that Microsoft Word is installed before using the Card Wizard Term Definition Card Wizard A tool to help administrators produce a set of cards The wizard generates cards ready for p
421. up authentication on some systems and re lease stations on others may pose confusing Try to offer a consistent user experi ence Where possible configure workstations to communicate with the server using the server s native print protocol For example use SMB or standard Windows printing when printing to a Windows server and Internet Printing Protocol IPP when printing to a CUPS server Servers are most reliable when talking their own language Consider the scope of any configuration change For example enabling popup au thentication or release station on a print queue will affect ALL users of that printer For example it may be desirable to ask Linux users to use the release station however this may be regarded as an inconvenience for Windows users In these cases it may be advantageous to set up two print queues for each physical printer the first queue without release station enabled for Windows users and the other with the release sta tion option enabled for Linux users 224 Chapter 19 Mac Printing in Detail Apple Mac printing is a complex topic and deserves its own chapter The developers star ted on Print Limit Pro for the Mac in 2006 Developing software on the Mac was an enjoy able experience and presented very few technical challenges The challenges instead came in the area of general printer setup and idiosyncrasies with printer configuration Mac administrators will be all too familiar with these challenges Th
422. update shared accounts from a tab delimited file on a regular basis see Section 7 7 Shared Account Synchronization instead You can also syn chronize shared accounts against the directory structure of a file system for example when there is a separate folder for each department or customer To perform a batch import 1 Manually inspect your file in a text editor and ensure it s in the prescribed tab delimited format as detailed at Section 7 6 1 Batch Account Import File Format 2 Navigate to the Accounts section 3 Click the Batch Import Update action to the left 4 Click Browse to select the file to import The format of the file is described in Sec tion 7 6 1 Batch Account Import File Format 5 Choose whether you want to delete accounts that exist in Print Limit Pro but not in the import file 6 Press the Test Settings button The window shown will tell you how many lines were processed and how many shared accounts will be imported updated or deleted when Import is pressed 8 If you are happy with the results of the test press the Import button 7 6 1 Batch Account Import File Format The import file is in tab delimited format and contains the following fields in the given order No Field Description Optional Account The name of this ac count s parent When creating a top level account leave the sub account name blank and this will be the ac count s name
423. use a topup pre paid card When a valid card number is entered the value of the card is transferred to the user s balance More information about cards is avail able in Chapter 11 PrintCards Use Card Enter the Card number and press the Use Card button to redeem NOTE All requests to use cards are logged Figure 4 14 Using a topup pre paid card 58 Services for Users 4 3 5 Transfers This page allows users to transfer credit to other users Transferring balance can be useful in situations such as e A student transferring credit to a fellow student for printing something for them e A teacher transferring credit to a student for extra printing e Teachers trading printing credit between each other Transfers Transfer from tom Available credit 25 00 2 00 Transfer to user paul Comment For printing my assignment thanks Figure 4 15 Transferring funds to another user 4 3 6 Transaction History The transaction history page displays a user s balance history in detail Here a user can see how when any why their balance was affected If there is ever doubt about why a user s balance is at the current amount or what they have been spending their credit on the transaction history page has the answer w Show Filter filter active remove May 29 2007 12 22 44PM admin 24 30 25 00 Adjustment May 23 2007 2 42 12 PM system 0 75 0 70 Printer Usage May 21 2007 2 50 51 PM sy
424. uthenticated option on the macuser account to en able popup authentication Also ensure that the account has zero balance and is re stricted e Add the printer s so jobs list under the macuser account If the print queues are hos ted on Windows add the printer using Samba e g A DeviceURI like smb macuser password servername printer See Chapter 19 Mac Printing in Detail for an explanation on how to add a printer using this method e Install client software as discussed in Section 4 2 User Client 18 2 6 2 Other Methods 1 Use LPR as a connection method See Section 19 2 3 Scenario Three Multi user Macs using LDAP or Active Directory authentication in detail 2 Use release station enabled globally at the print queue level See Chapter 9 Hold Release Queues amp Print Release Stations 3 Host printers on a Mac Server see the previous recipe 18 2 7 Mac OS X laptops or single user systems printing to Windows print queues Mac systems that are owned used by a single user can benefit from having the printers ad ded in such a way in that they automatically authenticate under their identity 18 2 7 1 Preferred Method e Teach users how to add printers using the method described in Section 19 2 1 Scenario One My Own Mac Single User e Locally install client software using the client local install program located in the directory app path client mac This install script will cause the
425. ux i686 setperms 17 1 2 4 Firewall The Print Limit Pro Application Server pc app process listens on port 9191 This port is used for browser based administration access for client access and other services En sure that any firewall or local IP filtering software such as iptables is set to allow local network traffic access to this port 17 1 2 5 Root Level Tasks A small part of the install process needs to run as the root account The tasks conducted as root include e Setting the authpan binary as setuid root This binary is used for password verification 206 Print Limit Pro on Linux e Installing a CUPS backend This is done by placing a symlink in the CUPS lib backend directory e Setting up SYSV style start scripts if the system uses this boot process This is done by placing symlinks in the etc init d etc rc3 d etc rc5 d and so on If the administrator decides not to run the root level tasks during the install process the tasks can be run again post install by executing the shell scripts server bin linux i686 roottasks providers print linux i686 roottasks Alternatively the administrator can view the scripts and make the required changes by hand 17 1 3 Linux Print Queue Integration Print Limit Pro is able to integrate with and monitor both CUPS and Samba based print queues The configuration and an explanation of the integration methods follows 17 1 3 1 CUPS Configuration Overvie
426. value printing the result If the config value does not exist a blank string is displayed lt config name gt the name of the config value to get set config lt config name gt lt config value gt Sets the value of the give config item NOTE Take care updating config values You may cause serious problems which can only be fixed by reinstallation of the application Use the set config command at your own risk lt config name gt the name of the config value to set lt config value gt the value to set alr server commanzd is ideal for scripting via batch files or shell scripts Adminis trators wishing to control Print Limit Pro using a programming language such as C Java Visual Basic Perl Ruby or Python should consider the XML Web Services API s All commands available via the server command tool are also accessible via calls to the Web Services layer More information on the XML Web Services API is available in Section A 3 The XML Web Services API A 2 Database Tool db tools The db tools command line tool provides a variety of functionality manipulating the Print Limit Pro database and data The syntax of the command is 259 Tools Advanced db tools command options The valid commands are e export db export backup the database data import db import restore the database data e init db create tables and initial data in a new database e d
427. vel C override printertevel settings Install client software on workstations See Section 4 2 User Client for details When a user logs in as the generic student they will be prompted for their domain level username and password Your login credentials are required for printer access Username Password Remember For next 5 minutes Figure 6 9 Print Limit Pro client requesting for authentication 6 8 3 2 Popup authentication on a print queue 86 Advanced Printer Management The following notes explain how to enable popup authentication when a user attempts to print to a non authenticated printer such as one hosted via an LPR LPD queue or a CUPS print queue e Add the printer to the system and normal Perform a few test prints to ensure the printer is functioning and tracking as expected e Log into Print Limit Pro and check the Unauthenticated option under the relevant print to enable the popup authentication e Install the client software on any workstation that will print to this printer See Sec tion 4 2 User Client for details e When a user attempts to print to this printer they will be prompted for their username and password 6 8 3 3 User Interaction When running in popup authentication mode the client makes available a number of addi tional options including e Logout e Login as another user The Logout option is available on Windows via either the right click option o
428. ver management Although the installation process is graphical it would be an advantage to have knowledge of the command line creating users edit ing configuration files and an understanding file permissions 1 4 2 1 Step 1 System Requirements Before proceeding with the installation the system administrator should take a few mo ments to verify system requirements Is the operating system version supported and are patches up to date Take a few minutes to verify the system is current and supported see Section 1 1 3 System Requirements A system prerequisite is Java version 5 0 or high er If your Tiger or Leopard server is fully patched this requirement will be satisfied 13 Introduction 1 4 2 2 Step 2 Print Queue Setup Most small to medium Mac networks will have their workstations configured to print directly to the physical printers This method of printing is not supported by Print Limit Pro and in stead administrators will need to set up global server hosted print queues Some adminis trators will be familiar with server queues while others will need to invest some time into understanding Mac printing in more detail The topic of Mac printing is complex and is hence deserves its own chapter Please read the first section of Chapter 19 Mac Printing in Detail and ensure your organization s printers are set up as required Administrators should ensure that the server based print queues are set up and working as
429. w If the print queues are managed and controlled via CUPS the Device URI on each printer should be modified so the printlimit backend is incorporated into the print process This can be done either via the CUPS web admin interface or by manually editing the CUPS printers conf file 1 Open printers conf e g etc cups printers conf 2 Prefix the DeviceURL for each printers with printlimit For example DeviceURI socket 192 168 1 200 9100 Would become DeviceURI printlimit socket 192 168 1 200 9100 3 Restart cupsd so the new configuration is detected e g etc init d cupsd re load 17 1 3 2 CUPS Integration Explained CUPS the Common UNIX Printing System is a popular system for managing printers on Linux servers CUPS uses a chain of commands concept where filters and backends 207 Print Limit Pro on Linux combine together to form a process steam a workflow Print Limit Pro hooks into this workflow at the backend level intercepting the job before it s passed on to physical printer hardware The interception is done by wrapping or proxying the real CUPS backend CUPS calls the Print Limit Pro backend which processes the job If the job is approved it passes the docu ment onto the real backend If the job is denied it is deleted and proceeds no further The Print Limit Pro backend is usually set up and installed by default during the standard in stallation Setting up the Print Limit Pro CUPS backend proxy i
430. y except the ability to grant administrator rights to other users Assigning the user with login name mary all admin rights except the ability to grant admin rights to other users Log in to the system as the built in admin user 2 Navigate to the Options gt Admin Rights page 3 Enter mary into the field titled Assign administrator access to this user and click Add User 4 By default mary will have access to all features To change this click on the show 148 System Management hide details link to the right of mary s entry 5 Deselect the access right Access admin rights settings for mary Click on the Apply button to save the change Verify that Mary can now log into the administrator interface but is unable to access the Admin Rights section 10 4 System Backups As with any application it is important to ensure that backups are performed regularly Print Limit Pro includes a built in backup process that saves the state of the database to a file The in built backup functionality is designed to compliment not replace a good sys tem wide backup policy and procedure The backup is stored in the industry standard XML format that is compressed using the standard ZIP format to reduce disk space on the serv er and your backup medium The use of these open standards ensures that your data is al ways available and accessible Print Limit Pro makes the process of managing backups simple by automatically perform in
431. yfactsM htm According to the Environmental Energy Technologies Division of the U S Department of Energy the manufac turing cost of virgin office paper is 17 Watt hours http eetd Ibl gov paper ideas html issues htm According to the Environmental Energy Technologies Division of the U S Department of Energy the manufac turing cost of 100 recycled office paper is 12 Watt hours http eetd IbI gov paper ideas html issues htm Config keys can be set by at Options Config editor advanced 160 Chapter 11 PrintCards Many organizations run Print Limit Pro in either a silent logging mode or as a way of enfor cing sensible quotas On the other hand other organizations choose to run Print Limit Pro in charging mode requiring users to make payments in advance Recording and entering payments can be a time consuming process for staff or system managers Print Limit Pro offers a web interface for user account management to assist with the process however there is still the need for someone to manually assign credit The PrintCard system in cluded with Print Limit streamlines the payment process and moves much of the manual handling over to the end user Cards are also known as e Vouchers e Re Charge Cards e Pre Paid Cards 11 1 Cards by Example The card system is best described by walking through the payment process 11 1 1 The User s Perspective Amy is a student at a local high school The school uses Print L
432. your organiza tion More information is available in Section 13 1 Customizing the User Client Tool window the User Web Pages The User Web Pages provide additional features that may be of use to users Func tionality includes summaries and logs of usage using topup pre paid cards transfer ring funds and displaying usage costs The appearance of the user web pages may be customized to fit in with your organiza tion s existing intranet web pages or color scheme More information is available in Section 13 2 Customizing the User web pages More information about each of these areas is available in the following sections 4 2 User Client The Print Limit Pro activity tracking and charging is implemented using 100 server side technology User Client software is not required as part of the activity monitoring process Note The use of client software for activity monitoring could open up security prob lems as client software is readily accessible to end users By design Geneva Logic developers endeavor to implement all monitoring at the server level elim inating client side loopholes The client software supplied with Print Limit Pro is simply a presentation layer around server side implementation Client software is provided to facilitate three tasks Allow users to view their current account balance via a popup window e Allow users to select shared accounts via a popup if administrators have granted ac

Print•Limit Pro

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Print&bull;Limit Pro

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Print•Limit Pro